The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology by L.
Ron Hubbard FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY Volume VIII 1972- 1976 _____________________________________________________________________ I will not always be here on guard.
The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume VIII
1972- 1976
_____________________________________________________________________
I will not always be here on guard. The stars twinkle in the Milky Way And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet A Galaxy away.
You won’t always be here. But before you go, Whisper this to your sons
And their sons — “The work was free.
Keep it so.”
L. RON HUBBARD
L. Ron Hubbard
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
EDITORS’ NOTE
“A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods.”
—L. Ron Hubbard
The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another.
So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety, all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been revised, replaced, or canceled, this has been indicated in the upper right- hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be referred to.
The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or course, information is given on that event or course on the page in the chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol “**” preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by “*” means that it will soon be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P. O. Box 23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U. S. A. The number in the tape title is a code for the date; example: 5505C07— 55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy; 07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539.
At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in context, don’t just get data from the index. This index has been combined with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in Volume X, starting on page 287.
i
TECHNICAL BULLETINS 1972- 1976
CONTENTS 1972
1 Jan. RA L IX Hi- Lo TA List Revised (revised & reissued 20 Nov. 1974)
2 Jan. WC1 Comes First (W/ C Series 30) 10
3 Jan. C/ Sing Checklist (C/ S Series 69 Addition) 11
7 Jan. Training and Interning Staff Auditors 12
14 Jan. Study Correction List (canceled— see Vol. IX, 329) 16
20 Jan. PTS RD Addition 19 22 Jan. Drugs & Trippers (reissue of 23 Sept. 1968) Vol.— 258
3 Feb. R6EW— OT III No Interference Area 20
15 Feb. False TA Addition 2 24
16 Feb. Talking the TA Down Modified (C/ S Series 74) 25
18 Feb. False TA Addition 3 26
22 Feb. Word Clearing Method 4 (WIC Series 32R) (revised 26 Mar. 1972) (revised— see 301) 28
24 Feb. Word Clearing OCAs (C/ S Series 71A) 30
26 Feb. Word Clearing Series 15R 32
26 Feb. LRH Model Tape Sessions (26 Feb. 1972) 33
29 Feb. R False TA Checklist (revised 23 Nov. 1973) (revised— see 417) 34
1 Mar. Establishment Officer Series Lectures (1 Mar.— 6 Mar. 1972) 36
13 Mar. Production and Establishment— Orders and Products (EstO Series 5) (HCO PL) 37
16 Mar. What is a Course— High Crime (HCO PL) 41
23 Mar. Full Product Clearing Long Form (EstO Series 11) (HCO PL) 44
24 Mar. HAS Specialist and Establishment Officer Auditing Program (Revised) (revision of 20 Nov. 1971) 50
26 Mar. Word Clearing Method 4 (W/ C Series 32R) (revision of
22 Feb. 1972) (revised— see 301) 28
27 Mar. R Course Supervisor Correction List— Study Corr List 2R (revised 3 Dec. 1974) 52
27 Mar. RA Auditor Correction List— Auditor Recovery (Study Corr List 3RA) (revised & reissued 17 Dec. 1974) 60
30 Mar. Primary Correction Rundown— First Cramming Correction (Study Series 5) (revised— see 133) 65
30 Mar. Expanded Dianetics Lectures (30 Mar.— 7 A pr. 1972) 67
31 Mar. Expanded Dianetics Series 1 (revised— see 87) 68
2 Apr. RB L3 EXD RB— Expanded Dianetics Repair List (Exp. Dn. Series 3RB)
(revised 17 Mar. 1974) 70 3 Apr. Re: Study Series 5 see footnote— 67
ii
1972 (cont.)
3 Apr. Primary Rundown Note (Study Series 6) 75
4 Apr. Tech Div Primary Rundown (revised— see 135) 76
4 Apr. Ethics (EstO Series 14) (HCO PL) 78
7 Apr. R Touch Assists— Correct Ones (BTB)( revised & reissued
23 June 1974) Vol.. IX— 502
9 Apr. Correct Danger Condition Handling (HCO PL) 82
10 Apr. PreOTs Don’t C/ S (C/ S Series 75, Solo C/ S Series 13) 85
15 Apr. Expanded Dianetics Series 1R 87
16 Apr. PTS RD Correction List 89
17 Apr. C/ Sing a PTS Rundown (C/ S Series 76) 91
19 Apr. “Quickie” Defined (C/ S Series 77) 93
20 Apr. Suppressed Pcs and PTS Tech (Exp. Dn. Series 4) 95
20 Apr. Product Purpose and Why and WC Error Correction (C/ S Series 78) 96
24 Apr. PTS Interviews (C/ S Series 79, Exp. Dn. Series 5) 98
26 Apr. The Glib Student (Study Series 8) 99
3 May Ethics and Executives (Exec. Series 12) (HCO PL) 100
3 May Havingness 105 4 May Six Basic Processes 107
4 May Assists— A Flag Expertise Subject (correction of
23 July 1971) Vol.. VII— 335
5 May R The Remedy of Havingness (revised 17 Jan. 1973) 112
6 May Remedy of Havingness— The Process 115
7 May Expanded Gita 120
8 May The Importance of Havingness 123
8 May Old Lists Are Not To Be Copied (reissue of 19 Sept. 1968) Vol. VI— 256
8 May Lists (reissue of 30 Sept. 1968) Vol. VI— 263
10 May Robotism 127
11 May Standard C/ S for Word Clearing in Session— Method 1
(W/ C Series 8RB) (revision of 30 June 1971) 131
12 May Training and CCH Processes (reissue of 11 June 1957) Vol. III— 61
30 May The Primary Correction Rundown Revised (Study Series 5R) (revision of 30 Mar. 1972) 133
30 May Primary Rundown (Revised) (revision of 4 Apr. 1972) 135
30 May Super- literacy (LRH ED 178 Int) see— 314
2 June L4BR— For Assessment of All Listing Errors (revision of 15 Dec. 1968) 138
3 June R PTS Rundown, Final Step (revised 15 Oct. 1974) 141
9 June Grammar (W/ C Series 36) 143
10 June Bypassed Charge (reissued 21 Sept. 1974) 144
12 June Length of Time to Evaluate (Data Series 26, EstO Series 18)
(HCO PL) 145 15 June “Dog Pcs” (C/ S Series 80) 147
iii
1972 (cont.)
16 June R Auditor’s Rights Modified (C/ S Series 81R) (revised 27 Feb. 1975) 149
19 June Dinky Dictionaries (W/ C Series 37) 151
21 June Method 5 (W/ C Series 3 8) 152
21 June Method 6 (W/ C Series 39) 153
21 June Method 7 (W/ C Series 40) 154
21 June Method 8 (W/ C Series 41) 155
25 June Recovering Students and Pcs (HCO PL) see— 193
20 July Primary Correction Rundown Handling 157
20 July Distractive and Additive Questions and Orders 160
10 Aug. Dianetic HCO B— Interest (C/ S Series 82, Exp. Dn. Series 6)
(amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) 161
13 Aug. R Fast Flow Training (corrected & reissued 15 Aug. 1972) 162
15 Aug. Fast Flow Training (corrected reissue of 13 Aug. 1972) 162
16 Aug. Flubless C/ Sing (C/ S Series 84) 164
17 Aug. Method 4 Notes (W/ C Series 42) (revised— see 305) 166
18 Aug. Grammar Definition (W/ C Series 43) 167
3 Sept. Honest TRs (LRH ED 180 Int) see— 33
13 Sept. Catastrophes From and Repair of “No Interest” Items (C/ S Series 85, Exp. Dn. Series 7) (amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) 169
5 Oct. Continuous PT Overts (reissue of 25 Sept. 1968) Vol. VI— 260
2 Nov. How To Get Results In an HGC (C/ S Series 56, Aud. Admin Series 2) (reissue of 25 Aug. 1971) Vol. VII— 365
6 Nov. Illiteracy and Work (W/ C Series 44) 170
6 Nov. Auditor’s Worksheets (C/ S Series 66, Aud. Admin Series 15)
(reissue of 3 Nov. 1971 ) Vol. VII— 433
12 Nov. Johannesburg Security Check— Revised (HCO PL) (revision of 7 Apr. 1961 ) see footnote— 422
15 Nov. Students Who Succeed 172
13 Dec. R Integrity Processing Questions Must Be F/ Ned (I/ P Series 10R)
(revised & reissued 1 Nov. 1974) 175
14 Dec. R Generalities Won’t Do (I/ P Series 11R) (reissued 1 Nov. 1974) 176
15 Dec. R Withholds, Missed and Partial (I/ P Series 12R) (revised
1 Nov. 1974) 178
16 Dec. Help the Pc (I/ P Series 13) (reissued 7 Nov. 1974) 180
17 Dec. Havingness (I/ P Series 14) (reissued 7 Nov. 1974) 181
30 Dec. Confronting (Study Series 2) (corrected reissue of
2 June 1971) Vol. VII— 264
1973
4 Jan. Confront (Study Series 9) (reissued 6 Apr. 1974) 182
17 Jan. The Remedy of Havingness (revision of 5 May 1972) 112
28 Jan. Keeping Scientology Working (HCO PL) (reissue of
7 Feb. 1965) Vol. VI— 4
6 Mar. False TA Addition (revision of 12 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII— 438
iv
1973 (cont.)
6 Mar. VIII Actions (C/ S Series 13R) (revision of 30 June 1970) Vol. VII— 100
30 Mar. Step Four— Handling Originations (reissued 21 Sept. 1974) 183
5 Apr. Axiom 28 Amended (reissued 19 Sept. 1974) 185
7 Apr. R Gradients in TRs (revised 15 Nov. 1974) 186
15 May Code of a Scientologist (HCO PL) (revision of
5 Feb. 1969) OEC Vol. 0— 25
10 JuneRA Cramming (Cramming Series 10RA) (reissued 19 Sept. 1974) 188
26 June Student Rescue Intensive (revision of 23 Nov. 1969) Vol. VI— 451
11 July Assist Summary 189
21 July Recovering Students and Pcs (Qual Flub Catch Series 4) 193
25 July F/ N Everything (corrected reissue of 14 Mar. 1971) Vol. VII— 196
29 July Art, More About (Art Series 2) 196
30 July Scientology, Current State of the Subject and Materials 201
2 Aug. Pep 207 10 Aug. PTS Handling 209
Sept. Mission Into Time 212
15 Oct. Nulling and F/ Ning Prepared Lists (C/ S Series 87) 213
21 Oct. Pc Completions— Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971) see— 214
23 Oct. Pc Completions— Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971 ) see— 214
11 Nov. Preclear Declare? Procedure 218
15 Nov. R Fear of People List— R (revised 4 Dec. 1973) 219
20 Nov. Reissued from 21st Advanced Clinical Course Training Drills
—Anti- Q and A TR 221
20 Nov. F/ N What You Ask or Program (C/ S Series 89) 222
21 Nov. The Cure of Q and A— Man’s Deadliest Disease 223
23 Nov. Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revised— see 415) 226
23 Nov. False TA Checklist (revision of 29 Feb. 1972)
(revised— see 417) 34
24 Nov. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53 RF) (reissued
25 Nov. 1973) (canceled— see 398) 228
25 Nov. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53 RF) (reissue of
24 Nov. 1973) (canceled— see 398) 228
4 Dec. Fear of People List— R (revision of 15 Nov. 1973) 219
5 Dec. The Reason for Q and A 230
6 Dec. The Primary Failure (C/ S Series 90) 233
15 Dec. The Continuous Missed W/ H and Continuous Overt with Data on
Degraded Beings and False PTS Conditions 235
1974
6 Jan. Assist Summary Addition 237
23 Jan. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973 ! The Introspection RD
(revised— see 346) 239 v
1974 (cont.)
27 Jan. Dianetics— R3R Commands Have Background Data 243
28 Jan. L3RC— Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List (revision of
11 Apr. 1971) (revised— see 265) 245
6 Feb. Pc Completions— Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971) 214
10 Feb. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973! The Introspection RD
(revision of 23 Jan. 1974) (revised— see 346) 249
15 Feb. Service Facsimile Theory and Expanded Dianetics (Exp. Dn. Series 20)
(amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) 257
17 Feb. Mutual Out Ruds (C/ S Series 91) 259
20 Feb. Introspection RD— Additional Actions 260
5 Mar. Overt- Motivator Sequence (corrected reissue of
20 May 1968) Vol. VI— 231
6 Mar. Introspection RD— Second Addition— Information to C/ Ses— Fixated Attention 262
8 Mar. L3RD— Dianetics and Int RD Repair List (revision of 11 Apr. 1971) 265
Mar. Organization Executive Course and Management Series 269
17 Mar. L3 EXD RB— Expanded Dianetics Repair List (Exp. Dn. Series 3RB)
(revision of 2 Apr. 1972) 70
17 Mar. TWC Checksheets— TWC, Using Wrong Questions 270
18 Mar. E- Meters— Sensitivity Errors 271
21 Mar. End Phenomena 272
24 Mar. Use of Dianetics (C/ S Series 32RA) (revision of 4 Apr. 1971) 274
28 Mar. Dianetic HCO B— Interest (C/ S Series 82, Exp. Dn. Series 6)
(amended reissue of 10 Aug. 1972) 161
28 Mar. Catastrophes From and Repair of “No Interest” Items
(C/ S Series 85, Exp. Dn. Series 7) (amended reissue of 13 Sept. 1972) 169
28 Mar. Service Facsimile Theory and Expanded Dianetics (Exp. Dn. Series 20) (amended reissue of 15 Feb. 1974) 257
28 Mar. Expanded Dianetics Developments Since the Original Lectures (Exp. Dn. Series 21 ) 276
28 Mar. Security of Data (HCO PL) (amended reissue of 11 Aug. 1971) Vol. VI— 105
30 Mar. Interiorization Summary (C/ S Series 23RA) (revision of 17 Dec. 1971) 279
4 Apr. Tone Scale in Full (revision of 25 Sept. 1971) Vol. VII— 404
4 Apr. Scales (correction of 18 Sept. 1967) Vol. VI— 200
4 Apr. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53RG) (reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled— see 398) 282
6 Apr. Use of Dianetics (C/ S Series 28RA) (revision of 7 Mar. 1971) 284
6 Apr. Confront (Study Series 9) (reissue of 4 Jan. 1973) 182
8 Apr. Triple Reruns (C/ S Series 33 RA) (revision of 5 Apr. 1971 ) 286
8 Apr. Dianetics (C/ S Series 36RB) (revision of 21 Apr. 1971) 289
10 Apr. Stage Manners (Art Series 3) 293
19 Apr. CCHs 5, 6 & 7 (amended reissue of 30 Sept. 1971) Vol. VII— 408
vi
1974 (cont.)
20 Apr. Introspection RD— Third Addition— Additional Introspection RD Steps 295
23 Apr. Expanded Dianetics Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22)
(revised— see 372) 297 25 Apr. Rhythm (Art Series 4) 298
8 May Thirty- Six New Presessions (revision of 6 Oct. 1960) Vol. IV— 156
10 May Objectives— An Early Release (revision of 2 Nov. 1957) see— 393
14 May Int Rundown Correction List— Revised (revision of 29 Oct. 1971 ) Vol. VII- 429
31 May Unhandled Drugs and Ethics 300 6 June Quads Canceled (C/ S Series 28R, 32R, 33R, 36R, 49R)
(revision of 15 July 1971 ) (canceled— see 3 73) Vol. VII— 324
8 June Assists (C/ S Series 49R) (revised reissue of 5 July 1971) Vol. VII— 322
8 July Word Clearing Method 4 (W/ C Series 32RA) (revision of 22 Feb. 1972) 301
8 July R Clear to F/ N (W/ C Series 53R) (revised 24 July 1974) 303
8 July R Word Clearing Errors (C/ S Series 92R) (revised 24 July 1974) 304
8 July Method 4 Notes (W/ C Series 42R, T/ C Series 10)
(revision of 17 Aug. 1972) 305
17 July XDN Case B (Exp. Dn. Series 23) 307
24 July Clear to F/ N (W/ C Series 53R) (revision of 8 July 1974) 303
24 July Word Clearing Errors (C/ S Series 92R) (revision of 8 July 1974) 304
30 Aug. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53 RH) (revised reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled— see 398) 308
31 Aug. New Grade Chart (C/ S Series 93) 311
7 Sept. Superliteracy and the Cleared Word (W/ C Series 54) 314
17 Sept. Green Form (HCO PL) (revision of 7 Apr. 1970) see— 321
19 Sept. Exteriorization (reissue of 22 Oct. 1971) Vol. VII— 420
19 Sept. Change Brackets and Commands (reissue of 30 Apr. 1961) Vol. IV— 258
19 Sept. Obnosis and the Tone Scale (reissue of 26 Oct. 1970) Vol. VII— 148
19 Sept. Interiorization Errors (C/ S Series 35RA) (revision of 16 Dec. 1971) Vol. VII— 456
19 Sept. Cramming (Cramming Series 10RA) (reissue of 10 June 1973) 188
19 Sept. Axiom 28 Amended (reissue of 5 Apr. 1973) 185
21 Sept. Assists in Scientology (reissue of 21 Oct. 1971) Vol. VII— 415
21 Sept. Resistive Cases— Former Therapy (reissue of 25 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII— 449
21 Sept. End Phenomenas (reissue of 5 Dec. 1971) Vol. VII— 451
21 Sept. Bypassed Charge (reissue of 10 June 1972) 144
21 Sept. Step 4— Handling Originations (reissue of 30 Mar. 1973) 183
21 Sept. Tapes, How to Use (W/ C Series 25R, T/ C Series 6R)
(revision of 10 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII— 434
21 Sept. Dianetics (C/ S Series 36RB) (reissue of 21 Apr. 1971) 289
vii
1974 (cont.)
25 Sept. Reduction of Refunds— C/ Ses and Overload (C/ S Series 94) 318
26 Sept. Handling Flubbed Pcs 320
29 Sept. Green Form (HCO PL) (revision of 7 Apr. 1970) 321
6 Oct. The Vital Information Rundown— The Technical Breakthrough
of 1974 327
9 Oct. HC Out- Point Plus- Point Lists RA (revision of
28 Aug. 1970) Vol. VII— 132
15 Oct. PTS Rundown, Final Step (revision of 3 June 1972) 141
15 Oct. PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971 ) (revised— see 338) 330
15 Oct. Cramming Over Out Ruds (Cramming Series 14) 334
19 Oct. The Dramatization of Withholds on Vital Information
Lines (HCO PL) 336 21 Oct. F/ N and Erasure (revision of I Aug. 1970) Vol. VII— 117
21 Oct. Summary of How to Write an Auditor’s Report and Worksheets for HQS Co- Audit (revision of 5 Apr. 1971 ) Vol. VII— 215
21 Oct. PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971 ) 338
23 Oct. Course Translation to Tape (T/ C Series I ) (reissue of
20 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII— 441
23 Oct. Teaching a Tape Course (T/ C Series 3R) (revision of 21 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII— 446
24 Oct. Method 4 Notes (W/ C Series 42R, T/ C Series 10) (reissue of 17 Aug. 1972) 305
1 Nov. Integrity Processing Questions Must Be F/ Ned (I/ P Series 10R) (revised reissue of 13 Dec. 19 72) 175
1 Nov. Generalities Won’t Do (I/ P Series 11 R) (reissue of 14 Dec. 1972) 176
1 Nov. Withholds, Missed and Partial (I/ P Series 1 2R)
(revision of 15 Dec. 1972) 178
1 Nov. Rock Slams and Rock Slammers 344
1 Nov. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973! The Introspection RD
(revision of 23 Jan. 1974) 346
5 Nov. Drugs, More About 354
7 Nov. Help the Pc (I/ P Series 13) (reissue of 16 Dec. 1972) 180
7 Nov. Havingness (I/ P Series 14) (reissue of 17 Dec. 1972) 181
12 Nov. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53RI) (revised
reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled— see 398) 356
15 Nov. Student Rehabilitation List 359
15 Nov. Gradients and TRs (revision of 7 Apr. 1973) 186
20 Nov. L IX Hi- Lo TA List Revised (revised reissue of 1 Jan. 1972) 1
25 Nov. Barriers to Study (W/ C Series 3 R) (revision of
25 June 1971) Vol. VII— 293
26 Nov. Post Purpose Clearing (revision of 4 Aug. 1971 ) 363
29 Nov. The Communication Cycle in Auditing (B/ A Series 5R)
(revision of 23 May 1971) Vol. VII— 248
30 Nov. Supervisor Two- Way Comm and the Misunderstood Word (W/ C Series 4R) (revision of 26 June 1971) Vol. VII— 299
1 Dec. Word Clearing Lists for Prepared Lists 366
viii
1974 (cont.)
1 Dec. Expanded GF 40 RB (revision of 30 June 1971 ) Vol. VII— 304
1 Dec. The Three Important Communication Lines (B/ A Series 3) (revision of 23 May 1971) Vol. VII— 243
2 Dec. Supervisor Two- Way Comm Explained (W/ C Series 5 R) (revision of 27 June 1971) Vol. VII— 302
3 Dec. Course Supervisor Correction List— Study Corr List 2R (revision of 27 Mar. 1972) 52
4 Dec. Communication Cycles Within the Auditing Cycle (B/ A Series 4R) (revision of 23 May 1971) Vol. VII— 244
4 Dec. Recognition of Rightness of the Being (B/ A Series 10R) (revision of 23 May 1971 ) Vol. VII— 257
4 Dec. The Magic of the Communication Cycle (B/ A Series 1 R) (revision of 23 May 1971) Vol. VII— 238
5 Dec. Overts— Order of Effectiveness in Processing (I/ P Series 6R) see— 370
6 Dec. The Two Parts of Auditing (B/ A Series 2R) (revision of 23 May 1971) Vol. VII— 240
8 Dec. TR 0— Notes on Blinking 369 9 Dec. Effectiveness of Overts in Processing (I/ P Series 6RA) 370
14 Dec. Expanded Dianetic Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22R)
(revision of 23 Apr. 1974) 372
17 Dec. Auditor Correction List— Auditor Recovery (Study Corr List 3RA)
(revised reissue of 27 Mar. 1972) 60
1975
12 Jan. Quads Reinstated 373
13 Jan. Use of Quadruple Dianetics (C/ S Series 28RA- 1) (reissue of
7 Mar. 1971 ) 374
13 Jan. Use of Quad Dianetics (C/ S Series 32RA- 1R) (addition to
4 Apr. 1971, revised 22 Feb. 1975) 377
13 Jan. Triple and Quad Reruns (C/ S Series 33RA- 1) (reissue of
5 Apr. 1971) 380
13 Jan. Quadruple Dianetics— Dangers of (C/ S Series 36RB- 1R)
(addition to 21 Apr. 1971, revised 22 Feb. 1975) 383
16 Jan. Past Life Remedies 388
Jan. Hymn of Asia 390
23 Jan. The Purpose of Class VIII 391
29 Jan. What is a Course? (HCO PL) (revision of 16 Mar. 1971) Vol. VII— 198
31 Jan. Six Zones of Action (revision of 17 Sept. 1968) Vol. VI— 252
31 Jan. Teaching the Class VIII (revision of 22 Oct. 1968) Vol. VI— 276
31 Jan. Case Supervisor— Class VIII— The Basic Processes (revision of 2 Nov. 1968) Vol. VI— 278
14 Feb. L10 Prerequisites 392
22 Feb. An Objective Rundown (revision of 2 Nov. 1957) 393
22 Feb. Use of Quad Dianetics (C/ S Series 32RA- 1R) (revision of
4Apr. 1971- 1) 377
ix
1975 (cont.)
22 Feb. Quadruple Dianetics— Dangers of (C/ S Series 36RB- 1R) (revision of 21 Apr. 1971- 1 ) 383
24 Feb. Mutter TR (revision of 1 Oct. 1965) 395
27 Feb. Auditor’s Rights Modified (C/ S Series 81R) (revision of
16 June 1972) 149
28 Feb. Green Form, S & D (addition to 10 Sept. 1968) Vol. VI— 250
Mar. Dianetics Today 396
7 Mar. Ext and Ending Session 397
18 Mar. Meter Use in Qual (Cramming Series 15) 397
22 Mar. Short Hi- Lo TA Assessment C/ S (C/ S Series 53 RJ)
(revised reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) 398
25 Mar. Diet, Theory of a Natural Diet 401
29 Mar. Anti- biotics, Administering of 403
19 Apr. Out Basics and How to Get Them In 409
23 Apr. Vanishing Cream and False TA 414
23 Apr. Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revision of 23 Nov. 1973) 415
23 Apr. False TA Checklist (revision of 29 Feb. 1972) 417
30 May Johannesburg Confessional List— Revised (HCO PL) (revision
of 7 Apr. 1961) 419
10 June Drug Data (corrected reissue of 29 Aug. 1968) Vol. VI— 244
June Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary 423
23 Oct. Technical Queries 424
26 Oct. “Failed” Cases (C/ S Series 95) 426
26 Oct. PC Application Form for Any Major Auditing Action (HCO PL)
(revision of 4 Feb. 1970) Vol. VII— 16
1976
1 Jan. The Auditor’s Code (HCO PL) (revision of 14 Oct. 1968) Vol. VI— 269
27 July PTS Rundown and Vital Info RD Position Corrected 428
29 July PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971RA) 429
29 July The Vital Information Rundown— The Technical Breakthrough
of 1974 (revision of 6 Oct. 1974) 436
10 Aug. R/ Ses, What They Mean 440
24 Oct. Delivery Repair Lists (C/ S Series 96) 445
26 Oct. Auditing Reports, Falsifying of (C/ S Series 97) 450
28 Oct. Auditing Folders, Omissions In Completeness
(C/ S Series 98) 452
Subject Index 454
Alphabetical List of Titles 482
x
LONG CONTENTS
HCO B 1 Jan. 1972RA L IX HI- LO TA LIST REVISED, 1
Hi- Lo TA Assessment,
Word Clearing Series 30
HCO B 2 Jan. 1972 WCl COMES FIRST, 10 Don’t do Word Clearing Method 2 before Method 1, 10 Word Clearing Method 2 EP, 10
C/ S Series 69 Addition
HCO B 3 Jan. 1972 C/ SING CHECKLIST, 11 Go back in the folder to where the case was running well and come forward, 11
HCO B 7 Jan. 1972 TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS, 12 Recruiting staff auditors, 12 Interne Supervisor, 12 Staff auditor trainee programming, 12 Interne Supervisor has authority over auditor trainee, 13 Sending auditors to upper orgs for training, 13 SH or AO program of auditor classification and interneships, 13 Interne Supervisor admin, 14 Paid students, 15 Part- time study on next level while auditing is a failure, 15
HCO B 14 Jan. 1972 STUDY CORRECTION LIST, 16 [CANCELED]
HCO B 20 Jan. 1972 PTS RD ADDITION, 19 The only reasons a PTS RD does not work, 19 Remedies for PTS Rundown errors, 19
HCO B 3 Feb. 1972 R6EW— OT III NO INTERFERENCE AREA, 20 Why there is a No Interference Area between R6EW and OT III, 20 Solo auditing set- up, 20 Drug Rundown is a must before Solo, 21 Grade Chart steps before Solo, 21 OCA/ APA test, 22 Ideal Solo program, 22 Explanation of sequence of OT III, OT VII, OT IIIX, 23 Availability of auditing materials, 23
HCO B 15 Feb. 1972 FALSE TA ADDITION 2, 24 Wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0 on an E- Meter, 24 Commonest sources of low and high TA, 24
C/ S Series 74
HCO B 16 Feb. 1972 TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED, 25 Right way to handle high TA, 25 There is no need to talk a TA down; it is faster to directly locate the reason it is up, 25
HCO B 18 Feb. 1972 FALSE TA ADDITION 3, 26 The honesty of the auditor determines his results, 26 Low TAs, 26
xi
Word Clearing Series 32R
HCO B 22 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING METHOD 4, 28 [REVISED]
Use of Word Clearing Method 4, 28 Word Clearing Method 4 procedure, 28 Supervisor’s use of Word Clearing Method 4, 29
C/ S Series 71A
HCO B 24 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING OCAs, 30 Why question sheets for tests must not be word cleared, 30 Testing musts, 30 Examiner attest check, 30 Test line is a check on C/ S and auditing quality, 31
Word Clearing Series 15R
HCO B 26 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING SERIES 15R, 32 Word clearing any words on any test at any time is a High Crime, 32 Foreign language persons, 32 Mis Us on tests, 32
26 Feb. 1972 LRH MODEL TAPE SESSIONS, 33 Honest TRs, 33 Result of poor TRs, 33 Use of LRH Model Auditing Tapes, 33
HCO B 29 Feb. 1972R FALSE TA CHECKLIST, 34 [REVISED]
Establishment Officer Series 5
HCO PL 13 Mar. 1972 PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT- ORDERS AND PRODUCTS, 37
People not knowing their products require constant orders, 37 Hat survey for orders, 37 Disestablishment, 38 Hatting for product, 38 Right direction to hat, 38 Steps to clear “product”, 39 “Quickie” Product Clearing, 39 Disagreements Check, 40 Product Officers, 40
HCO PL 16 Mar. 1972 WHAT IS A COURSE— HIGH CRIME, 41 Cause of Supervisor failure, 41 Course Super’s primary tech, 42 Reason for student queries, 42 Product of Supervisor, 43
Establishment Officer Series 11
HCO PL 23 Mar. 1972 FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM, 44 TA and Product Clearing, 49
HCO B 20 Nov. 1971 HAS SPECIALIST AND ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER AUDITING PROGRAM (Revised), 50
HAS Rundown, 50
HCO B 27 Mar. 1972R COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST —STUDY CORR LIST 2R, 52
Course Supervisor Correction Form— additional actions required, 59
HCO B 27 Mar. 1972RA AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST— AUDITOR RECOVERY —STUDY CORR LIST 3RA, 60
xii
Study Series 5
HCO B 30 Mar. 1972 PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN— FIRST CRAMMING CORRECTION, 65 [REVISED]
Cramming a person is a waste of time if he never learned to study, 65 Primary Correction Rundown, 65 Auditing interlude, 65 Study tech section, 66 Cramming actions, 66
Expanded Dianetics Series 1
HCO B 31 Mar. 1972 EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 1, 68 [REVISED]
Expanded Dianetics vs. Standard Dianetics, 68 Expanded Dianetics is very specifically adjusted to the pc, 68 Expanded Dianetics training, 68 Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, 69 Charges for Expanded Dianetics, 69 Auditor prerequisite for Expanded Dianetics, 69
Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB
HCO B 2 Apr. 1972RB L3 EXD RB— EXPANDED DIANETICS REPAIR LIST, 70
Study Series 6
HCO B 3 Apr. 1972 PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE, 75 Primary Rundown handling of Study Tapes, 75
HCO B 4 Apr. 1972 TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN, 76 [REVISED]
Primary Rundown actions in HGC are case handling and Word Clearing Method 1, 76 Primary Rundown in Dept of Training, 76 Study Tapes and Student Hat, 76 Primary Rundown product, 77
Establishment Officer Series 14
HCO PL 4 Apr. 1972 ETHICS, 78 Exchange flows and out- ethics, 78 Criminality, 78 Ethics Tech Admin sequence, 78 Exchange and criminality, 79 Production, morale and exchange factor, 80 Exchange by Dynamics, 80 Conditions by Dynamics, 81
HCO PL 9 Apr. 1972 CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING, 82 Danger Formula, 82 First Dynamic Danger Formula, 82 Junior Danger Formula, 82 Trouble Area Assessment, 83 Trouble Area Short Form, 84 Ending a Danger Condition, 84
C/ S Series 75, Solo C/ S Series 13
HCO B 10 Apr. 1972 PRE- OTS DON’T C/ S, 85 Solo C/ Sing line, 85 Solo auditing admin, 85 Worst features of a Pre- OT doing his own C/ Sing, 86 Pre- OTs do not C/ S their own folders, 86
Expanded Dianetics Series 1R
HCO B 15 Apr. 1972 EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 1R, 87 Expanded Dianetics vs. Standard Dianetics, 87
xiii
Expanded Dianetics is very specifically adjusted to the pc, 87 Expanded Dianetics training, 87 Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, 88 Charges for Expanded Dianetics, 88 Auditor prerequisite for Expanded Dianetics, 88
HCO B 16 Apr. 1972 PTS RD CORRECTION LIST, 89
C/ S Series 76
HCO B 17 Apr. 1972 C/ SING A PTS RUNDOWN, 91 The whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a person not PTS any longer, 91 PTS results in illness and roller- coaster and is the cause of illness and roller- coaster, 91 Steps of handling PTS pc, 91 PTS data, 92 PTS situations, 92 End phenomenon of the PTS RD is attained when the person is well and stable, 92
C/ S Series 77
HCO B 19 Apr. 1972 “QUICKIE” DEFINED, 93 Definitions of “quickie”, 93 Examples of quickie actions, 93 Complete is the reverse of quickie, 93 Necessity of clearing words in commands, 94 Remedies for the quickie impulse, 94
Expanded Dianetics Series 4
HCO B 20 Apr. 1972 SUPPRESSED PCS AND PTS TECH, 95 Characteristics of PTS persons, 95 Administrative tech of PTS Rundown, 95
C/ S Series 78
HCO B 20 Apr. 1972 PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND WC ERROR CORRECTION, 96
C/ S must be sure all Why finding and Word Clearing papers and worksheets get into pc’s folders, 96 Listing out of session, 96 Self- auditing, 96 List error reaction, 97 Symptoms of out lists, 97 Alternate wordings for “PTS”, 97 Wrong lists or upset people can occur in an org where untrained people are also using meters,
97
C/ S Series 79, Expanded Dianetics Series 5
HCO B 24 Apr. 1972 PTS INTERVIEWS, 98 PTS Interview questions, 98 Required actions of PTS Interview, 98
Study Series 8
HCO B 26 Apr. 1972 THE GLIB STUDENT, 99 Glib student can confront the words and ideas; he cannot confront the physical universe or
people around him and so cannot apply, 99 Handling the glib student, 99
Executive Series 12
HCO PL 3 May 1972 ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES, 100 Danger Rundown, 3 May PL, 100 Definition of executive, 100 Responsibility of executives to handle out- ethics, 100 Ethics and organization, 100 Examples of ethics offenses, 101
xiv
Technical aspect of out- ethics, 101 Danger Rundown steps, 102 Step 1: Inform the person personally he is in Danger Condition, 102 Step 2: Ethics is gotten in by definition on the person, 102 Step 3: Ask the person what out- ethics situation he or she is involved in, 103 Step 4: Have the person work out how the out- ethics situation is a betrayal of the group, 103 Step 5: First Dynamic Danger Formula, 103 Step 6: Review the person and his stats and appearance and personal life, 104
HCO B 3 May 1972 HAVINGNESS, 105 Thetan’s relation to energy, 105 Dwindling spiral of the mest universe, 105 Remedy of havingness, 105
HCO B 4 May 1972 SIX BASIC PROCESSES, 107 Two- way Communication, 107 Elementary Straightwire, 107 Opening Procedure of 8- C, 107 Opening Procedure by Duplication, 108 Remedy of Havingness, 108 Spotting Spots, 108 Training required on the six basic processes, 108 Precision definition of communication lag, 108 “Value” of energy, 109 Duplication, 109 Opening Procedure by Duplication, 109 Auditor’s willingness to duplicate, 109 Training and duplication, 110 Goal of auditor and pc, 110
HCO B 5 May 1972R THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS, 112 Thetan cuts down knowingness to create a game, 112 Know to Mystery Scale described, 112 Game conditions, 113
HCO B 6 May 1972 REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS— THE PROCESS, 115 Definition of Remedy of Havingness, 115 Expanded GITA related to Remedy of Havingness, 115 How to run Remedy of Havingness, 116 Reason for dropped havingness, 117 End of Cycle Processing, 118
HCO B 7 May 1972 EXPANDED GITA, 120 Theory of Expanded GITA, 120 Item list for Expanded GITA, 120 Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery, 121 ARC Straight Wire using next- to- last list of Self Analysis in Scientology, 121 Run psychotic cases on Present Time Differentiation, 121
HCO B 8 May 1972 THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS, 123 Indicators of dropped havingness, 123 Repair of Havingness vs. Remedy of Havingness, 124 Sacrifices and genetic entity, 125 Chronic somatics, 126
HCO B 10 May 1972 ROBOTISM, 127 Primary human failing is an inability to function as himself or contribute to group
achievements, 127 Robot band of determinism scale, 127 Mechanism of needing orders, 127 Perception related to overts and withholds, 128
xv
Overt products, 128 Slowness, 128 Group justice, 128 No real malice in the robot, 128 False reports, 129 Robot goes into morale declines easily, 129 Physical inertia, 129 PTS and robots, 129 Basic Why for needing orders, being inactive, incompetent and unproductive, 130 Remedy of robot condition, 130 End product of robotism handling, 130
Word Clearing Series 8RB
HCO B 30 June 1971 R STANDARD C/ S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION —METHOD 1, 131
Word Clearing Method 1 procedure, 132 Word Clearing Method 1 end phenomena, 132
Study Series 5R
HCO B 30 Mar. 1972R THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN REVISED, 133 When the Primary Correction Rundown is given, 133 Primary Correction Rundown checklist, 134
HCO B 4 Apr. 1972 PRIMARY RUNDOWN (REVISED), 135 Primary Rundown consists of word clearing and study tech; it makes a student super- literate,
135 Keynote of Primary Rundown is honesty, 135 Primary Rundown steps, 136 No Interference Zone, 137 Primary Correction Rundown takes care of people who have trouble on the PRD, 137 Students who are or have been on drugs need a Drug Rundown before tackling Word Clearing
Method 1, 137
HCO B 15 Dec. 1968R L4BR— FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS, 138
HCO B 3 June 1972R PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP, 141 Can’t Have Rundown, 141 SPs are SPs because they deny Hav and enforce unwanted Hav, 141 PTS RD two- way comm question converted to Listing and Nulling, 142
Word Clearing Series 36
HCO B 9 June 1972 GRAMMAR, 143 Grammatical words and small words should be looked up in a simple grammar textbook, 143 Grammar textbooks, 143 Grammar Course before Word Clearing, 143
HCO B 10 June 1972 BYPASSED CHARGE, 144 Mechanism of BPC (By- Passed- Charge), 144
Data Series 26, Establishment Officer Series 18
HCO PL 12 June 1972 LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE, 145 Assessment for individual Why of evaluator taking a long time to evaluate, 145
C/ S Series 80
HCO B 15 June 1972 “DOG PCs”, 147 Remedy for an auditor with “dog pcs”, 147 Remedy for a C/ S who is agreeing there are “dog pcs”, 147 Errors behind “dog pcs”, 148
xvi
C/ S Series 81R
HCO B 16 June 1972R AUDITOR’S RIGHTS MODIFIED, 149 Major Why of falling hours, incomplete programs and other confusions, 149 Auditor’s right to choose pcs modified, 149 “Dog pcs” are problems in repair, 149 Stats of C/ Ses and auditors, D of P and Dir of Tech Services, 150 The road to truth is begun with honesty, 150
Word Clearing Series 37
HCO B 19 June 1972 DINKY DICTIONARIES, 151 Small dictionaries are very often a greater liability than they are a help, 151 Which are the best dictionaries, 151
Word Clearing Series 38
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 5, 152 Word Clearing Method 5 is called Material Clearing, 152 Word Clearing Method 5 procedure, 152
Word Clearing Series 39
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 6, 153 Word Clearing Method 6 is called Key Word Clearing, 153 Word Clearing Method 6 procedure, 153 Post trouble remedied by Word Clearing Method 6, 153
Word Clearing Series 40
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 7, 154 Word Clearing Method 7 is reading aloud, 154 Word Clearing Method 7 procedure, 154
Word Clearing Series 41
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 8, 155 Word Clearing Method 8 is an action used in the Primary Rundown, 155 Word Clearing Method 8 procedure, 155
HCO B 20 July 1972 PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN HANDLING, 157 Who PCRDs are given to, 157 The purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through the PRD, 157 Folder study, 157 Outlists, 157 Idle student, 158 Resistive students, 158 Pre- PCRD steps, 158 End phenomena of a Primary Correction Rundown, 159
HCO B 20 July 1972 DISTRACTIVE AND ADDITIVE QUESTIONS AND ORDERS, 160
Auditor distracting pc, 160 Auditor evaluation, 160 All auditors talk too much, 160 Muzzled auditing means stating only the Model Session patter and commands and TRs, 160
C/ S Series 82, Expanded Dianetics Series 6
HCO B 10 Aug. 1972 DIANETIC HCO B— INTEREST, 161 On Drugs and Evil Purposes or Intentions one does not ask the pc if he is interested in
running the item, 161 Dianetic “no interest” items, 161
HCO B 13 Aug. 1972R FAST FLOW TRAINING, 162 Fast flow student, 162
xvii
Fast flow student passes courses by attestation, 162 Provisional certificate, 162 Provisional certificates expire after one year if not validated, 162 Fast flow prerequisites, 163 Non- PRDs, 163 Drug cases get Drug RD before Word Clearing Method 1 , 163 Fast flow student designation, 163
C/ S Series 84
HCO B 16 Aug. 1972 FLUBLESS C/ SING, 164 C/ S makes sure tech courses are taught well, 164 C/ S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer, 164 C/ S standard handling of auditors, 164 Cramming, retread and retrain, 164 A falsified auditing report puts the auditor at once at retrain, 164 OT TR 0 and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing, 164 Electronic attest, 165
Word Clearing Series 42
HCO B 17 Aug. 1972 METHOD 4 NOTES, 166 [REVISED]
Break down the materials when doing Word Clearing Method 4, 166 Word Clearing Method 4 of tapes and books, 166 Errors in Word Clearing Method 4, 166
Word Clearing Series 43
HCO B 18 Aug. 1972 GRAMMAR DEFINITION, 167 Grammar is a systematic description of the ways in which words are used in a particular
language, 167 Word classes, 167 Rules of grammar, 167 Types of grammars, 168
C/ S Series 85, Expanded Dianetics Series 7
HCO B 13 Sept. 1972 CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF “NO INTEREST” ITEMS, 169
Drug Rundown can fail by asking for interest on items, 169 Don’t ask for interest on intentions, evil purposes and drug items, 169 Repair of “no interest”
items, 169
Word Clearing Series 44
HCO B 6 Nov. 1972 ILLITERACY AND WORK, 170 Educating illiterate or semi- literate populations, 170 Example of educating a primitive culture, 170 Education mustn’t skip gradients in culture or in training, 171
HCO B 15 Nov. 1972 STUDENTS WHO SUCCEED, 172 Honesty of a student, 172 Ethics must be in to get tech in, 172 Justice and ethics, 172 Symptoms of students who are withholding, 173 Pilot courses, 173 Confessionals on students, 173 Honest student is the most successful student, 174
Integrity Processing Series 10R
HCO B 13 Dec. 1972R INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS MUST BE F/ Ned, 175
Main danger of Integrity Processing is not probing a person’s past but failing to do so thoroughly, 175 Never leave an Integrity Processing question unflat, 175
xviii
How to prevent Integrity Processing being left unflat, 175
Integrity Processing Series 11R
HCO B 14 Dec. 1972R GENERALITIES WON’T DO, 176 Best way to “miss” Integrity Processing question is to let the pc indulge in generalities or “I
thought........”, 176 Handling general withholds and other people’s withholds, 176 How to get withholds off an “irresponsible pc”, 176 “Don’t know” version of withhold pulling, 176
Integrity Processing Series 12R
HCO B 15 Dec. 1972R WITHHOLDS, MISSED AND PARTIAL, 178 Natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, lost students, ineffective motions are
restimulated but missed or partially missed withholds, 178 Knowledge to the average person is only this: a knowledge of his withholds, 178 Wild animal reaction that makes Man a cousin to the beasts, 178 Handling critical, upset, ARC breaky pc, 179
Integrity Processing Series 13
HCO B 16 Dec. 1972 HELP THE PC, 180 Use of steering in withhold pulling, 180 Pc is always willing to reveal, 180 If pc knew all the answer it wouldn’t read on the E- Meter, 180
Integrity Processing Series 14
HCO B 17 Dec. 1972 HAVINGNESS, 181 Havingness is the concept of being able to reach; no- havingness is the concept of not being
able to reach, 181 Havingness must be run to get the benefit of having pulled most withholds, 181
Study Series 9
HCO B 4 Jan. 1973 CONFRONT, 182 Definitions of confront, 182 If one can confront he can be aware; if one is aware one can perceive and act, 182
HCO B 30 Mar. 1973 STEP FOUR— HANDLING ORIGINATIONS, 183 What is an origination of the preclear, 183 Three steps in handling an origin, 183
HCO B 5 Apr. 1973 AXIOM 28 AMENDED, 185 Axiom 28, 185 Formula of communication, 185
HCO B 7 Apr. 1973R GRADIENTS IN TRs, 186 How to do TRs, 186 Going over and over TR 0- 4, 186
Cramming Series 10RA
HCO B 10 June 1973RA CRAMMING, 188 Qual does not take orders on what to do to correct, 188
HCO B 11 July 1973 ASSIST SUMMARY, 189 Medical examination and treatment and assists, 189 Causes of predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of injury and illness, 189 Physical facts of injuries, illnesses and stresses, 190 Role of assists, 190 Don’t confine handling of injuries to Touch Assist, 190 Actions of ministers, 191
xix
Assist Summary steps, 191 Drug “five days” rule need not apply to assists, 192 Assist given over drugs, how to handle later, 192 Pc illness during grade auditing, 192 There is no conflict between minister and medical doctor, 192
Qual Flub Catch Series 4
HCO B 21 July 1973 RECOVERING STUDENTS AND PCS, 193 Five main reasons for student blows, 193 Reasons for pc blows, 194 Handling the blown student or pc, 194
HCO B 29 July 1973 ART, MORE ABOUT, 196 How good does a work of art have to be to be good, 196 Art for self- satisfaction vs. audience, 196 Technique of art, 197 Art to be good must have technical expertise itself adequate to produce an emotional impact,
198 What is technical expertise, 198 “Technical expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact” and “message”, 199 Art quality and form, 199 Living itself is an art form, 199
HCO B 30 July 1973 SCIENTOLOGY, CURRENT STATE OF THE SUBJECT AND MATERIALS, 201
Extent of Scientology materials, 201 Scientology archives, 201 Development of Scientology, 201 Uses of Scientology, 202 Scientology’s relation to healing, 203 Nutrition and biochemistry, 204 Physical ailments can resist spiritual improvement, 205 OT behavior, 206
HCO B 2 Aug. 1973 PEP, 207 Change of man’s diet, 207 Sugar vs. protein, 207 Result of heavy intake of sugar and carbohydrates, 207 Proper diet, 208
HCO B 10 Aug. 1973 PTS HANDLING, 209 Cause of illness, 209 Three basic actions of handling PTS conditions, 209 Relation of PTS person to psychotic, 209 Apparent reasons for illness besides being PTS, 209 Predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of illness, 210 PTS handling by steps, 210 PTS “unburdening”, 211
C/ S Series 87
HCO B 15 Oct. 1973 NULLING AND F/ Ning PREPARED LISTS, 213 Auditor outnesses causing a null prepared list, 213 The use of suppress and invalidate buttons and misunderstood word tech on the list, 213 A prepared list either reads or F/ Ns, 213
HCO B 30 Aug. 1971RC PC COMPLETIONS— SECOND REVISION, 214
[REPLACED]
Pc completion points, 214
HCO B 11 Nov. 1973 PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE, 218 xx
Examiner Declare? procedure, 218
HCO B 15 Nov. 1973R FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST— R, 219 Terminals list, 219 Emotions list, 219 Handling steps, 220
HCO B 20 Nov. 1973 Reissued from 21st ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE TRAINING DRILLS, 221
Anti- Q and A TR, 221
C/ S Series 89
HCO B 20 Nov. 1973 F/ N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM, 222 Auditor Q and A, 222 The auditor must F/ N the original action, 222 Results of auditor Q and A, 222 Results of C/ S Q and A, 222
HCO B 21 Nov. 1973 THE CURE OF Q AND A— MAN’S DEADLIEST DISEASE, 223
The disease of Q and A, 223 Administrator Q and A, 223 C/ S Q and A, 223 Q and A remedy steps, 224
HCO B 23 Nov. 1973 DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA, 226 [REVISED]
TA depends on normally moist hands, 226 Use of hand cream for dry hands, 226 Use of anti- perspirants for wet hands, 227 F/ N and false TA, 227 Conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc’s TA, 227
C/ S Series 53RF
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973 SHORT HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 228 [CANCELED]
HCO B 5 Dec. 1973 THE REASON FOR Q AND A, 230 What is meant by Q and A, 230 Q and A examples, 230 Q and A is simply postulate aberration, 230 State of person who Qs and As, 231 Body Q and A, 231 Cure for Q and A with a body, 232
C/ S Series 90
HCO B 6 Dec. 1973 THE PRIMARY FAILURE, 233 Most common reason for failed sessions, 233 Remedy for an auditor who can’t get reads on lists, 233 Requirements for making a list read, 234 Primary cause of C/ S failure, 234
HCO B 15 Dec. 1973 THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/ H AND CONTINUOUS OVERT WITH DATA ON DEGRADED BEINGS AND FALSE PTS CONDITIONS, 235
The continuous missed W/ H, 235 The continuous overt, 235 Degraded beings, 23 6 Handling of continuous missed withhold and overt, 236 Motion slowness, 236 False PTS, 236
xxi
HCO B 6 Jan. 1974 ASSIST SUMMARY ADDITION, 237 Assist Summary addition steps, 237
HCO B 23 Jan. 1974 THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973! THE INTROSPECTION RD, 239 [REVISED]
What is a psychotic break, 239 Wrong indication and psychotic break, 239 Theory of Introspection Rundown, 240 Auditor requirements, 240 Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 240 End phenomena of Introspection Rundown, 241
HCO B 27 Jan. 1974 DIANETICS— R3R COMMANDS HAVE BACKGROUND DATA, 243
Basics of engram running, 243 Inadequacy of a completely rote system, 244
HCO B 11 Apr. 1971R L3RC— DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST, 245
[REVISED]
HCO B 23 Jan. 1974R THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973! THE INTROSPECTION RD, 249 [REVISED]
What is a psychotic break, 249 Wrong indication and psychotic break, 249 Theory of Introspection Rundown, 250 Auditor requirements, 250 Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 250 End phenomena of Introspection Rundown, 256
Expanded Dianetics Series 20
HCO B 15 Feb. 1974 SERVICE FACSIMILE THEORY AND EXPANDED DIANETICS, 257
Service Facs by Dynamics, 257 Service facsimile theory, 257 Service facsimile handling, 258
C/ S Series 91
HCO B 17 Feb. 1974 MUTUAL OUT RUDS, 259 Definition of “mutual out ruds”, 259 C/ S checks for mutual out ruds, 259 Handling of mutual out ruds, 259
HCO B 20 Feb. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD— ADDITIONAL ACTIONS, 260 Responsibility step, 260 Programming Introspection Rundown to fit the pc, 260 The cleared cannibal factor, 260 Isolation of person in psychotic break, 260 C/ S action— cleared cannibal step, 261
HCO B 6 Mar. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD— SECOND ADDITION— INFORMATION TO C/ SES— FIXATED ATTENTION, 262
Fixated attention case, 262 Introversion and attention, 262 Anatomy and remedy of fixated attention, 262 Steps of handling fixated attention, 262 Release from isolation after psychotic break, 263 Additional cleared cannibal step, 263 C/ Sing and auditing psychos, 264 Integrity of rundowns, 264
xxii
HCO B 11 Apr. 1971RA L3RD— DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST, 265
HCO B 17 Mar. 1974 TWC CHECKSHEETS— TWC, USING WRONG QUESTIONS, 270
Don’t use a listing question in two- way comm, 270 What two- way comm questions must be limited to, 270 Examples of correct and incorrect two- way comm questions, 270
HCO B 18 Mar. 1974 E- METERS— SENSITIVITY ERRORS, 271 An auditor must set the sensitivity of an E- Meter exactly right for each pc, 271 Too low sensitivity, 271 Too high sensitivity, 271 E- Meter sensitivity setting for individual cases, 271
HCO B 21 Mar. 1974 END PHENOMENA, 272 Definition of end phenomena, 272 Types of EPs, 272 Dianetic end phenomena, 272 Scientology end phenomena, 272 F/ N abuse, 272 End phenomena errors, 272 OTs and EPs, 273 Remedy of auditor errors in handling end phenomena, 273
C/ S Series 32RA
HCO B 4 Apr. 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 274 Tripling earlier Dianetics, 274 Full Flow Table, 274 Definitions of Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0, 274 Flow Zero command for the Introspection RD, 275 When to Triple narrative items or multiple somatic items, 275 Completing unfinished flows in Full Flow Dianetics, 275 Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 275 Offering FFD, 275 OT warning, 275
Expanded Dianetics Series 21
HCO B 28 Mar. 1974 EXPANDED DIANETICS DEVELOPMENTS SINCE THE ORIGINAL LECTURES, 276
Expanded Dianetics programming, 276 Expanded Dianetics set- ups, 276 Pc trouble on engrams, 276 Ex Dn rundowns, 276 Class VIII C/ S- 6 list, 276 Intentions in AEI Treble Assessments, 277 Evil purposes, 277 R/ S Handling, also called the Responsibility RD, 277 The Wants Handled Rundown, 277 The Multiple- Flow E. Purp Rundown, 277 Ex Dn program is designed for an individual, 278
C/ S Series 23RA
HCO B 17 Dec. 1971R INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 279 Quads canceled, 279 When is Int RD unnecessary, 279 When is Int RD overrun, 280 Repair of Int RD, 280 Two- way comm step, 280 C/ Sing Int RD, 280 Int RD is a remedy, 280 Disability of auditor in running Int RD, 281 What the C/ S does to win, 281
xxiii
C/ S Series 53RG
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973 SHORT HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 282 [CANCELED]
C/ S Series 28RA
HCO B 7 Mar. 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 284 How to C/ S a case for Triple Dianetics, 284 Dianetic Full Flow Table, 284 Int- Ext RD and Full Flow Table, 285 R3R flubs, 285 Results of Triple Dianetics, 285 Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows, 285
C/ S Series 33RA
HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 RA TRIPLE RERUNS, 286 By- passed flows and mass, 286 The source of high TA, 286 Liability of rehabs, 286 Massy thetans, 286 Getting in all flows, 287 High TA and Triple Flows, 287 Pc not in trouble, 287 Pc in trouble, 287 Running Zero Flows, 288 Getting in Triple Flows— rehab or run, 288 Results of All Flows Rundown, 288
C/ S Series 36RB
HCO B 21 Apr. 1971 RB DIANETICS, 289 Reason for TRs, 289 Rehabbing chains, 289 How to handle flubbed chains, 290 Use of L3RD, 290 Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 290 How to handle firefights, 291 Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Triples, and Int- Ext RD, 291 C/ S responsibility, 292 Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 292 Introducing FFD, 292
Art Series 3
HCO B 10 Apr. 1974 STAGE MANNERS, 293 Basics of appearing before an audience, 293 Stage manners rules, 293 Stage manners drills, 294
HCO B 20 Apr. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD— THIRD ADDITION— ADDITIONAL INTROSPECTION RD STEPS, 295
Introspection RD has as its dominant flow, Flow 0, 295 Additional steps, 295 Introspection Rundown caution, 296
Expanded Dianetics Series 22
HCO B 23 Apr. 1974 EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES, 297 [REVISED]
Ex Dn set- up checklist, 297
Art Series 4
HCO B 25 Apr. 1974 RHYTHM, 298 Definition of rhythm, 298 Six distinct types of rhythm in music, 298 Usage, 298 Repetition, 298
xxiv
Rapport, 298 Impingement, 299 Rhythm in art forms, 299
HCO B 31 May 1974 UNHANDLED DRUGS AND ETHICS, 300 Drugs must be handled first in auditing, 300
Word Clearing Series 32RA
HCO B 22 Feb. 1972RA WORD CLEARING METHOD 4, 301 Use of Word Clearing Method 4, 301 Word Clearing Method 4 procedure, 301 Supervisor use of Word Clearing Method 4, 302
Word Clearing Series 53R
HCO B 8 July 1974R CLEAR TO F/ N, 303 TA must be in normal range to start Word Clearing on meter, 303 All words must be F/ Ned in Word Clearing on meter, 303 Word Clearing red tabs, 303
C/ S Series 92R
HCO B 8 July 1974R WORD CLEARING ERRORS, 304 All words must be F/ Ned, 304 Word Clearing worksheets must be placed in folders, 304 Case trouble and Word Clearing, 304 Word Clearing errors are red tabbed, 304 Handling of TA trouble at start of Word Clearing, 304
Word Clearing Series 42R Tape Course Series 10
HCO B 17 Aug. 1972R METHOD 4 NOTES, 305 Too generalized a question in using Word Clearing Method 4 defeats its use, 305 Break down the materials, 305 Word Clearing Method 4 of tapes, 305 Word Clearing Method 4 of books, 305 Errors in Word Clearing Method 4, 305
Expanded Dianetics Series 23
HCO B 17 July 1974 XDN CASE B, 307 Further data on XDn Series 9, 307 Drug Rundown is a must before Ex Dn, 307 Headache and Int- Ext, 307
C/ S Series 53RH
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973R SHORT HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 308 [CANCELED]
C/ S Series 93
HCO B 31 Aug. 1974 NEW GRADE CHART, 311 Changes in the Grade Chart, 311 Drug Rundown and Life Repair, 311 Expanded Dianetics, 311 Grade II, 311 Solo set- ups, 312 The full list of Grades showing where the various RDs now offered fit, 312 The Grade Chart and programming, 313
Word Clearing Series 54
HCO B 7 Sept. 1974 SUPERLITERACY AND THE CLEARED WORD, 314 Education and superliteracy, 314 What is superliteracy, 314 Action of superliterate illustrated, 316
xxv
Cleared words, 317
C/ S Series 94
HCO B 25 Sept. 1974 REDUCTION OF REFUNDS— C/ Ses AND OVERLOAD, 318 Overloaded C/ Ses— cause of out tech and huge refund ratio, 318 Irreducible minimum C/ S postings, 318 Additional types of C/ Ses, 318 What is overload, 319
HCO B 26 Sept. 1974 HANDLING FLUBBED PCS, 320 Tech corrects its own flubbed pcs; it does not send them to Qual, 320 Tech action, 320 Red tag handling, 320 Qual action, 320
HCO PL 7 Apr. 1970RA GREEN FORM, 321
HCO B 6 Oct. 1974 THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN— THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1974, 327
Overt of withholding vital information, 327 Research, 327 Withholding vital information in orgs, 327 Peculiarity of mechanism of withholding vital information, 328 When the Vital Information Rundown is given, 328 Vital Info RD by steps, 328
HCO B 9 Dec. 1971R PTS RUNDOWN, 330 [REVISED]
PTS phenomena, 330 Who does PTS Rundown, 330 Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller- coast it comes from
having known the person before this life, 330 Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 331 PTS Rundown end phenomena, 331 The four parts of PTS Rundown, 331 Flows of PTS Rundown, 332 Re- dos if pc does not recover, 332 The commands of PTS Rundown, 332
Cramming Series 14
HCO B 15 Oct. 1974 CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS, 334 Result of cramming over out ruds, 334 Don’t cram over out ruds, 334 Cramming Officer flubs, 334 Incomplete handling, 334 Maxim of Cramming, 335
HCO PL 19 Oct. 1974 THE DRAMATIZATION OF WITHHOLDS ON VITAL INFORMATION LINES, 336
Dramatization of withholds, 336 Vital information, 336 Different ways to dramatize withholds, 336 An org’s main product, 337 Remedy for the dramatization of withholds, 337
HCO B 9 Dec. 1971RA PTS RUNDOWN, 338 PTS phenomena, 338 Who does PTS Rundown, 338 Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller- coaster comes from
having known the person before this life, 339 Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 339 Behavior of PTS RD, 339
xxvi
PTS Rundown end phenomena, 340 Flows of PTS RD, 340 PTS Rundown re- dos, 340 PTS Rundown references, 340 PTS Rundown steps, 340 Past S& Ds, 340 Past PTS Interviews, 342 New S& Ds (3 S& Ds), 342 Troubled/ worried, 342 Been after, 343 Planets, 343 PTS Rundown repair, 343
HCO B 1 Nov. 1974 ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS, 344 Definition of rock slam, 344 Rock slammers, 344 Checklist to assist identification of R/ Sers, 344 Pcs who R/ S, 345 Rock slammer is different from someone with a rock slam, 345
HCO B 23 Jan. 1974RA THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973! THE INTROSPECTION RD, 346
What is a psychotic break, 346 Wrong indication and psychotic break, 346 Theory of Introspection Rundown, 347 Auditor requirements, 347 Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 347 End phenomena of the Introspection Rundown, 353
HCO B 5 Nov. 1974 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT, 354 Withdrawal symptoms, 354 How to handle drug withdrawal symptoms, 354 Cal- Mag formula, 354 Cal- Mag replaces any tranquilizer, 355
C/ S Series 53RI
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RA SHORT HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 356 [CANCELED]
HCO B 15 Nov. 1974 STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST, 359
HCO B 4 Aug. 1971R POST PURPOSE CLEARING, 363 Instant Purpose Clearing, 363 Full Post Purpose Clearing, 363 Admin of Post Purpose Clearing, 363 Post Purpose Clearing steps, 364
HCO B 1 Dec. 1974 WORD CLEARING LISTS FOR PREPARED LISTS, 366 List of prepared lists with their word clearing lists, 366
HCO B 8 Dec. 1974 TR 0— NOTES ON BLINKING, 369 There is no such thing as blinkless TR 0, 369 Points on confronting, 369
Integrity Processing Series 6RA
HCO B 9 Dec. 1974 EFFECTIVENESS OF OVERTS IN PROCESSING, 370 ARC breaks, 370 Why overts work, 370
Expanded Dianetics Series 22R
HCO B 23 Apr. 1974R EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES, 372 xxvii
Ex Dn set- up checklist, 372
HCO B 12 Jan. 1975 QUADS REINSTATED, 373 Quad Dianetics materials are reissued, 373 Quad rules, 3 73 Who to run on Quad, 373
C/ S Series 28RA- 1
HCO B 7 Mar. 1971 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS, 374 How to C/ S a case for Quadruple Dianetics, 374 Dianetic Full Flow Table, 3 74 Int- Ext RD and Full Flow Table, 375 Auditor requirements for Quad Dianetics, 375 R3R flubs, 375 C/ Sing Quad Dianetics, 376 Promotion of Quad Dianetics, 376 Upper level auditors, 376 Results of Quad Dianetics, 376 Dianetic Remedies, 3 76
C/ S Series 32RA- 1R
HCO B 4 Apr. 1971- 1R USE OF QUAD DIANETICS, 377 Tripling earlier Dianetic items, 377 Quadrupling earlier Dianetic items, 377 Int Rundown, 377 Reason to handle missing flows, 377 Full Flow Table, 378 Definitions of Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0, 378 Flow Zero command, 3 78 When to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, 378 Completing unfinished flows in Full Flow Dianetics, 378 Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 379 Offering FFD, 3 79 Quadruple Dianetics on Clears and OTs, 379
C/ S Series 33RA- 1
HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS, 380 By- passed flows and mass, 380 The source of high TA, 380 Liability of rehabs, 380 Massy thetans, 380 Getting in all flows, 381 High TA and Quad Flows, 381 Pc not in trouble, 382 Pc in trouble, 382 Running Zero Flows, 382 Getting in Zero Flows— rehab or run, 382 Results of All Flows Rundown, 382
C/ S Series 36RB- 1R
HCO B 21 Apr. 1971- 1R QUADRUPLE DIANETICS— DANGERS OF, 383 Auditor errors in running Quad Dianetics, 383 Requirements to run Quad Dianetics, 383 Reason for TRs, 383 Rehabbing chains, 384 How to handle flubbed chains, 384 Use of L3RD, 384 Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 385 How to handle firefights, 385 Interiorization RD, 386 Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Quads, and Int- Ext RD, 386 C/ S responsibility, 386 Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 386
xxviii
Introducing FFD, 386
HCO B 16 Jan. 1975 PAST LIFE REMEDIES, 388 Imaginary incidents, 388 AESPs that “would make one unwilling to go earlier than this life”, 388 Drugs can prevent going backtrack, 388 Pc in recent shock of having died won’t go backtrack, 388 Remedy for invalidation of past lives, 388 Children as cases, 388 Unburdening cases of children, 389 How to handle pc stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books, 389 Scientology Review action to make pc go backtrack, 389
HCO B 23 Jan. 1975 THE PURPOSE OF CLASS VIII, 391 Purpose of Class VIII Course, 391 The original Class VIII Course has returned, 391 Training and skill of a Class VIII auditor, 391 How a Class VIII gets in standard tech, 391 Class VIII handling of lower level auditors, 391
HCO B 14 Feb. 1975 L10 PREREQUISITES, 392 Prerequisites to L10 are a completed Drug RD and Expanded Grades, 392
HCO B 2 Nov. 1957RA AN OBJECTIVE RUNDOWN, 393 Objective vs. subjective processes, 393 Objective Rundown steps, 393
HCO B 1 Oct. 1965R MUTTER TR, 395 Purpose, commands, position and training stress of Mutter TR, 395 Note on TR 2 and TR 4, 395
HCO B 7 Mar. 1975 EXT AND ENDING SESSION, 397 How to end session when pc exteriorizes on a good win, 397
Cramming Series 15
HCO B 18 Mar. 1975 METER USE IN QUAL, 397 Cramming actions done in Qual must be done on a meter, 397
C/ S Series 53RJ
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RB SHORT HI- LO TA ASSESSMENT C/ S, 398
HCO B 25 Mar. 1975 DIET, THEORY OF A NATURAL DIET, 401 Importance of food, 401 The human body, 401 Search for the natural diet of man, 401 The necessary first steps to discover man’s correct diet, 401 How to find the elements of a natural diet, 402 Food supply, 402
HCO B 29 Mar. 1975 ANTI- BIOTICS, ADMINISTERING OF, 403 Definition of anti- biotics, 403 Germs and virus, 403 Bringing down temperature with anti- biotics, 403 How to administer anti- biotics, 404 Anti- biotics and temperature, 404 The general rule when administering anti- biotics, 405 Anti- biotics taking effect, 405 Past maladministration of anti- biotics, 405 Person on anti- biotics is given vitamins before session, 405 Key procedure, 405 Side effects of anti- biotics, 405
xxix
Disease cycles, 406 Sulfa drugs, 406 Penicillin, 407 Oral penicillin is worthless, it has to be shot with a needle, 407 Types of anti- biotics, 407 Vitamins and anti- biotics, 407 Intestinal bacteria, 408
HCO B 19 Apr. 1975 OUT BASICS AND HOW TO GET THEM IN, 409 List of the out basics and references to correct them, 409 Auditing preclears in a bad and noisy environment, 409 Auditor not assessing and handling an ARC break that came up in session, 409 False reads on W/ Hs and asking for some W/ Hs more than once will ARC break the pc, 409 Auditing the pc over false TA, 409 Auditing over pc out of session, 410 Auditing the pc over Int- Ext misunderstoods, 410 Auditing the pc over misunderstoods on basic words, 410 Auditor calling the pc’s attention to the meter or TA or his hands in session, 410 Auditor F/ Ning a question on something else, not the question asked, 410 Auditor carrying on past exterior and good win and asking “say or ask”, 410 Lack of knowledge of Flows, doing F0s on a Triple pc, 410 Auditor C/ Sing in the chair, 411 Auditor doing 2WCs without a C/ S, 411 False TA, 411 Auditor not getting false TA handled before session, 411 Auditor applying hand cream during a session, 411 Auditor overrunning due to false TA, 411 Auditor not writing down on worksheet what was done, 411 Auditor not writing down vital information in the worksheets, 412 Auditor having poor handwriting, illegible worksheets, 412 C/ S not using the D of P for interview to get data after a failed session, 412 C/ S repairing the pc instead of the auditor, 412 Pc doesn’t want auditing, 412 C/ S agreeing with pc’s demands for the next Grade despite all contrary indicators, 412 C/ S trying to fix “no EP” on one rundown by trying to run another rundown, 413 C/ S failing to call for an FES when he doesn’t know after a failed rundown, 413 C/ S not reading the worksheets or missing corny errors and not correcting the auditor, 413
HCO B 23 Apr. 1975 VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA, 414 Why vanishing cream doesn’t work, 414 Hand creams for dry hands, 414 A note on footplates, 414 False TA handling, 414 False TA must be handled before session, 414
HCO B 23 Nov. 1973R DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA, 415 TA depends on normally moist hands, 415 Use of hand cream for dry hands, 415 Use of anti- perspirant for wet hands, 416 F/ N and false TA, 416 Conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc’s TA, 416
HCO B 29 Feb. 1972RA FALSE TA CHECKLIST, 417
HCO PL 7 Apr. 1961 RA JOHANNESBURG CONFESSIONAL LIST —REVISED, 419
Joburg Confessional List, 419
HCO B 23 Oct. 1975 TECHNICAL QUERIES, 424 Cause of technical queries, 424 Handle technical queries by reference and cramming, 424
C/ S Series 95
HCO B 26 Oct. 1975 “FAILED” CASES, 426 xxx
There are no failed cases; there are only failed C/ Ses and auditors, 426 Prepared lists clear up “failed cases”, 426 Auditors who can’t assess lists, 426 What it takes to make a real auditor, 426 Source of out tech, 426 Test of C/ Ses and auditors, 427
HCO B 27 July 1976 PTS RUNDOWN AND VITAL INFO RD POSITION CORRECTED, 427- A
Restricting PTS handling and Vital Info RD to Expanded Dianetics is a false position, 428 The actual position on the grade chart or in classes of the PTS Rundown, 428
HCO B 9 Dec. 1971RB PTS RUNDOWN, 429 PTS phenomena, 429 Who does PTS Rundown, 429 Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller- coaster comes from
having known the person before this life, 430 Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 430 The prerequisites for a PTS RD, 430 PTS RD is not restricted to Ex Dn but is a separate RD developed before Ex Dn, 430 Behavior of PTS RD, 431 PTS Rundown end phenomena, 431 Flows of PTS RD, 431 PTS Rundown re- dos, 431 PTS Rundown references, 431 PTS Rundown steps, 432 Past S& Ds, 432 Past PTS Interviews, 432 New S& Ds (3 S& Ds), 432 Troubled/ worried, 432 Been after, 433 Planets, 434 PTS Rundown repair, 434
HCO B 6 Oct. 1974R THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1974, 435
Overt of withholding vital information, 435 Research, 435 Withholding vital information in orgs, 435 Peculiarity of mechanism of withholding vital information, 436 When the Vital Information Rundown is given, 436 The Prerequisite for public is Drug RD, 436 Vital Info RD by steps, 436
HCO B 10 Aug. 1976 R/ SES, WHAT THEY MEAN, 440 The term was taken from a process in the ‘50s, 440 A “Rockslam” can be caused sometimes by leaving rings on the pc’s fingers or by a short
circuit in the meter or by the cans (electrodes) touching something like a dress, 440 One must always report a rockslam in the auditing report, 440 The rockslam is the most important needle manifestation, 440 You don’t ever indicate rockslams or theta bops to the pc, 441 Rocket read, 441 A rockslam means a hidden evil intention on the subject or question under discussion or
auditing, 441 Two things underlie insanity, 441 One rockslam doesn’t make a psychotic, 442 When R/ Ses most easily turn on, 442 How you can turn off an R/ S and mistakenly think it is handled, 442 What then DOES HANDLE an R/ S?, 443 Expanded Dianetics handling of R/ Ses, 443 What do you do when you see an R/ S, 443
C/ S Series 96
HCO B 24 Oct. 1976 DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS, 445 xxxi
There’s nothing wrong with your CF, your pc, your student, staff member or your delivery that a prepared list won’t handle, 445 The “Prepared Lists” system, 445 The only reason ever found for prepared lists not working, 445 Qual “Okay to Audit” Checksheets, 445 A C/ S must know what lists to use, 446 Prepared lists for preclears, 446 Prepared lists for students, 447 Prepared lists for staffs, 448 Word lists for prepared lists, 449 Translated lists for non- English speaking orgs, 449
C/ S Series 97
HCO B 20 Oct. 1976 AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF, 450 There are many ways of falsifying an auditing report, 450 The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy to spot in folders and reports,
450 The penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report, 451
C/ S Series 98
HCO B 28 Oct. 1976 AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS, 452
Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a very serious matter, 452 The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders, 452 Loss of a pc’s folder and omissions from a pc’s folder shall be actionable by a Committee of
Evidence, 453
xxxii
Type = 11
iDate=1/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=20/11/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LIX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED
Type = 12
iDate=1/1/72
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=17/2/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=22/2/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=25/2/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=3/3/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=13/3/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=1/1/72
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Auditors
Class III
and above
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 JANUARY 1972RA
REVISED & REISSUED AS HCO B 20 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Auditors CANCELS
Class III BTB OF 1 JANUARY 1972R
and above SAME TITLE
LIX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED
(Cancels earlier list HCO Bs 17 Feb 71
and 22 Feb 71 and 25 Feb 71 and 3 March 71
and 13 March 71 and 1 Jan 72.)
This assessment has been developed to detect all the reasons for high and
low TA. There is nothing unusual about the processes necessary to handle these
points. This is the full list and is used when a C/S Series 53RI has been done
and the high or low TA persists.
Interiorization or a flubbed Interiorization R/D that must be run with
WENT IN is the usual reason. Listing errors and out rudiments are another
reason.
The list is assessed Method 5. Handle the reads in the order given on HCO
B 10 June 71, C/S Series 44R. Any reading questions must be carried to F/N by
major action or 2-Way Comm. Can be taken to full F/Ning list.
Must be done by an Auditor who can make a list read with Cramming on TR 1
and Cramming on HCO Bs 28 Feb 71 C/S Series 24, 9 June 71 C/S Series 41, 20 Dec
71 C/S Series 72, 15 June 72 C/S Series 80, 15 Oct 73 C/S Series 87, 20 Nov 73
C/S Series 89, 6 Dec 73 C/S Series 90 and BTB 16 June 71R, Issue I (formerly
HCO B 16 June 71 R, Issue II).
HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT
1A. IS YOUR INT R/D UNFLAT? _______
If the pc has had an Int R/D, do an Int R/D Correction List and
handle the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71, Revised 14 May 74.) If the
pc has never had an Int R/D, then give him a standard Int R/D
providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and have
drilled the procedure.
2A. WAS YOUR INT R/D MESSED UP? _______
Int R/D Correction List.
3A. IS YOUR INT R/D OVERRUN? _______
Int R/D Correction List.
4A. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER EXTERIOR? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
5A. ARE YOU TRAPPED? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
6A. YOU WENT IN. _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
7A. GO IN. _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
1
8A. ARE YOU OUT AND CAN'T GET IN? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
9A. ARE YOU IN AND CAN'T GET OUT? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
10A. ARE YOU URGENTLY TRYING TO LEAVE? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
11A. DO YOU WANT TO GET OUT? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
12A. WERE YOU KICKED OUT OF SPACES? _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
13A. YOU CAN'T GO. _______
Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
1B. IS THERE A LIST ERROR? _______
Do an L4BR on the earliest lists you can find that have not
been corrected. Lacking these, do an L4BR in general. You can
go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N until
the whole L4BR gives nothing but F/Ns.
2B. HAS A LIST BEEN OVERLISTED? _______
Find out which and handle with an L4BR.
3B. WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG ITEM? _______
L4BR and handle.
4B. ARE YOU UPSET WITH GIVING ITEMS TO THE AUDITOR? _______
L4BR and handle.
5B. WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG INDICATION? _______
L4BR and handle.
6B. WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG WHY? _______
L4BR on the Why Finding. Get the correct Why.
7B. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG PTS ITEM? _______
L4BR on that PTS Interview. Watch for earlier out PTS
Interviews and if they exist, L4BR the earliest one. Watch for earlier
S&Ds and if out, correct the earliest of each kind with an
L4BR.
8B. ARE YOU NOT SATISFIED WITH AN ITEM FOUND ON THE LIST? _______
L4BR. Correct the List.
9B. HAVE READING ITEMS BEEN LEFT CHARGED UP? _______
L4BR and handle if L&N lists otherwise spot them and clean
them by taking to F/N.
1C. DO YOU HAVE SOME SORT OF WITHHOLD? _______
Pull it (them) E/S to F/N. Use "Who" if discreditable.
2C. ARE YOU WITHHOLDING SOMETHING? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N. Use "Who" if discreditable.
2
3C. IS ANOTHER WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM YOU? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
4C. ARE OTHERS WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM OTHERS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
5C. HAS ANOTHER COMMITTED OVERTS ON YOU? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
6C. HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
7C. HAVE OTHERS COMMITTED OVERTS ON OTHERS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
8C. ARE YOU NOT-ISING OVERTS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
9C. YOU'RE NOT SAYING? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
10C. HAVE YOU COMMITTED CRIMES? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
11C. ARE YOU COMMITTING CRIMES IN PT? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
12C. ARE YOU PROTESTING? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
13C. ARE YOU HIDING? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
14C. YOU DON'T LIKE IT. _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
15C. ARE THERE UNDISCLOSED PROBLEMS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
16C. IS THERE A LIE? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
17C. ARE THERE CONSIDERATIONS NOT MENTIONED? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
18C. DO YOU HAVE OPINIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
19C. ARE YOU HERE FOR UNDISCLOSED REASONS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
20C. ARE YOU NOT TELLING YOUR AUDITOR YOUR COGNITIONS? _______
Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.
21C. ARE YOU WITHHOLDING YOUR ACTUAL CASE STATE? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
22C. ARE YOU UNWILLING TO TALK TO THE AUDITOR? _______
2wc on things he can't say E/S to F/N.
3
23C. ARE THERE DISAGREEMENTS? _______
Run 2wc E/S to F/N: F1. Tell me about others' disagreements
with you. F2. Tell me about your disagreements with others.
F3. Tell me about others' disagreements with others.
24C. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN ARC BREAK? _______
PROBLEM? _______
WITHHOLD? _______
Indicate it and handle E/S to F/N.
25C. DO YOU FEEL SAD? _______
Handle the ARC Break as an ARC Break of Long Duration.
26C. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? _______
Handle the ARC Break.
27C. DO YOU FEEL UPSET? _______
Handle the ARC Break.
28C. DO YOU FEEL RUSHED? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
29C. DO YOU FEEL TIRED? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
30C. YOU CAN'T GET IT. _______
Find out what and 2wc E/S to F/N.
1D. ARE YOU TAKING OR SMOKING DRUGS? _______
2wc to F/N. Rehab releases on each "Drug" taken to F/N. If pc
has had a Drug R/D, do L3RD on it and handle. Program the pc
for a Drug R/D or verification of it if it is incomplete or there
are "No Interest" items.
2D. DID YOU ONCE TAKE DRUGS? _______
2wc to F/N. Rehab releases on each drug to F/N. L3RD on
Drug R/D if he had one. Program for Drug R/D or verification if
incomplete.
3D. HAVE YOU TAKEN LSD? _______
2wc to F/N. Drug Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had one.
Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
4D. HAVE YOU DRUNK ALCOHOL? _______
2wc to F/N. Drug/Alcohol Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he
had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
5D. HAVE YOU SMOKED POT? _______
2wc to F/N. Drug Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had one.
Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
6D. ARE YOU TAKING MEDICINE? _______
2wc to F/N. Drug/Medicine Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he
had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
7D. DID YOU ONCE TAKE MEDICINE? _______
2wc to F/N. Drug/Medicine Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he
had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
4
1E. IS THERE AN ENGRAM IN RESTIMULATION? _______
Find out which and do L3RD and handle per its instructions.
2E. ARE THERE UNFLAT CHAINS? _______
Find out what chains and L3RD on each.
3E. DO YOU HAVE A STUCK PICTURE? _______
Indicate it. Do an L3RD on it. You can also unstick it by having
him recall a time before it and recall a time after it. D/L if
necessary. C/S can order Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn done
after this list is handled -- if necessary.
4E. DO YOU HAVE PICTURES IN RESTIMULATION? _______
L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.
5E. DO YOU HAVE MASSES IN RESTIMULATION? _______
L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.
6E. HAS THE SAME ENGRAM BEEN RUN TWICE? _______
L3RD and handle.
7E. YOU CAN'T SEE ENGRAMS TOO WELL. _______
Do L3RD Method 5 and handle. Program for L3RD Rundown
if necessary.
8E. IS IT INVISIBLE? _______
Spot the invisible field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.
9E. IS IT ALL BLACK? _______
Spot the black field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.
10E. HAS THERE BEEN A LOSS? _______
Do L3RD on it and handle. Run it out R3R Triple if not run
out and still not handled.
11E. HAVE YOU LOST ANYTHING? _______
Do L3RD on it and handle. If not yet run out and still
unhandled run R3R Triple.
1F. HAS THE SAME THING BEEN RUN TWICE? _______
Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
2F. HAS THE SAME ACTION BEEN DONE BY ANOTHER AUDITOR? _______
Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
1G. ARE YOU DOING SOMETHING WITH THE MIND BETWEEN SESSIONS? _______
Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such,
2wc E/S to first time done, find out what upset had occurred
before that and if TA now down, do L1C on trial period of pc's
life.
2G. ARE YOU INVOLVED IN SOME OTHER PRACTICE? _______
Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such,
2wc E/S to first time done, L1C on the prior upset or period of
pc's life just before that.
5
1H. ARE THERE WORD CLEARING ERRORS? _______
Do a Word Clearing Correction List, handle all reads.
2H. ARE THERE STUDY ERRORS? _______
2wc E/S to F/N and add a Student Rehabilitation List (HCO B
15 Nov 74) or full Study Correction List (BTB 4 Feb 72RC) to
the pc's Program.
1I. HAVE YOU EVER HAD TROUBLE WITH YOUR TA OR F/Ns? _______
Use HCO Bs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71, 18 Feb 72, 29 Feb 72,
23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then clean up the bypassed charge
with 1) Assess for best read a) TA worries b) F/N worries.
2) Then 2wc times he has worried about (item) E/S to F/N.
3) Rehab any overruns due to False TA obscuring F/Ns.
2I. HAVE YOU HAD A FALSE TA? _______
Handle as in 1I.
3I. ARE YOU USING THE WRONG SIZED CANS? _______
Handle as in 1I.
4I. DO YOUR HANDS GET TIRED IN AUDITING? _______
Handle as in 1I.
5I. ARE YOUR HANDS DRY? _______
Handle as in 1I.
6I. ARE YOUR FEET DRY? _______
Handle as in 1I.
7I. ARE YOUR HANDS WET? _______
Handle as in 1I.
8I. ARE YOUR FEET WET? _______
Handle as in 1I.
9I. DO YOU LOOSEN YOUR GRIP ON THE CANS? _______
Handle as in 1I.
10I. ARE YOU USING THE WRONG HAND CREAM? _______
Handle as in 1I.
1J. HAVE YOU BEEN SELF AUDITING? _______
2wc to first time. L1C on the prior upset or if prior upset was in
auditing use the appropriate correction list and an L1C on that
time.
2J. WAS A WRONG OVERRUN FOUND? _______
Correct it to F/N by indication and rehabbing the right overrun.
3J. HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN LIFE? _______
Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.
4J. HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN AUDITING? _______
Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.
5J. HAS THERE BEEN SOMETHING WRONG WITH F/Ns? _______
Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.
6
6J. HAVE F/Ns BEEN OVERRUN? _______
Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.
7J. HAVE F/Ns NOT BEEN INDICATED? _______
Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.
8J. HAVE F/Ns BEEN MISSED? _______
Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.
9J. HAVE AUDITING QUESTIONS NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD? _______
2wc, get them properly understood with Word Clearing, E/S if
needed to F/N.
10J. HAVE ITEMS NOT REALLY READ? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
11J. DID YOU SAY SOMETHING MUST HAVE READ? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
12J. WERE YOU STILL UPSET WHEN SOMEBODY THOUGHT IT
WAS HANDLED? _______
Find and handle to F/N.
13J. HAVE YOU HAD BAD AUDITING? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
14J. ARE THERE INCOMPLETE ACTIONS? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
15J. HAS THERE BEEN ANY INVALIDATION? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
16J. HAS THERE BEEN ANY EVALUATION? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
17J. COULDN'T YOU GET AUDITING? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
18J. HAVE THERE BEEN INTERRUPTIONS? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
19J. DOES YOUR AUDITOR OVERWHELM YOU? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
20J. DO YOU FEEL ATTACKED? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
21J. ARE YOU SCARED OF WHAT MIGHT HAPPEN IN AUDITING? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
22J. ARE YOU TALKING TO OTHERS ABOUT YOUR CASE? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
23J. ARE YOU LISTENING TO OTHERS TALK ABOUT THEIR CASES? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
24J. HAVE YOU BEEN LOOKING AT OR LISTENING TO TECH MATERIALS YOU
SHOULDN'T? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
7
25J. ARE YOU WAITING FOR SOMETHING TO HAPPEN? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
1K. SOME SORT OF CAN'T HAVE? _______
Find correct Havingness process and remedy.
2K. IS YOUR HAVINGNESS LOW? _______
Find correct Havingness process and remedy.
1L. IS SOMEONE OR SOMETHING HOSTILE TO YOU? _______
Check for SP with a PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D
programmed.
2L. ARE YOU PTS? _______
PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.
3L. ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE HOSTILE TO DIANETICS OR SCIENTOLOGY? _______
PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.
4L. DO YOU FEEL SUPPRESSED? _______
PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.
1M. HAS SOMETHING GONE ON TOO LONG? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or
date to blow, locate to blow if qualified).
2M. YOU WENT ON BY A RELEASE POINT? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
3M. HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
4M. THE AUDITOR KEPT ON GOING. _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
5M. HAS THERE BEEN ANY OVER-REPAIR? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
6M. ARE YOU PUZZLED ABOUT WHY THE AUDITOR KEEPS ON? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
7M. ARE THERE STOPS? _______
Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.
1N. HAVE YOU SEPARATED OUT? _______
2wc E/S to F/N. Then Triple Expanded Grade Two or L10 on
Advance Program.
2N. ARE YOU SOMEBODY ELSE? _______
2wc E/S to F/N. Program for LX Lists.
8
3N. DO YOU THINK SOMETHING ELSE IS WRONG? _______
2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item is covered by one
of the other questions on the list, handle per instructions.
Otherwise, GF M5 and handle.
4N. ARE YOU PHYSICALLY ILL? _______
2wc to find what. Note BD item. 2wc to F/N and get further
C/S instructions for handling if necessary.
1O. ARE WE REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T HIGH? _______
Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to
F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False TA,
handle per 1I above.
2O. ARE WE REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T LOW? _______
Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to
F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False TA,
handle per 1I above.
3O. IS THE METER FAULTY? _______
Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to
F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.
4O. IS THERE NOTHING WRONG? _______
Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to
F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.
1P. WAS THERE A FALSE EXAM REPORT? _______
Indicate and 2wc to F/N.
2P. HAVE YOU HAD TO WAIT AT THE EXAMINER? _______
Indicate and 2wc to F/N.
3P. HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET BY THE EXAMINER? _______
Indicate and 2wc to F/N.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
9
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 30
WC1 COMES FIRST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 30
WC1 COMES FIRST
Don't try to Word Clear Materials by Word Clearing Method 2 before the
person has had a Word Clear Method 1.
Actual experience shows that doing WC2 without WC1 restimulates earlier
charge on words that have been misunderstood in the past.
When a person has not had Word Clear Method 1 and tries to do Word Clear
Method 2 on materials, it can go very slowly, the student (due to earlier
charge on words) can become quite misemotional.
Using Method 3 (going back to find the misunderstood word) is all right.
And using common ordinary "Look up, don't go past a misunderstood word" is all
right.
METHOD 2 EP
The End Phenomena (what occurs at the end) of Word Clearing Method 2 is a
continuing F/N on the materials.
When the person is constantly F/Ning on the materials being word cleared
Method 2, that is the time to end off. The "EP" has been reached.
When the word clearer forces the student to go on beyond this, the reads
gotten are often false or are from protest.
Reads that are false come from cognitions (realizations) on the material.
Protest reads come from just plain annoyance with having to go on.
When the EP of 2 is reached on a specific set of materials, the student
is then permitted to go on by himself, looking up words he doesn't know or
going back to find one that was missed.
A person who enters a new subject or a new branch of a subject should be
given WC2 on it. A person who begins a higher level of a subject should be
given WC2 on it.
If thereafter there is any bog or failure to understand or apply or pass
an exam on the subject, a WC Correction List can be done on it and the bog
found and handled.
This EP is only valid if the person has had WC Method 1 before the WC
Method 2 was begun.
The EP of Method 2 can be many times repeated on different subjects or
branches of subjects.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
10
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 69 ADDITION
C/SING CHECKLIST
Remimeo
Auditors
Interns
C/Ses
(If a copy of C/S Series 69 is
posted on the wall, also post this.)
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo
Auditors
Interns
C/Ses
C/S Series 69 ADDITION
C/SING CHECKLIST
(If a copy of C/S Series 69 is
posted on the wall, also post this.)
Nothing in this checklist for C/Sing relieves the auditor or C/S from full
knowledge of the entire C/S Series. Nothing in the C/S Series is changed by
this checklist.
ADDITION
No. 10. Add. The time-honored way of seeing what has to be repaired in a
Case not running well is:
GO BACK IN THE FOLDER TO WHERE THE CASE WAS RUNNING WELL AND COME FORWARD.
The major error or departure is in the very next session after that. The
bugs after the high point should be repaired as the fast action to set the
case going again.
The repair and handling of bogged cases is the finest skill of a C/S.
Really it is why he is there.
To do this he has to know the C/S Series thoroughly, know all the
materials of all levels he is C/Sing better than the auditor.
The use of prepared lists, WC Correction List, Green Form, C/S 53, Hi-Lo
TA, GF 40 RR, Int-Ext Corr List, L1C and others, including "Have Examiner ask
the pc what happened in session" are used to get information and correct as
well as folder studies. KNOW BEFORE YOU GO.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
11
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS
Remimeo
C/Os
EDs
HAS
Dept 1
Qual Secs
Interne Supers
Ds of P
Cramming Officers
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JANUARY 1972
C/Os
EDs
HAS
Dept 1
Qual Secs
Interne Supers
Ds of P
Cramming Officers
C/Ses
TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS
First and foremost WHEN YOU START OUT TO TRAIN AN AUDITOR REALLY HONESTLY
DO IT.
Don't monkey about with it, or half do it, or brush it off. Actually GET
IT DONE. Get a finished capable able to audit in high volume with high quality
AUDITOR.
Each auditor is an individual. You can't train a mass of auditors. You
can train individual auditors. This has to be kept in sight despite having a
lot of students in a class.
In other words you take this person and push him on through and get the
job of training DONE.
HCO
To begin a staff auditor trainee is selected because he wants to be an
auditor, has a fair study record, has NO serious Ethics history and NO
psychiatric background. If you violate these points you will not get an
auditor and if you select one with an actual insane history you will be
violating the Auditor's Code.
HCO Dept 1 is the recruiting point for auditors. If HCO fails, it's up to
the D of P or even the Executive Director to get auditor trainees.
In recruiting staff auditors it is done 1 for 1 with Admin hirings.
Usually already existing staff and Dianetic Course or Academy students
are the personnel pools for auditor trainees.
When field auditors are brought into the org who have never done org
interneships they go this same route, regardless of their class. If already
classed, such as VIII, they are simply faster to make into staff auditors.
INTERNE SUPERVISOR
The moment someone is designated as a staff auditor trainee he comes
under the Interne Supervisor. He remains under the control of the Interne
Supervisor throughout his entire span as long as he is in the org and until he
has his final HGC okay to audit for the class of that org.
If the org sends him off for higher classes, he is again under the Interne
Supervisor.
The Interne Supervisor is in Qual Division V. In a small org it is
combined with Cramming Officer. In a tiny org it is combined with Cramming
Officer and Qual Sec. But if this last is done there must also be a word
clearer-programmer in Qual.
PROGRAMMED
The moment the trainee comes under the Interne Super he is PROGRAMMED.
The Programming is standard. It is varied only to take account of what
the trainee
12
has already done in the way of Basic Staff Hat, Staff Status, word clearing
and formal courses in auditing.
All trainees into an org begin at the bottom regardless of class.
A typical standard program would be:
WC1.
WC2 earliest materials read or heard.
Staff Status I.
Basic Staff Hat (Vol 0 OEC).
SS II Tech Div.
Problems Of Work WC2 star rate and clay demo.
This HCOB.
Interne HCOBs and P/Ls.
Student Hat.
HDC in the Dianetics Course (no auditing required for provisional cert
for a staff trainee).
HDC Interne Pack in Interneship for preliminary okay to audit Dianetics.
Dianetic Auditing as an Interne under D of P and/or C/S.
High Hour Flubless Record achieved on Dianetics resulting in final HGC
okay to audit Dianetics -- a fully validated Dianetic Cert.
Academy 0 to IV study to Provisional Class IV full time on Academy.
0-IV Interne Pack study.
0-IV preliminary HGC okay to audit. Auditing under D of P and/or C/S.
High Hour Flubless Record achieved on 0-IV resulting in final HGC okay to
audit and fully validated HGC Class IV.
In a Class IV org the program would be just as above.
AUTHORITY
All this time, the trainee's top boss is the Interne Supervisor. This
does not diminish the authority of a Course Super over the trainee when he is
on a course or the Cramming Officer when he is in Cramming.
When he has his final HGC okay for Dianetics he could be off the
Interneship if he were just to go on with Dianetics. But in an org this has
its limitations. A C/S has trouble getting a program done where an auditor
cannot fly ruds or do a correction list so it is best to carry on to Class IV
HGC final okay to audit.
UPPER ORGS
In a Saint Hill or an Advanced Org the standard program goes right on up
as follows.
In a Class IV org where a staff auditor is sent to a higher org, he comes
again under his own org Interne Supervisor even though he is gone. It used to
be that the Staff Training Officer kept track of students gone to a higher org
for training but this has not worked. It is best that the Interne Super
carries on and keeps track of him and gets him DONE and back.
Before a trainee is sent at org expense he has to sign a five-year
contract beginning the five years after he returns. He is liable for full cost
personally if contract broken plus penalty charges.
Class V in the SHSBC.
Class VI in the SHSBC.
13
Class VII SHSBC. His previous org Interneship is credited and he goes
into Power auditing. If no previous Interneship he does the whole
trip as above up to this point.
Class V, VI, VII Interne Pack under upper org Interne Super.
Class V, VI, VII Interne auditing under D of P of upper org.
High Hour Flubless auditing resulting in final HGC ok to audit in upper
org and validated cert.
Class VIII Course.
Class IX Course.
Class VIII and IX Interneship Pack under Interne Super of the Class VIII
org.
Class VIII and IX Auditing under D of P of higher org.
High Hour Flubless auditing resulting in an HGC okay to audit and fully
validated Class IX certificate.
Special C/S Course including AO lines.
C/S Interneship in the higher org.
Flubless C/Sing resulting in an HGC okay to C/S.
Class X Course.
Class X Interne Pack.
Class X Auditing under D of P.
High Hour Flubless Class X auditing resulting in a Class X HGC okay to
audit and a fully validated certificate.
Class XI and XII Course.
Class XI and XII Interne Pack.
Class XI and XII Auditing under D of P.
High Hour Flubless Class XI and XII auditing resulting in an HGC okay to
audit Class XI and XII and fully validated cert.
Flag Class XII and Solo C/S Course.
Flag Programming and repair of all omissions under Interne Super.
Flubless C/Sing on all lines.
HIGHER ORG
Where a trainee for an org goes to a higher org he is under the Interne
Super of the higher org to whom the Interne Super of the lower org can write.
This line is to speed up such trainees.
ADMIN
To get such points DONE, accurate admin is vital.
A checklist of all points in the above program is made up with the
trainee's name on it and is kept up, with dates by the Interne Supervisor.
This is kept in an Auditor Interne File, which files are kept by the Interne
Supervisor. Thus at any time he can catch up any fall-off-the-lines and get
the trainee going again.
A vertical Auditor Trainee Progress Board is kept by the Interne
Supervisor. This has a space under each of the headings, left to right. Boxes
along the top, left to right, serve to indicate the exact action the trainee
is doing.
14
The trainee's name is on a tab that is pinned to the space. The name tab
is newly dated each time it is moved to the right. Thus the Interne Super can
chase up any faltering student.
Various bugs occur -- the student is held in the HGC as an auditor
because of HGC hours stat. The course gets flubby and 3 weeks becomes 4. Or
somebody has illegally put the student on a special project and he's off the
course. HCO begins to use the students as a personnel pool, etc, etc. Or the
student bogs for lack of cramming or case repair.
The Interne Super's stat is COMPLETIONS of steps on the board. One point
for each left to right move of a trainee's name.
Thus the Interne Super has a vested interest in recruiting trainees or
his stats will collapse.
PAID STUDENTS
It is wise to greatly prefer that students pay for their training before
being recruited.
Purely for free services have a bad history in orgs.
As this Interneship is ALSO the same Interneship for paying students only
a portion should be staff trainees as such. The difference is that the staff
trainee must be contracted to the org and must continue on in the HGC.
Only the very best, most ethical fast study trainees should ever be sent
to a higher org. The percentage of losses is too high otherwise. It is too
hard on the org's income otherwise.
If somebody else just must go to a higher org, let him pay his own way.
Don't make your org a subject of freeloading. It hurts your own pay.
PART TIME
Part-time study, by which an HGC auditor part-time studies the next level
while still auditing IS A COMPLETE FAILURE. By actual record they just never
make it.
Do the steps fully with full attention on each while it is being done.
Don't have the trainee finishing the last one and doing the next one. You'll
rarely get a product.
Sharply and efficiently and crisply get each step of the horizontal board
full and industriously DONE each in turn.
And you'll make splendid auditors and make them fast.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
15
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
STUDY CORRECTION LIST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JANUARY 1972
(CANCELLED -- see BTB 4 Feb 72RD Volume IX -- 329)
Remimeo
STUDY CORRECTION LIST
Ref: HCO B 9 Nov 67 Revision of Remedy A, Remedy B
and S and Ds
HCO B 14 Aug 68 Remedy B -- Environment and "New Style"
HCO B 23 Nov 69 Student Rescue Intensive
HCO B 30 June 71 W/C Series 8RR
HCO B 12 Oct 71 Method No. 2 Word Clearing form
HCO B 21 July 71R Word Clearing Correction List
HCO B 1 Dec 71 Rising Scale Processing
Issue III
HCO B 1 Dec 71 Effort Processing
Issue IV
HCO B 9 Dec 71 PTS Rundown
HCO B 1 Aug 68 The Laws of Listing and Nulling
HCO B 19 Mar 71 List-1-C
HCO B 1 Dec 71 Triple Ruds Long Duration
Issue II
HCO B 19 Jan 66 Danger Conditions -- Technical Data
for Review Auditors
1. Has there been an upset about study? _______
Fly all ruds triple, "In study has there been _______?"
2. Has there been a Misunderstood Word? _______
Find it, get it looked up and correct it.
3. Have there been upsets in getting Words Cleared up? _______
WC Corr List and handle.
4. Have there been misunderstood subjects? _______
Give person Word Clear 1 or get the Word Clear 1
already done redone with the missing subjects added to
the WC 1 Standard C/S.
5. Have you ever been punished because you wouldn't learn? _______
R3R Narrative Triple.
6. Have you been taught by someone you didn't like or hated? _______
PTS Rundown with an additional S&D in step (a); L&N
"Who has tried to teach you that you didn't like?" +
L&N "Who have you taught that you didn't like?" Use
remaining PTS steps on the names.
7. Have you ever gotten in trouble because you knew something? _______
R3R Triple.
16
8. Would knowledge make you too powerful? _______
Run (1) "What have you done with knowledge?" (2)
"What have you withheld?" Alternate repetitive. (By an
upper level auditor, Evil Purpose RD or L9S as case may
R/S.)
9. Have you studied the same subject more than once? _______
"Why did you have to study the same subject more than
once?" 2wc E/S to F/N.
10. Have you failed to complete courses you took? _______
2wc "What courses have you failed to complete?" E/S
to F/N. Followed by WC 1 Actions on courses named.
11. Have you continued to study a subject you had already grasped? _______
Find the point of win. Rehab it. (Upper level auditor,
date locate point of win.)
12. Do you try to get out of classrooms or schools? _______
R3R Triple on F1 "Locate a time when you were made
to go to school or class." F2 "Locate a time when you
made someone go to school or class." F3 "Locate a time
when another made others go to school or class." R3R.
(Quad would be F0, "Locate a time when you made
yourself go to school or class." -- F0 not necessary.)
13. Are you trying to do something else with study? _______
L&N to BD F/N item, "What are you trying to do with
study?" (Upper level auditor, date to blow locate to
blow item.)
14. Have you pretended to have studied things you hadn't? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
15. Have you pretended to have qualifications you did not
actually attain? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
16. Have you ever lied to a teacher? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
17. Have you ever cheated on an exam? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
18. Have you ever committed overts on students? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
19. Have you ever damaged study materials or books? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
20. Have you ever failed to apply what you learned? _______
2wc E/S to F/N.
17
21. Have there been upsets in study? _______
L1C "On study _______" each reading item to F/N.
22. Are you trying to solve some Mystery? _______
L&N "What Mystery are you trying to solve?" to BD -
F/N item. (Upper level auditor date to blow locate to
blow.)
23. Has anyone ever considered that you were stupid? _______
PTS RD. Step (a) add L&N "Who has considered you
stupid or mentally retarded?" L&N "Whom have
you considered stupid?" L&N "Whom have others
considered stupid?" Then handle as in PTS RD:
24. Do you have bad eyesight or eyestrain? _______
Effort Processing and Rising Scale. (Upper level
auditors, if this persists, L10.)
25. Are you trying to forget something? _______
L&N "What are you trying to forget?" to BD F/N item.
(Upper level auditors then date to blow, locate to blow.)
26. Would someone else win if you did become educated? _______
2wc to F/N. (In extreme cases showing misemotion on
this add to PTS RD (a).)
27. Do you have disagreements in study? _______
2wc E/S to F/N then "What do you agree with in
study?" 2wc E/S to F/N.
28. Do you invalidate yourself in study? _______
2wc to F/N followed by "What confusion came before
that?" 2wc E/S to F/N.
29. There is some other reason not given? _______
2wc to F/N.
30. There was really nothing wrong with study in the first place? _______
Indicate to pc.
31. Repairing study was an unnecessary action. _______
Indicate to pc. Rehab when he felt okay about study.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.jh Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 4 February 1972, Study Correction List
Revised, which was revised four times, the most recent revision being BTB 4
February 1972RD, Study Correction List Revised, which may be found as number 7
in the Study Series, Volume IX, Page 329.]
18
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/1/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS RD ADDITION
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo
PTS RD ADDITION
(Refers to PTS RD HCOB 9 Dec 71)
The only reasons a PTS RD does not work are:
C/S Error: 1. Not doing one at all.
C/S Error: 2. Doing one in the middle of another RD.
C/S Error: 3. Doing one without set-up.
C/S Error: 4. The person was not PTS -- which is to say was not
chronically ill or roller coaster and the items didn't read.
Auditor Error: 5. The RD was badly run auditor-wise. R3R was bad,
metering poor, ruds not correctly or fully done.
Auditor & C/S Error: 6. The RD was quickie, only doing step (a) and
brushing it off.
C/S Error: 7. Even though the whole RD was done fully, there remained on
the case an undetected additional person or thing to which the pc was PTS.
The rules of PTS are
A PERSON WHO ROLLER COASTERS IS ALWAYS PTS.
A PERSON WHO IS CHRONICALLY ILL ALWAYS IS PTS.
A PTS RUNDOWN THAT DOES NOT WORK HAS NOT BEEN DONE AS PER 1 TO 7 ABOVE.
The remedies to the above are
1. Do it.
2. Pgm it in correct sequence.
3. Set the case up properly so it is running well and past errors handled.
4. Establish how well the person holds his gains before Pgming one. If any Q
at all, do the RD.
5. Cram the auditor on TRs, Metering, R3R drills and ruds. Do L4B, GF Method
5 Handle, L3B on the pc and redo Accordingly.
6. Complete the RD.
7. 2wc "What is your attention on?" to F/N. On PTS RD fly all ruds single;
L&N "On the PTS Rundown what being or thing was missed?"; R3R Triple on
it; fly all ruds and overts on it triple; if all not very okay now 2wc
"What other subject or people might have been overlooked on the PTS RD?"
Handle with R3R Triple and Ruds Triple plus overts.
A PTS RD always works. If it works with a relapse there is an error in it
as in the numbered paras above.
THIS IS VITAL TECH TO THE PC. IT MAKES THE MOST DIFFICULT CASES FLY IF IT
IS DONE RIGHT.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mes.bh Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
19
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
R6EW - OT III NO INTERFERENCE AREA
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Franchise
All Orgs
Registrars
BPI
Advance Mag
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
Franchise
All Orgs IMPORTANT
Registrars
BPI
Advance Mag
R6EW - OT III NO INTERFERENCE AREA
Note: (The following HCO B is broadly released despite the fact that it
contains technical terms and upper level tech programs. A person who is taking
this route has a right to know where he should go and where he shouldn't.
The amount of improvement a person can receive is so great that it takes
a long series of actions to do it. As for "handling bad mental conditions"
this is too simple and is not the business we are in. Just by handling the
current upsets, problems, overts and withholds of a person in an hour's
session, Scientology can make more case advance than was possible in any past
century. So there is a vast difference between handling disturbed people and
obtaining all the advance of which a person is capable of obtaining.
The data in this HCO B is issued to straighten out a current error being
made in routing some cases.)
A long series of tests and many case results have for some time
demonstrated that there is a NO INTERFERENCE AREA between R6EW and OT III.
A study of many cases and their results demonstrated conclusively that
one does NOT audit Dianetics or Lower Scientology Grades on a pre-clear or pre-
OT (Operating Thetan) AFTER he his begin Solo VI (the 1st Solo step) or BEFORE
he has reached OT III (a higher Solo step per grade chart).
Upsets of varying degree were found in ALL cases tampered with in the NO
INTERFERENCE AREA.
Repair actions to repair errors made by the Solo Auditor are all that can
be beneficially audited on a person between R6EW and OT III.
Even the powerful L10, when done between R6EW and OT III will fail. Above
and below the No Interference Area L10 is fantastically successful.
Nothing is superior to the Solo Grades.
THEREFORE, it is vital that a case be fully set up before beginning
actual Solo Auditing.
For information, the following list, taken from HCO B 8 Jan 72, Issue II,
is what constitutes a "set-up".
1. C/S Series 54 (former injuries, illnesses, etc., run out by Dianetics)
completed?
2. GF40XRR (Resistive Cases List) assessed? Engrams of it handled?
3. Dianetics Full Flow Table run? To Dn Completion?
4. Full Drug, Alcohol, medicine handling done?
5. Dianetics ran well? To End Phenomena?
6. All Grades run, singe, triple or Expanded?
20
7. Green Form (case repair) items handled?
8. Attained End Phenomena of each grade?
9. Interiorization Rundown done? INT is okay?
10. C/S Series 53 (any abnormal Tone Arm positions) handled?
11. Power to End Phenomena. Singe? Triple? Power Plus?
12. Tone Arm Range okay?
13. Power, no illness after?
14. Power, no ethics troubles after?
15. Success stories okay?
16. Director of Processing Interview okay? Pc not wanting something
handled?
17. Graph of Oxford Capacity Analysis Personality Test (or American
personality Analysis Test) with no point below middle of graph?
A. Pc set up and okay to go to R6EW Solo?
B. Pc needs further set-up and repair before Solo?
The above is a checklist used by Solo Course Case Supervisors. (It is NOT
the program sequence by which the case is handled. This is given in the Grade
Chart.) These are the points checked.
Once onto Solo, whether these points are in or not, that's it, HANDS OFF.
Once on Solo the pc is into the Non Interference Area. He may not have
Dianetics or Grades. He may only have the lists and repairs given to Solo
Auditors.
Of all these actions a full thorough drug-medicine-alcohol rundown is the
most important. People who have been on heavy drugs, pot, etc or who have been
alcoholics get things turned on in their banks and sometimes become terrified
of them not Solo. They are unable to confront their pictures.
The remedy is to have a thorough drug-alcohol-medicine rundown.
The ONLY people who can't Solo are these poor devils who got onto these
psychiatric type drugs.
These can be handled by a competent drug rundown.
The ideal program appears on the Grade Chart, displayed in most orgs and
often sent out.
The chart has many symbols on it. A full glossary of these symbols and
terms exists in HCO B 20 Aug 71, Issue II, "Classification and Gradation Chart,
Abbreviations Explained", which should be posted alongside the chart.
A fast summary of the steps would be
C/S 54 (handling illnesses, accidents, injuries)
Dianetics
ARC Straightwire
OBJECTIVE Processes
Grades 0-IV
POWER
POWER PLUS.
21
Into this program can be placed the engram handling GF40RR for resistive
cases, past practices, etc.
A Drug Rundown would occur in the area of Dianetics.
An Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown would be given after the pc
exteriorized. This usually occurs early on in processing and has to be handled.
A C/S 53 (for TA misbehavior) could be given anywhere.
The actual program run on the pc varies according to what the Case
Supervisor requires, but it follows the Grade Chart.
TEST
The Oxford Capacity Analysis (OCA) or the American Personality Analysis
(APA) is a graph which shows desirable and undesirable characteristics in a
case.
The points on the graph are moved up by processing. And Dianetics and
Scientology processes below R6EW are very capable of moving these points into
desirable range.
Above R6EW, the first Solo step, the graph can change but the person is
moving out of the normal range of humanity and the Solo grades are not
designed to change a human test graph and in fact these tests do not measure
the OT band of abilities.
The test graph should be in normal range before Solo is begun.
Auditing below Solo is quite capable of handling the graph points and
bringing them up to desirable range.
SOLO PROGRAM
The Ideal Solo Program is as follows:
1. Set-up done and all items on the checklist okay.
2. Good training as a Solo Auditor. Can include the Professional Route
of Class VI. Or the Social Counselor Course plus Solo. Or (at this
time) the Solo Course only. One Solo Audits as well as he is trained
and no better.
3. R6EW Solo Auditing to End Phenomena and attest.
4. Clearing Course Solo to CLEAR.
5. Operating Thetan I to attest.
6. Operating Thetan II to attest.
7. Operating Thetan III to attest.
8. Operating Thetan VII (audited by an auditor level) to attest.
9. OT III Expanded to attest.
10. OT IV.
11. OT V.
12. OT VI.
13. OT VIII as released.
After 7 above (OT III) or after 9 above (OT III Expanded) one can run more
Dianetics, Expanded Grades, GF40, the famous L10 or do any other case action.
One cannot profitably do these actions between Solo R6 and OT III. That's just
the way the bank is.
22
You will note that "OT VII" is apparently out of sequence. It originally
went OT III, OT IV, OT V, OT VI, OT VII. Then it was found that there was a
level OT III Expanded. So it can go OT III, OT VII, OT IIIX, OT IV, OT V, OT
VI or it can go OT III, OT IV, OT V, OT VI, OT VII, OT IIIX. One gets the most
out of it by taking VII after OT III and then OT IV, OT V and OT VI really
bite. Many persons were too nervous of OT III to do it well until a drug
rundown and OT VII were done. Others thought OT III was endless and OT VII
handled that.
The actual materials of these levels are held under tight security at
Advanced Orgs because when they are shown to persons who haven't moved up the
grades, they usually cave in. Thus the materials are only available in
Advanced Orgs.
AVAILABILITY
Auditing at levels below Power is available from field auditors,
Franchises and Scientology Orgs.
Power is available at Saint Hill Orgs in LA, Saint Hill UK, and Denmark.
All Solo levels are only available at Advanced Organizations.
A person goes from Field Auditor to Franchise to Scientology Org to a
Saint Hill Org to an Advanced Org to obtain auditing of the whole Grade Chart.
Going from Clear back to lower grades -- or from an Advanced Org back to a
Franchise within the No Interference band -- is liable to upset his case as it
is being run out of sequence. He could go to a Franchise or a Scientology Org
after OT III for Dianetics, Drug Rundown or other actions but not between R6
and OT III.
Processing and the mind is a technical subject. In Dianetics and
Scientology, the answers have been found.
Like all technical material, you can't apply it poorly or backwards and
expect results.
I try -- and very successfully in most cases -- to hold the lines
straight and keep the materials purely and workably applied.
In the past year alone, fantastic tech advances have been made and are
available in terms of refined application within the existing framework of the
Grade Chart.
But the fundamentals do not change, the progress of the person up the
Grade Chart must be regular and on course. Otherwise he will not receive full
benefits.
It is my job to do all I can to make sure that full benefit is received.
This is not always easy to do on a rather aberrated planet. But if it weren't
so aberrated we wouldn't be here doing something about it. Right?
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
23
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA ADDITION 2
Remimeo
All Tech
Qual Terminals
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
All Tech
Qual Terminals
FALSE TA ADDITION 2
Reference: HCO B 24 Oct 71 False TA
HCO B 12 Nov 71 False TA Addition
C/S Series 53 HI-LO TA Assessment
Int Ext Correction List
There is an infinity of wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0
on an E-Meter.
One method would be to shoot him. Dead bodies read between 2.0 and 3.0.
Another way is to throw the trim knob off.
Yet another wrong way is to use HAND CREAM to make the TA go lower and
call "F/Ns" at 4.0 on an actual read.
An auditor who is not very expert is apt to find strange ways to do things
because the usual is beyond his skill.
A GOOD auditor handles low and high TAs with HCO B 24 Oct 71 and Addition
12 Nov 71 and this HCO B "False TA", C/S Series 53 and the Hi-Lo TA Assessment.
ORIZATION RD and too big or too small cans.
The commonest sources of low TA are overwhelming auditor TRs or wet sweaty
hands.
Subject is not open to experimentation. If a pc's TA is low or high and you
don't correct it with the usual remedies mentioned above, the pc goes into the
soup.
GOOD AUDITORS KNOW THEIR TECH AND USE IT TO REMEDY HIGH AND LOW TAs.
GOOD AUDITORS DO HONEST WORKSHEETS AND HONEST AUDITING.
BE A GOOD AUDITOR.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
24
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 74
TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED
Remimeo
All Tech
Terminals
All Auditors
Franchise
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
All Tech
Terminals C/S Series 74
All Auditors
Franchise
TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED
The expertise of talking the TA down should be preserved. It is a skill.
But we have had high and low TAs solved for nearly a year and don't have
to talk them down anymore as a constant action.
Auditors SHOULD know how to do it, and then use it as a rare action.
The right way to handle a high TA is to:
Do HCO B 24 Oct 71, HCO B 12 Nov 71, HCO B 15 Feb 72, each named FALSE
TA if it has not been done by the auditor on the pc.
THEN if TA is high don't talk it down or do unusual solutions, do a C/S
Series 53 or a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle. The Int-Ext Correction List is
done as indicated and so is the Word Clearing Correction List.
As far as a C/S is concerned, when the pc's TA is seen to be high at
session start, he should order as follows: "Check as per False TA HCO Bs" then
when that is done he orders "C/S Series 53 Assess and return to me". Or "Hi-Lo
TA Assessment and return to me". He then rapidly C/Ses the required actions.
He should have a standing order with all his auditors:
IF TA IS HIGH OR LOW
AT SESSION START DO
NOT CONTINUE THE
SESSION BUT SEND FOR
A C/S.
An auditor should not in fact talk a TA down, we know now, as he may be
auditing over an Out Interiorization Rundown, either not done or botched.
It therefore saves time if other auditing is not done when the TA is high.
In general practice it will now be considered standard for an auditor,
Dianetic or upper class, to not start a session over a high TA but to call for
a C/S.
And where there is no C/S it will be considered standard for an auditor,
seeing a high TA, to at once do a C/S 53 Method 5 (assessing it all), and then
handling.
THERE ARE EXACT
REASONS FOR A TA
BEING HIGH AND
THESE TODAY ARE
EASILY HANDLED.
There is no need to talk a TA down. It is faster to directly locate the
reason it is up.
Smoothly handling such situations is the mark of an expert.
LRH:ne.bh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
25
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=18/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA ADDITION 3
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 FEBRUARY 1972
Issue I
Remimeo
FALSE TA ADDITION 3
(There are now four false TA HCO Bs including this one.
These were issued as more data was uncovered.)
HCO B 24 Oct 71 False TA
HCO B 12 Nov 71 False TA Addition
HCO B 15 Feb 72 False TA Addition 2
and this one
HCO B 18 Feb 72 False TA Addition 3
A meter is a meter.
Meters are used to measure water, natural gas, and many other things.
An E meter is used to measure a pc.
If you rig a meter up so as to falsify its reads you get a wrong result.
You could rig up a water meter so it read that twice as much water had
flowed and then sit around and wonder all week why the swimming pool never
filled up.
The ACCURACY of a meter depends upon its being honestly set up and honestly
used.
The HONESTY of the auditor determines his results.
The whole field of psychotherapy was dishonest from the days of witch
doctors to psychiatry. Falsified data came from lack of knowledge of the mind.
This made its practitioners DISHONEST.
We do not and must not follow that fatal road.
The technology we have WORKS to definite positive predictable results.
Results are obtained if the auditor has honestly studied and understood his
materials and honestly applies them.
Falsifying study leads to falsifying meters and this gives bad results on
pcs.
HONEST use of the materials and the meter gives an honest result.
One who does not know his materials and who cannot do his drills then
thinks he has to make a meter cheat.
HONEST use of the meter by an HONEST auditor is the route to GOOD RESULTS.
LOW TAs
A bad practice has arisen to "beat" the low TA.
This is to have the pc wipe his hands every few minutes to get the TA up
above 2.0.
26
Not only does this distract the pc and yank him out of session, but it is
by inference putting his attention on the meter, a thing a good auditor does
NOT do in a formal session. The pc's attention must be on his own case in a
session, not on the meter or his hands.
An answer to low TA because of wet hands is foot plates.
But the best answer is to get the pc up scale so he doesn't have
perspiring hands.
Overwhelming TRs is the commonest reason for low TAs. Not all the hand
wiping in the world will cure poor TRs.
Some auditors "spook" (leap off the road like a horse frightened by
something blowing along) at the very thought of high or low TAs. This is
because they haven't got the TRs to handle a low TA nor the tech to handle a
high one.
Making a meter read falsely low with cream or falsely high with talcum
powder or wiping hands continually will not handle the pc's CASE.
That is what the auditor is there to do, not make his session look good!
The funniest one I have ever heard was a Solo auditor who had high TA
trouble. So he used to fill up a bathtub with scalding water, fill the
bathroom full of clouds of steam and then sit in the bath, holding onto his
electrodes "Solo auditing".
It gave him a lower TA but it sure didn't give him any case result.
We maybe ought to have a contest as to who can come up with the most
comical actual instances of falsifying meter reads.
One "auditor" "solved it" by just calling F/Ns whenever she got tired of
the pc regardless of TA position. After a year or more of this she saw the
light and put herself in Ethics.
The funny part is that her co-auditor had been doing the same thing on her!
HONEST TA IS THE BEST POLICY.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
27
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=22/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 32R
WORD CLEARING METHOD 4
URGENT -- IMPORTANT -- URGENT
Vital for all Supervisors,
Est-Os and Cramming Officers
Remimeo
All Supervisors
Student's Hat
HPCSC
Mini Crse
Super Crse
Word Clearing
Crse
Est Off Crse
Dept 13 Personnel
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1972
(REVISED -- see HCO B 22 Feb 72RA Volume VIII -- 301)
Remimeo (Revised 26 March 1972
All Supervisors Changes in this type style)
Student's Hat
HPCSC Word Clearing Series 32R
Mini Crse
Super Crse URGENT -- IMPORTANT -- URGENT
Word Clearing
Crse Vital for all Supervisors,
Est Off Crse Est-Os and Cramming Officers
Dept 13 Personnel
WORD CLEARING METHOD 4
Tech and Admin Cramming Officers, Word Clearers and Course Supervisors use
Method 4 Word Clearing when fishing for a misunderstood word. E.g. Cramming
Officers use it to fish for misunderstood words concerning what the person is
being crammed on. Word Clearers use it on Interns when the Intern needs a
retrain or retread or even if the Intern is sent to Cramming. Course
Supervisors use it in the Classroom CONTINUOUSLY ON Non-F/N STUDENTS or
queries.
The whole idea is the person requiring the Method 4 Word Clearing has a
Cramming Order or is not an F/Ning student because of confusion as a result of
a misunderstood word, as per Word Clearing Series 16R or omitted materials.
Method 4 fishes for the misunderstood word, finds it, clears it, looks
for another in the area until there are no more, at which point one should get
F/N VGIs, then moves to another area, handles that -- eventually the
misunderstoods that resulted in the Cramming Order or non-F/N student are
handled.
It requires no C/S OK for it to be done. Method 1 is not a prerequisite
to Method 4.
E-Meter Drill No. 21 is the E-Meter Drill to be drilled on Method 4. It's
the method of fishing for a cognition.
Requires proper application of TRs and metering. All Supervisors, Est-Os,
and Dept 13 personnel to check out on, drill, and apply this tech AS IT IS
VITAL STUDY TECH.
METHOD 4 WORD CLEARING
1. Give person the cans, state, "I am not auditing you."
2. Ask while watching the meter:
"Is there any part of what you're studying you did not fully get?"
Trace the read. Use "fishing for a cog" drill (per HCO B 25 June 70, Iss
III) if needed.
If no read the question may be varied, e.g.
"Is there any part of the materials you're studying you disagree with?"
or
"Is there any part of what you're studying you feel you could not apply?"
or
"In (material being checked) is there anything you didn't understand?"
Let the student tell you briefly, Do NOT tell him the data.
Verify that his study Pack is complete as the data might have been
omitted. Also he might never have read the pack at all.
If the data was missing do not go on to Step 3. See that he gets the
complete pack and reads it. Then repeat Method 4.
If the person just has not read the materials do not go on to 3 but get
him to read the materials. Then repeat Method 4.
28
3. Get what it is then ask:
"What word was misunderstood just before that?"
Meter reads, Word Clearer finds the word, never accepting a confusion but
finds the word giving the read (SF, F, LF, BD), gets it looked up in a
dictionary and used in sentences until it can be seen from the sentences that
the student now understands the word. This enables Method 4 to be done on a
high or low TA as the word found doesn't have to be taken to F/N, just cleared
to where it's obvious understanding has been attained on the word. If you did
get an F/N on clearing the word, that's fine; now look for another.
4. Repeat 2 & 3 until the materials are fully cleared up and any and all
misunderstoods or confusions handled.
5. If the action bogs when used in the classroom the student must be sent to
Qual for handling and Supervisor to Cramming on TRs and metering and
drilling on this procedure.
The correct action is a WC CORRECTION LIST DONE ON THE STUDENT AND
HANDLED.
Of course if the above Question F/Ns on asking, there would be no
misunderstoods on the material being checked, but the person is in Cramming,
not an F/Ning student or whatever, so there obviously are misunderstood words
to be found and handled.
Look at HCO PL 16 Feb 72 "The Purpose of the Dept of Personnel
Enhancement". It says this Dept "reaches and looks for business all over the
org and brings it in". So someone with stats down -- student or post stats,
confusion about what to do, overloaded, can't seem to handle it, how do you do
this, etc, etc, are all indicators of misunderstood words as the person is
saying confusion, confusion. Well, underneath the confusion is a misunderstood
word just as Word Clearing 16R says.
Method 4 Word Clearing is what is used in doing and achieving the purpose
of the Dept of Personnel Enhancement, HCO PL 16 Feb 72.
One of the ways the Word Clearers in this Dept do the job is using Method
4 Word Clearing.
METHOD 4 IS USED BY COURSE SUPERVISORS TO HANDLE ALL STUDENT QUERIES
ABOUT CONTENTS OF COURSE MATERIALS.
The reason students ask questions about "What is meant" is because of
omitted pack materials from their checksheet, failure to read what they have
OR BECAUSE OF A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD JUST BEFORE THEY GOT CONFUSED.
The Super has to know only where the materials are and BE SMART ENOUGH TO
DO METHOD 4 INSTEAD OF GIVING THE STUDENT ALTER-ISED ANSWERS THAT STOP
SCIENTOLOGY WORKING.
Word Clearing, especially Method 4, is how to get in HIGH CRIME HCO PL
7 Feb 1965, Reissued 15 June 70, "KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING".
SUCCESSFUL COURSE SUPERVISION AND SUCCESSFUL CRAMMING REQUIRE THIS ACTION
BE FULLY KNOWN AND U - S - E - D.
**K*E*E*P**
**S*C*I*E*N*T*O*L*O*G*Y**
**W*O*R*K*I*N*G**
LRH:sb.bh
Copyright $c 1972 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
29
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 71A
WORD CLEARING OCAs
Remimeo
Div 6 Personnel
Tech Personnel
Qual Personnel
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
Div 6 Personnel
Tech Personnel C/S Series 71A
Qual Personnel
WORD CLEARING OCAs
An illegal practice has been uncovered in which the words on the Oxford
Capacity Analysis, American Personality Analysis and other tests have been
word cleared by testers and Directors of Processing.
Example: Pc does an OCA (or any test) that shows a state of case in July.
He gets auditing. He takes another test that shows what the auditing did by
August. If somewhere along this line a test I/C or D of P word clears him on
the test, the test will change. Entering this variable wipes out any
possibility of establishing what the auditing did for the case.
Example: If a child is measured as to height and then fed certain foods
to see if he will grow and then someone changes or stretches the tape by which
he was measured, you can't find out if the food did any good.
In science this is known as holding a constant.
We don't give a hoot in hell if the pc understands the test or not. The
next time he takes it he'll probably have the same misunderstoods but he'll
have a change of opinion or even have a new cleverness or better memory and
the test will change.
Therefore none of these things may ever be done:
1. Never tell the pc the right answers to a test.
2. Never tell a pc to look up words on a test he doesn't understand.
3. Never word clear the question sheet for a pc on any test.
4. Never answer a pc's question as to what a question means.
DO THESE THINGS
A. Be sure any test person grasps this HCO B fully so he knows what a test
is and why we test people.
B. Never let a person who falsely reports routinely near a test line.
C. Safeguard test answer sheets from being known or seen by unauthorized
personnel.
D. Use 2nd test and 3rd test question sheets, each different from the 1st
one. (Tests are issued this way.)
E. Give other tests (Aptitude or OTIS etc) to compare with the second or
third OCA or APA if it is in doubt to see if the OCA has been "word
cleared" or falsified.
F. Groove in Examiners: Give a meter check on ALL ATTESTS at the Examiner.
"Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting to (whatever
the attest is)?" Note any INSTANT read (a latent surge can occur as a
protest). This question is asked before the question asking him if he
wants to attest. E.g. "Do
30
you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting to Word Clearing
Method 1 complete?" No instant read. Then ask the attest question "Would
you like to attest to _______?"
Never let an Examiner permit any attest or pass to even be asked for if
the meter tone arm is high or low or not F/Ning. If an INSTANT read is
gotten on the first question above, the Examiner does not ask the second
question, and sends the folder back to the C/S.
G. Require a meter check at Success with the TA position and needle behavior
noted on the Success form. Those with high or low TA and/or not F/Ning are
not valid success stories. The success person makes the meter check after
the story is written, notes it without pc seeing it and smiles and acks.
He does not refuse the story as it will ARC Break the pc. But he must call
it to the attention of the Dist Sec and Qual Sec that a false attestation
and poor result came from Div IV and it must be taken off Div IV's stat.
H. Both Examiner and Success must know of the False TA HCO Bs so they don't
put the pc on wrong cans or use cans when the auditor used footplates.
This safeguards our test line.
The test line is a check on C/S and auditing quality. We are not trying to
find out if Dianetics and Scientology work. We know that. We are trying to
find out by test, Examiner and Success if it is being properly taught and
applied in Div IV and Dept of Pers Enhancement.
HONESTY is a primary requirement on test lines. PR types that falsify to
attain status or seem good fellows need not apply for these posts and
shouldn't be on them.
THE PC OR STUDENT DEEP DOWN KNOWS WHETHER HE HAS MADE IT OR NOT.
If you or tests tell him he's made it when he hasn't he will get a false
opinion of you and doubt you.
If you tell him he hasn't made it when he has he will get a false opinion
of you.
He will think you don't know your business and blow.
SANITY is basically HONESTY and TRUTH.
When false data or altered data is entered this is ABERRATION.
So be honest and run a sane D of P, Examiner, Success and TEST line.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
31
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 15R
Type = 11
iDate=21/8/71
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 15R
(Cancels HCO B 21 Aug 71, the original
WC Series 15 by a Testing personnel)
Reference HCO B 19 Dec 71, C/S Series 71,
"D of P Operates by OCAs"
HCO B 24 Feb 72, C/S Series 71 Additional
WORD CLEARING ANY WORDS ON ANY TEST AT ANY TIME IS A HIGH CRIME.
It suppresses tech results and obscures them.
The whole of HCO B 24 Feb 72, C/S Series 71A, explains fully why one never
word clears tests or even tells a person being tested to use a dictionary.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE PERSONS
When testing persons who speak a different language than that in which
the test is written, GET A TRANSLATED TEST INTO THEIR LANGUAGE OR TRANSLATE
THE TEST WITHOUT ANY WORD CLEARING.
MIS Us ON TESTS
Where a person has a misunderstood word on a test, it usually remains
misunderstood on the second test. Thus the test remains VALID as nothing has
changed in it.
If the person's IQ rises during processing he may very well also figure
out the misunderstood word now on the second test and improve the graph. But
that is a valid PROCESSING result, not a false one introduced by clearing test
words.
SUMMARY
Auditing works when properly done and it does not need a side action of
word clearing a test to better the graph.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
32
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=29/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=23/11/73
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA CHECKLIST
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 FEBRUARY 1972R
(REVISED -- see HCO B 29 Feb 72RA Volume VIII -- 417)
Remimeo REVISED 23 NOVEMBER 1973
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets
FALSE TA CHECKLIST
Ref: HCO B 24 Oct 71 False TA
HCO B 12 Nov 71 False TA Addition
HCO B 15 Feb 72 False TA Addition 2
HCO B 18 Feb 72 False TA Addition 3
HCO B 24 Jan 73 II Examiner and False TA
HCO B 24 Nov 73 C/S 53RF
HCO B 23 Nov 73 Dry and Wet Hands
Make False TA
The following are the items to be checked by an auditor on any pc. It need
only be done once unless the check itself is suspected false, or if conditions
of the pc's hands, etc change.
The checklist is kept in the pc folder and is entered on the folder
summary as an action done.
The value of operating with correct can size should not be underestimated,
the reference HCO Bs state why.
The auditor signs and answers the following points on the checklist, and
gets answers from the pc where needed.
R-Factor to pc: "We are going to check the cans and adjust them to get the
best accuracy."
1. Is the meter charged fully? _______
2. Is the meter trimmed correctly? _______
3. Are the leads connected to the meter and cans? _______
4. Are the cans rusty? _______
5. Are pc's hands excessively dry requiring vanishing cream? _______
6. Are the pc's hands excessively wet requiring powder? _______
7. The pc is NOT being told continually to wipe his hands? _______
8. The pc's grip on the cans is NOT being continually checked by the
auditor in a way that interrupts the pc? _______
9. TA position on large cans?
Size approx
4 7/8 inches by 2 5/8 inches
or
12 1/2 cm by 7 cm _______
10. TA position on medium cans?
Size approx
3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8 inches
or
9 cm by 5 cm _______
34
11. TA position on small cans?
Size approx
2 inches by 1 3/16 inches
or
5 cm by 3 cm _______
12. Are the cans too large for pc? _______
13. Are the cans too small for pc? _______
14. Are the cans just right in size? _______
15. Are the cans cold? _______
16. Are the pc's hands dry or calloused? _______
17. Does the pc have arthritic hands? _______
18. TA position on foot plates? _______
(Foot plates are used and TA checked on them when the answer to
16 & 17 is affirmative.)
19. Are the pc's feet calloused or excessively wet or dry? _______
20. Does the pc loosen his grip on the cans? _______
21. Check the pc's grip, does he hold the cans correctly? (See E-Meter
Drill 5.) _______
22a. Is the pc well slept? _______
23. Is the pc cold? _______
23a. Is the pc hungry? _______
24. Is it too late at night? _______
25. Is auditing being done not in the pc's normal regular awake hours? _______
26. Are there rings on the pc's hands? _______
27. Is the pc wearing tight shoes? _______
28. Is the pc wearing tight clothes? _______
29. Is it actually chronic High or Low TA case condition? _______
30. Has the pc gone into despair over his TA? _______
The handling of high or low TA after checking these points is by C/S
53RF, Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S.
The way to be sure of a C/S 53RF or Hi-Lo TA list is by continued
assessment and handling of these lists until an F/N on assessment is gotten.
So standard tech handles the high and low TA. The C/S Series gives more
data on the subject.
Compiled by Flag XIIs
for
Training & Services Bureau
LRH:BL:JW:clb.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1973 Revised by
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
35
Compiled by Flag XIIs
for
Training & Services Bureau
Revised by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=13/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Establishment Officer Series 5
PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT
ORDERS AND PRODUCTS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MARCH 1972
Remimeo
Establishment Officer Series 5
PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT
ORDERS AND PRODUCTS
The situation one often finds in an org, after one has, to some degree,
conquered Dev-T, is that PEOPLE REQUIRE ORDERS.
For years I wondered why this was so. Well, I found it.
WHEN PEOPLE DO NOT CLEARLY KNOW WHAT THEIR PRODUCTS ARE THEY REQUIRE
CONSTANT ORDERS.
To the Establishment Officer, this reflects most visibly in trying to get
Program targets DONE.
Some people have to be ordered and ordered and ordered and threatened and
howled at. Then, in a bewildered way, they do a target, sometimes half,
sometimes nearly all.
Behind this apparent blankness lies an omitted datum. When they're like
that they don't know what their product is or what it adds up to. Or they
think it's something else or should be.
That blankness can invite overts.
It is very seldom that malice or resentment or refusal to work lies
behind the inaction. People are seldom that way.
They usually just don't understand what's wanted or why.
Because they don't know what a PRODUCT is!
A whole Ad Council of a downstat org was unable even to define the word.
They had required orders, orders, orders and even then didn't carry them
out.
HAT SURVEY FOR ORDERS
A staff member who requires orders may also think that any order is a
policy and lasts forever. If you look into hats you will even find casual
"close the door" type of orders, given on one occasion to fit one
circumstance, are converted over into STANDING (continual) ORDERS that forever
keep a certain door closed.
An Est O surveying the hats of a unit may very well find all manner of
such oddities.
It is a standard Est O action to survey hats.
In hats you will find despatches giving specific orders or quoted remarks
preserved instead of notes on what one has to know to produce a product.
In auditors' hats, directions for 1 specific pc in 1960, never published
and from no tape or correct source, held onto like death like it was to be
applied to every pc in the world!
A dishwashing hat may have orders in it but not how to wash dishes
rapidly and well.
This is all a symptom of a unit or activity that does not know what its
products are.
37
DISESTABLISHMENT
Where you find lots of orders kicking around, you will also find
disestablishment by by-pass, command channels not held and staff members like
to take their orders from anyone but those in authority -- any passerby could
give them orders.
This is rampant where an executive has not been well on post.
By counting such orders up and seeing who they are from one can determine
the unhattedness of staff, their org bd weaknesses and principally their lack
of knowledge of their products.
HATTING FOR PRODUCT
If an Est O is to hat so as to get the staff member to get his product
out, then the Est O has to know how to clear up "products".
Now an Est O is an Establishment Officer? There are product officers. The
Product of an Est O is the Establishment. Then what is he doing with Products?
Well, if he doesn't hat so staff members get out Products then the org
will be a turmoil, unhappy and downstat.
Production is the basis of morale.
Hattedness is a basic of 3rd Dynamic sanity.
But if you don't HAT SO AS TO GET THE STAFF MEMBER YOU ARE HATTING
PRODUCING YOU WILL HAT AND HAT AND IT WILL ALL BE IN VAIN. The person won't
stay hatted unless he is hatted so as to be able to produce.
The Product Officer should be working to get the products out.
So if you don't hat for the product then the staff member will be torn
between two sets of orders, the Est O's and the Product Officer's.
Only when you hat to get product will you get agreement with product
officers.
If you are in disagreement with product officers, then the Est O is not
hatting to get production.
RIGHT WAY TO
There is a right direction to hat. All others are incorrect.
1. CLEAR UP WHAT THE PRODUCT IS FOR THE POST. AND HAT FROM THERE.
2. HAT FROM THE TOP OF THE DIVISION (OR ORG) DOWN.
These are the two right directions.
All other directions are wrong.
These two data are so important that the failure of an Est O can often
be traced to violation of them.
You can have a senior Exec going almost livid, resisting being hatted
unless you hat by 1st establishing what the product is. If PRODUCT is first
addressed and cleaned up then you can also hat from the top down.
If this is not done, the staff will not know where they are going or why
and you will get silly unusual situations like "All right. So you're the
Establishment Officer. Well, I give up. The division can have 2 1/2 hours a
day Establishment time and then get the hell out of here so some work can be
done... !" "Man, you got these people all tied up, stats are down! Can't you
understand...."
Well, if you don't do one and two above you'll run into the most unusual
messes and "solutions" you ever heard of, go sailing off policy and as an Est
O wind up at your desk doing Admin instead of getting your job done in the
Division. And an Est O who is not on his feet working in the Division is
worth very little to anyone.
So see where the basic errors lead and
Hat on Product before doing anything else and
Hat from the top down.
38
STEPS TO CLEAR "PRODUCT"
This is a general rundown of the sequence by which Product is cleared and
re-cleared and re-cleared again.
This can be checklisted for any Exec or staff member and should be with
name and date and kept in the person's " Est O file folder" for eventual
handing to his new Est O when the Person is transferred out of the division
or in Personnel Files if he goes elsewhere.
1. Clear the word PRODUCT. _______
2. Get what the Product or Products of the Post should be. Get it or
any number of Products he has fully fully stated, not brushed off. _______
3. Clear up the subject of Exchange. (See HCO PL 27 Nov 71 Exec
Series 3 and HCO PL 3 Dec 71 Exec Series 4.) _______
4. Exchange of the Product Internal in the org. For what valuable? _______
5. Exchange External of the valuable with another group or public.
For what valuable? (Person must come to F/N VGIs on these
above actions before Proceeding or he goes to an auditor to get his
mis Us and out ruds very fully handled.) _______
6. Does he want the product? Clean this up fully to F/N VGIs or
yourself get E/S to F/N or get an auditor to unsnarl this. _______
7. Can he get the products (in 2 above) out? How will he? What's he
need to know? Get him fully settled on this point. _______
8. Will it be in volume? What volume? Is that enough to bother with
or will it have to be a greater volume? Or is he being optimistic?
What's real? What's viable? _______
9. What quality is necessary? What would he have to do to attain
that? To attain it in volume? _______
10. Can he get others to want the product or products (as in 2 above)?
What would he have to do to do this? _______
11. How do his products fit into the unit or section or department or
division or the org? Get this all traced. _______
12. Now trace the blocks or barriers he may believe are on this line.
Get what HE can do about these. _______
13. What does he have to have to get his product out? (Alert for
unreasonable have to have before he can do blocks.) _______
14. Now doed he feel he can get his product or products out? _______
Signature of Est O
or Clearer.
NOW he really can be hatted.
BRUSH-OFF
Quickie handling is a very very bad fault. "Quickie" means a brush-off
"lick and a promise" like wiping the windshield on the driver's side when
really one would have to work at it to get a whole clean car.
So don't "quickie" Product. If this is poorly done on them there goes the
old balloon. Hatting won't be possible.
Orders will have to be poured in on this terminal. Dev-T will generate.
Overt products will occur, not good ones. And it won't be worthwhile.
39
DISAGREEMENT
There can be a lot of disagreement amongst Product Officers and Est Os on
what Products are to be hammered out.
In such a case, or in any case, one can get a Disagreements Check done in
Dept of Personnel Enhancement (who should look up how to do one).
This is a somewhat extreme way to settle an argument and should only be a
"when all else fails".
It is best to take the whole product pattern of the org apart with the
person, STARTING FROM THE BIGGEST PRODUCT OF THE ORG AND WORKING BACK TO THE
PERSON'S PRODUCT.
Almost always there will be an outpoint in reasoning.
An Exec who only wants GI can be a trial as he is violating EXCHANGE. As
an org is paid usually before it delivers, it is easy to get the org in
trouble by backlogs or bad repute for non-delivery. An org that has credit
payments due it that aren't paid maybe didn't deliver. But Div III may soften
up collections for some reason like that and then where would the org be?
Vol 0 of the OEC Course gives an excellent background of how a basic org
works. As one goes to higher orgs, lower orgs are depended upon to continue to
flow upward to them. (See HCO PL 9 Mar 72, Issue I, Finance Series II, "Income
Flows and Pools".)
A study of Vol 0 OEC and a full understanding of its basic flows and
adapting these to higher orgs will unsnarl a lot of odd ideas about product.
The Est O has to be very clear on these points or he could mis-hat a
person. Usually however this is very obvious.
PRODUCT OFFICERS
Heads of Orgs and divisions have had to organize so long they get stuck
in it.
They will try to order the Est O.
This comes about because they do not know their products or the Est O is
not following 1 and 2 above and does not know his own product.
The Product Officer may try to treat the Est O as a sort of "organizing
officer" or a "program officer" if
A. The Est O is not hatting to get production.
B. The Product Officer is not cleared on Product.
So it comes back to the 1 and 2 first mentioned.
You can look over it now and see that if one is not doing these two
things, Dev-T, non-viability and orders will occur.
So where you have Dev-T, down stats and orders flying around you know one
thing that will resolve it:
SOMETHING WILL HAVE TO BE IRONED OUT ABOUT PRODUCT.
When it all looks impossible, go to this point and get to work on 1 & 2.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ne.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO PL is modified by HCO PL 9 May 1974, Prod-Org, Esto and Older
Systems Reconciled, which is in the Management Series 1970-1974, Page 438.]
40
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=16/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=5
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
WHAT IS A COURSE
HIGH CRIME
HIGH CRIME
Remimeo
Cse Supers
Cse Super
Checksheets
LRH Comm to
Enforce
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MARCH 1972
Issue V
Remimeo
Cse Supers
Cse Super
Checksheets HIGH CRIME
LRH Comm to
Enforce
WHAT IS A COURSE
HIGH CRIME
The amendment HCO PL 26 Jan 72 What is a Course PL is CANCELLED.
The Original WHAT IS A COURSE PL, HCO PL 16 Mar 71, is restored AS
WRITTEN.
The added script line in the 26 Jan 72 revision is cancelled as not
written by myself and is a false datum.
The incorrect line states "to be on the ball one should be oneself fully
trained on the level one is supervising. It is by far preferable to be a Class
VIII with full grasp of Standard Tech."
This is an alter-is of Study Tech.
Careful investigation has found that WHEN SUPERVISORS FAIL THEY FAIL
BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF SCN STUDY TECH AND FAILURE TO USE IT.
In Course Supervision it is OUT TECH to fail to know and USE Study Tech.
If an auditor were to say, "I have to know all about minds but I don't
have to know anything about TRs, Meters or processes," you would think he was
as crazy as a psychiatrist!
He would become so involved with the figure-figure of the patient he WOULD
NOT KNOW HOW TO HANDLE HIM.
A Super who does not know or use Study Tech as a tech and does not heavily
apply it to get the student through is an OUT TECH Super.
The real WHY of any failed or blowing students or students who cannot or
do not apply the data is
WHY: THE COURSE SUPERVISOR DOES NOT KNOW OR USE STUDY TECH BUT THINKS HE
HAS TO KNOW THE SUBJECT TAUGHT SO HE CAN TEACH IT.
Example: A Course Super standing staring at his Class. One half his
students not using demo kits, one student listening to a tape and reading an
HCO B at the same time but doping off, one third of the students boiling off.
Challenged about this states, "But I don't know the materials they are
studying."
If a railway engineer were to say, "I have to know all the tech of
building a railroad and not how to run this train," you'd think he was batty.
If a housewife said, "I can't run my house because I have never taken a
course on how to run my husband's business," you'd think she was crazy.
41
A Course Super who does not respect, know and USE Study Tech on his
students is guilty of practicing OUT TECH.
If an auditor did not know how to start and stop a session, how to read a
meter, his TRs, his processes or handle a session he would have nothing but
failed preclears.
IN THE SAME FRAME OF REFERENCE, A COURSE SUPER WHO DOES NOT KNOW HOW TO
START AND STOP A STUDENT, CLEAR WORDS, ENFORCE DEMOS AND DOES NOT GET STUDY
TECH APPLIED CONTINUALLY WILL HAVE FAILED STUDENTS.
A Course Super's primary tech is Study Tech and its application to a
student. If he can keep that student on the rails and F/Ning and rapidly
covering his materials he is doing the WHOLE JOB OF SUPERVISING.
It is therefore a High Crime for a person to Supervise a Course who does
not know, apply and continually use his Study Tech on every individual student.
It is also a HIGH CRIME for a Director of Training or a Tech Sec or an
Est O to have anyone supervising without FULL USE OF STUDY TECH.
Just as it's a HIGH CRIME to continue to use HGC auditors who smash up pcs
through non-use of Auditing Tech, it is a HIGH CRIME to continue to use Course
Supervisors who do not know that Study Tech exists, that it is a tech and that
it is the "tools of his trade" and who does not use it and thus smashes up
students.
The society knows nothing about Study Tech. It thinks a teacher "teaches
the subject and must know the subject!" Thus it alter-ises the subject, almost
never makes a competent person and routine school teaching is looked upon by
Industry as a huge failure. All manner of unusual solutions are in progress in
every country to remedy this inability of students to learn.
WE MUST NOT CONTINUE TO INHERIT THE IDIOCY THAT A TEACHER ONLY HAS TO
KNOW THE SUBJECT AND KNOW NOTHING ABOUT STUDY TECH.
It is Study Tech that gets the student of any subject through.
The thing that breaks the Super down is ignorance of just ONE point:
A STUDENT WITH A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD WILL POUR OUT A TORRENT OF QUERIES
ABOUT THE SUBJECT!
The Super is a complete ignorant fool if he answers one of these
questions. The Super's knowledge of the subject is not what is needed! If the
Super knew and practiced Misunderstood Word tech he'd know that student has
misunderstood words and he would find and handle. HE WOULD NOT ANSWER OR EVEN
TRY TO ANSWER THOSE QUERIES. It would do NO good if he did. This query-happy
student has passed by a Mis-U word!
Such a student can get misemotional. He is upset. He thinks data is being
denied him. He wants to blow.
What kind of a Super is it that doesn't grab a meter and find the word?
An SP? Or What?
Just like an "auditor" is not an auditor who lets pcs blow without
handling so is a Super no Super at all who cannot handle a student with Study
Tech.
So let's knock off the wog world inheritance and get on the ball and
REALIZE STUDY TECH IS THE TECH A SUPER KNOWS AND USES.
42
Just because a Super was himself mistaught by old Mrs. Zilch in the third
grade -- who knew arithmetic but not how to teach a subject -- is no reason he
has to go on laying an egg in a Scientology classroom.
A Course Super is a technician, a specialist in Study Tech.
And just to help it out, IT IS A HIGH CRIME TO FAIL TO USE STUDY TECH IN
A CLASSROOM.
Any time a student blows or later fails to be able to apply his data, the
Super who taught him will be Comm Eved for OUT TECH.
We must have no blows and no failures.
The product of a Super is a Graduate from his course who knows and can
successfully apply the subject that was taught.
This is his true stat. Points measure only quantity. The record of the
individual student measures quality. The Exchange value of the student after a
course (not his fee) measures viability.
It may be a crazy planet. Course Supers don't have to teach crazy courses
where Study Tech is not used.
WHAT IS A COURSE is answered by one where the elements of the original
HCO PL 16 Mar 71 are in use AND:
Where Study Tech is in full and continual application to every student in
that course!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
43
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=23/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Establishment Officer Series 11
FULL PRODUCT CLEARING
LONG FORM
MUST BE DONE ON AN EST O
BEFORE HE DOES IT ON STAFF.
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MARCH 1972
Remimeo
Establishment Officer Series 11
FULL PRODUCT CLEARING
LONG FORM
(Reference HCO P/L 13 Mar 72
Est O Series No. 5)
MUST BE DONE ON AN EST O
BEFORE HE DOES IT ON STAFF.
If you ask some people what their product is, you usually get a DOINGNESS.
There are three conditions of existence. They are BE, DO and HAVE.
All products fall under HAVE.
The oddities you will get instead of a proper product are many.
Thus it is possible to "clear products" without any real result.
PRODUCT CLEARING FORM
___________________________ ___________________________
Org Person's Name
___________________________
Date
___________________________
Post
The 14 Points of Est O Series 5 are done in this fashion, with a meter
used to check words.
STEP ONE
DO NOT TAKE FOR GRANTED THAT THE PERSON KNOWS WHAT "PRODUCT" MEANS. GET
IT AND EVERY WORD IN THE DEFINITION LOOKED UP.
(a) Clear the Word PRODUCT. Dictionaries give a variety of definitions.
Make sure you get a useable definition that the person understands AND
WHICH HE UNDERSTANDS ALL THE WORDS IN. He can be hung up on "that" or
"is" in the definition itself believe it or not. _______
(b) Have the person USE the word PRODUCT 10 times in sentences of
his own invention and use it correctly each time. _______
(c) Now clear up BE, DO, HAVE, the Conditions of Existence. People
often think a BE is a product or a DO. It is always something
someone can HAVE.
Clear the words BE, DO, HAVE by dictionary, especially HAVE. _______
(d) Write these on a sheet of paper
BE
DO
HAVE.
Tell the person to name a product out in the world (a car, a book, a
cured dog, etc).
Put an arrow into the word DO if he gives you a "do", into BE if he
44
gives you a "be" instead of a HAVE.
Mark HAVE with an arrow each time he gives a right HAVE product.
When he can rapidly name a product that is something that one can
HAVE, without a comm lag, go on to next step. _______
(e) Clear up this question on a meter Method 4 (see HCO B 22 Feb 72,
Word Clearing Series 32, "Word Clearing Method 4"):
"Have I used any word so far you did not understand?"
Get it clean. _______
(f) Now give the person a copy of HCO P/L 29 October 70 Org Series 10.
Have him read the policy letter. _______
(g) Clear by Method 4 Word Clearing this question:
"Are there any words in the policy letter you did not understand?"
Get it cleaned up. If there were any, have him reread the policy letter
until he says he has it. _______
(h) Drill the pc on Products 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Write:
Product 1 Product 2
Product 3 Product 4
on a sheet of paper.
Let him retain and consult the HCO P/L 29 Oct 70 Org Series 10.
Put the point of your pen on one of the products (Product 1 or 2 or
3 or 4) and say, "Name a Product 1." "Name a Product 3." "Name a
Product 4." "Name a Product 2." Do this until pc has it.
Now take the P/L away from him and repeat the drill.
When your Product 1, etc is all blacked up with ball-point spots and
the person is quick at it, thank him. Tell him he has it and go on to
next step. _______
STEP TWO
(a) Look up the hat and org board of the post of the person being
product cleared and get some idea of what the post's product
would have to be to fit in with the rest of the scene. It won't
necessarily be in former hat write-ups. What the post produces must
be worked out. Write down what it possibly may be. _______
(b) Get the person to tell you what his post produces. Have him work
the wording around until it is totally satisfactory to him and is not
incorrect by Step 2 (a).
Be very careful indeed that you don't get a wrong product or you
could throw the whole line-up of the org out.
Beware of "a high stat" or "a bonus" or "GI" as these are items
received in Exchange, not the person's produced product.
Once more resort to BE
DO
HAVE
to be sure he is not giving a doingness. And point this out until he
actually has a HAVE.
Write down the product on the worksheet. _______
(c) Ask if there are any more products to the post. If the person is
wearing several hats, he would have a product for each hat.
List each hat and get the product of each hat written after it. _______
45
(d) Now take the principal product of the post and see if it is really three
products of different degrees or kinds. (Example: an auditor has
[A] A well pc [one who has been gotten over a psychosomatic
illness] [B] A person who is physically active and well and will
continue to be well, and [C] A being with greatly increased abilities.
A Super has [A] A trained student, [B] A Course graduate, [C] A
person who successfully applies the skills taught.) (Note: The above
are rough wordings.)
The A, B, C you will notice fit roughly into (A) BE, (B) DO, (C) HAVE.
If the person has trouble with this, write BE, DO, HAVE on the
worksheet. _______
(e) Find out if the person has had these confused one with another or if
he is trying for A when his product was C, or any other mix-up.
See if he has to first get a BE, then a DO to finally achieve a HAVE.
When he has all this straight he should cognite on what product
he is going for on his post, with VGIs. _______
(f) Tell the person that's it for the step and verify the products with a
Product Officer. (Be sure it's a Product Officer who has had his Product
Clearing. If this is THE Product Officer of the org, see if it compares to
the Valuable Final Products of an Org [see HCO P/L 8 Nov 73RA,
revised 9 Mar 74, "The VFPs and GDSs of the Divisions of an Org"].)
If the products are not all right check the person on a Meter for
Mis Us and do steps 1 and 2 again. If okay, proceed to Step 3. _______
STEP THREE
(a) Give the person HCO P/L 27 Nov 71, Executive Series No. 3 and
HCO P/L 3 Dec 71 Executive Series 4. Have him read them. _______
(b) Return and do Method 4 on the P/Ls and clean up any
Misunderstood Word. If these are found and looked up and used, then have
the person read the P/Ls again. _______
(c) Now that the person has it, exchange objects with him.
Have him now explain exchange until he sees clearly what it is. _______
STEP FOUR
(a) Now write his product on the left-hand side of your worksheet and
draw an arrow from it to the right:
His Product ------------------------------->
And one to the left below it <-------------------------------
Have him tell you what, internally in the org, he could get in
exchange for producing his product and getting it out.
Have him clear up why he might not get that. _______
(b) Have him look at a worksheet picture:
Overt Act ---------------------> Injury
Injury <--------------------- Overt Act
SELF No Product ---------------------> OTHERS
Nothing <--------------------- Nothing
as a cycle. Be sure he grasps that. _______
(c) Have him look at a worksheet picture:
Overt Product ---------------------> Upset
Upset <--------------------- Overt
46
And have him grasp that cycle. _______
(d) Now have him draw various such cycles having to do with the
products he has been getting out. Such as:
Bad product ---------------------> Dissatisfied
Bad feelings <--------------------- Ethics
But using various versions of products.
Do this until he has it untangled and feels good. _______
(e) Have him write down his product on the left, arrow to the right,
what comes back on the right and what occurs on the left.
If he has this now, tell him that's fine. _______
STEP FIVE
(All in Big Clay Demos)
(a) Have him work out what theft is in terms of Exchange, and arrows. _______
(b) Have him show how his product contributes to the org's product. _______
(c) Have him work out how the org's product as relates to his division is
then exchanged with society outside the org and Scn and what
society exchanges back to the org. _______
(d) Have him work out how his product contributes to org's product
outward and outside the org and Scn and then from the society
outside back to the org and org back to him.
This may have more than two vias each way. _______
(e) Have him work out the combined staff products into an org product
and then out into the society and then the exchange back into the
org and to CLOs and upper management and to org staff. _______
(f) When the Demos are all okay and BIG tell him that's fine and go on
to next step. _______
STEP SIX
(Metered)
(a) Find out if person wants his product? (not the Exchange).
If not find out who might suppress it? and E/S times.
Who might invalidate it? and earlier times.
2wc it to F/N Cog VGIs. _______
(b) Establish now if the person wants his product. _______
(If bogs turn over to a C/S and auditor for ruds and completion.)
STEP SEVEN
(Metered)
(a) Can the person get his product out? _______
(b) Handle by 2wc E/S to F/N. _______
STEP EIGHT
(Metered)
(a) What will his product be in volume?
Is that enough to bother about or will it have to be in greater volume?
What would be viable as to volume?
47
Clean up RUSHED or Failures.
To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
STEP NINE
(Metered)
(a) What quality would be necessary?
Get various degrees of quality stated.
What would he have to do to attain that quality?
What volume could he attain?
What would he have to do to attain that?
To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
STEP TEN
(Metered)
(a) Can he get others to want the products he put out?
What would he have to do to attain this? _______
STEP ELEVEN
(In BIG Clay)
(This is a progressive Clay Demo
added to at each step,)
(a) How does his product or products fit into the framework of his
section? Requires he work out the section product if his is not it.
Then fit his to it. _______
(b) How does his product fit into the Department? Requires he work out
the Department's product and fit his to it if his is not the Dept's
product. _______
(c) How does his product fit into the Division's products? He will have
to work out the Div's product or consult HCO P/L 8 Nov 73RA,
revised 9 Mar 74, "The VFPs and GDSs of the Divisions of an Org". _______
(d) How does the Division's Product exchange with the Public? And for
what? _______
(e) What happens to the org on this exchange? _______
STEP TWELVE
(In Big Clay)
(a) What blocks might he encounter in getting out his product? _______
(b) What can HE do about these? _______
STEP THIRTEEN
(2 wc)
(a) What does he have to have to get his product out? (Beware of too
much have before he can do. Get him to cut it back so he is more
causative.) _______
STEP FOURTEEN
(Written by Pc)
(a) What is his product on the 1st Dynamic -- self?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
48
(b) What is his product on the 2nd Dynamic -- family and sex?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(c) What is his product on the 3rd Dynamic -- Groups?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(d) What is his product on the 4th Dynamic -- Mankind?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(e) What is his product on the 5th Dynamic -- animal and vegetable
kingdom?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(f) What is his product on the 6th Dynamic -- the Universe of Matter,
Energy, Space and Time?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(g) What is his product on the 7th Dynamic -- beings as spirits -- thetans?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(h) What is his product on the 8th Dynamic -- God or the Infinite or
religion?
How does it fit in with what he is doing? _______
(i) What is his post Product? _______
(j) Can he get it out now? _______
Est O or Product Clearer
Note this long form has to be run on leading executives and eventually
on all staff. The short form in Est O Series 5, 14 points, serves as a rapid
action. Where there is any hang-up on the short form, send the person to an
auditor. Where there is a hang-up on the long form, send the person to an
auditor. The auditing action is to fly ruds on the RD and assess any key words
the pc is upset about and do an 18 button prepcheck carrying each prepcheck
button to F/N.
TA
Where the TA is already high do not attempt the short or long form.
Where the person turns on a rockslam check for rings on the hands. If
so, remove rings. Note if R/S continues.
In either case the person should be programmed for TA trouble with C/S
53RRR and handled, and then given a GF40RR Method 3 (F/Ning each Question that
reads) and then running the engrams with drugs run first.
Product Clearing is best done after Word Clearing No. 1 is successfully
done.
An Est O who can use a meter and Method 4 WCing and knows Clay Demoing
can do it.
HCO Bulletins are planned to be issued on this RD to handle it on rough
ones or repair it as needed in the hands of an expert auditor.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mes.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO PL is modified by HCO PL 9 May 1974, Prod-Org, Esto and Older
Systems Reconciled, which is in the Management Series 1970-1974, Page 438.]
49
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/11/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=24/3/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HAS SPECIALIST AND ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER
AUDITING PROGRAM (Revised)
(This Program has been revised to
improve results and stability.)
Remimeo
Div IV HGC
Div V
Dept 13
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1971
(Revises HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1971
ISSUE I)
Remimeo
Div IV HGC
Div V
Dept 13 Revised 24 MARCH 1972
(With W/Clearing Corrn List and
Study Corrn List Added)
HAS SPECIALIST AND ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER
AUDITING PROGRAM (Revised)
(Reference HCO PL 20 Aug 71,
Issue I, "HAS TROUBLES")
(This Program has been revised to
improve results and stability.)
The HAS (HCO Area Secretary), any HCO Executive Secretary, HCO Cope
Officer, HCO Org Officer, Tech Establishment Officer, any HAS Deputy OR any
Executive or Divisional Head or staff member who shows a tendency to transfer
or unstabilize staff members or who fails to hat others, must be processed
especially in order to be totally stable on post.
The HAS and Establishment Officers are peculiarly subject to efforts to
unstabilize them. These require the Program to be done in any case whether
stable or not.
Executives or staff members who show signs of obsessive transfer of the
staff or org are also greatly benefited.
The HAS Specialist Rundown consists of processes which increase the
ability to hold a position.
THE RUNDOWN MAY ONLY BE DONE WHEN NO EXISTING AUDITING PROGRAM IS ONLY
PARTIALLY DONE. COMPLETE THE EXISTING CYCLE FIRST.
HAS RUNDOWN
Action 1. C/S Series 53RRR Handle _______
Action 2. Word Clearing Corrn List Handle _______
Action 3. Study Corrn List Handle _______
Action 4. GFM5 Handle _______
Action 5. TR Course to Full EP _______
Action 6. Admin TRs or Upper Indoc if Admin TRs not available _______
Action 7. GF40XRR Method 3 _______
Action 8. C/S Series 54 and Handle
(Includes GF 40 Engrams) _______
50
Action 9. L3B on Early Dn 1-80 to F/N List _______
Action 10. PTS RD Steps A, B, C, D
WARNING: RUN ONLY IF REQUIRED PER READS
IN 3 OR 7 ABOVE. _______
Action 11. CCHs (Run or verify and rehab) _______
Action 12. Hold It Still. (HCO B 23 July 71, Page 2 Version B.)
(Run or verify and rehab.) _______
Action 13. Start-Change-Stop (SCS) on an object. (Run or
verify and rehab.) _______
Action 14. Start-Change-Stop. (Run or verify and rehab.) _______
Action 15. Op Pro By Dup (Book and Bottle). (Run or verify
and rehab.) _______
Action 16. Effort Processing. _______
Action 17. Rising Scale. _______
Action 18. Verify Int RD, run if not run in No. 1 or date to blow
locate to blow if not done. _______
Action 19. Fly all ruds and overts recently. _______
Action 20. Program for further auditing in own org on Grade Chart. _______
Caution: Do not repeat Processes already done on the pc.
PACK: HCO B 20 Nov 71 (Revising HCO B 20 Aug 71, Issue II, Checklist) is
auditor's checksheet for the above, giving all materials. It is done by Tr and
Serv Aide. Packs can be locally assembled or procured from CLO A/CS-2. Most of
these materials occur in Level I PABs SHSBC.
L. RUN HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.sb.mes.rd
Copyright $c 1971, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The 24 March 1972 revision added Actions 2, 3, 9 and 10, and added "and
Establishment Officer" to the title.]
51
L. RUN HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=1
rDate=3/12/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST
STUDY CORR LIST 2R
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1972R
Issue II
REVISED 3 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo
COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST
STUDY CORR LIST 2R
(Reference LRH ED 174 INT)
The Supervisor Correction List is designed to help locate the individual
reasons a supervisor has for not fully applying the study tech in supervision.
The list is normally done in Qual but may also be done by a D/T on his
supervisors. It merely assists a D/T or Qual Personnel in finding why the
supervisor is not using study tech.
The list is assessed Method Five and handled as indicated. A second
bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the list
has been F/Ned on all reading items.
NAME: ____________________________________ DATE: ______________________________
AUDITOR: _________________________________
0. DID YOU GO THROUGH EACH STUDY TAPE ONCE CLEARING EVERY DEFINITION OF
EACH WORD AND THIRD TIME IF THERE WERE ANY MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS ON THE
SECOND AND DID YOU DO THE SAME ON THE STUDENT HAT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for PRD or PRD retread.)
00. DO YOU HAVE A REASON YOU ARE NOT USING THE STUDY TECH? _______
(L&N "What reason do you have for not using study tech?")
(Pgm for PRD retread or PRD after Cramming on the Why.)
000. HAS A WRONG WHY BEEN FOUND FOR YOUR NOT USING STUDY TECH? _______
(L4BR and handle. Find the right Why.) (Pgm for PRD
retread or PRD after Cramming on the Why.)
0000. HAVE YOU DONE ALL THESE THINGS ALREADY AND STILL HAVE TROUBLE
WITH STUDY? _______
(Do Student Rehabilitation List HCO B 15 Nov 74.)
00000. HASN'T A WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST BEEN DONE? _______
(Get it done.)
1. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK ON COURSE? _______
(Find what, ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
2. DO YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH SUPERVISION? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
52
3. DO YOU HAVE OVERTS ON STUDENTS? _______
(Get them, E/S to F/N.)
4. DO YOU HAVE OVERTS ON STUDY? _______
(Get them, E/S to F/N.)
5. ARE YOU SUPERVISING OVER WITHHOLDS? _______
(Pull them, E/S to F/N.)
6. ARE YOU AFRAID OF BEING FOUND OUT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
7. DID YOU FALSIFY YOUR STATS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Get them corrected.)
8. HAVE YOU NEVER DONE A SUPERVISOR'S COURSE? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get person onto supervisor course.)
9. HAVE YOU NEVER STUDIED THE STUDY TECH? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get it studied.)
10. HAVE YOU NEVER LISTENED TO THE STUDY TAPES? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get them studied.)
11. DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON THE STUDY MATERIALS? _______
(Method 4 word clear.) (And retread.)
12. DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO SUPERVISE? _______
(Find out what areas he doesn't know. WC Method 4.) (And retread.)
13. DOING OTHER WORK IN CLASS TIME? _______
(Get the W/H off E/S to F/N.)
14. ARE YOU AFRAID OF CONSEQUENCES? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
15. ARE YOU AFRAID OF TEACHING THEM WRONG? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
16. HAS THE STUDY TECH NOT WORKED ON YOU? _______
(Find what didn't work, correct it to F/N and a win.)
17. DON'T YOU KNOW IF THE SUPERVISOR TECH WORKS? _______
(Find misunderstoods and handle.)
18. DO YOU THINK YOU SHOULD KNOW THE MATERIALS INSTEAD OF STUDY TECH? _______
(2wc E/S considerations to F/N.) (Find what study tech he
didn't understand, word clear Method 4.)
19. ARE YOU UNABLE TO REFER STUDENTS TO THEIR MATERIALS? _______
(Find why and handle. E.g. no materials, materials out of
order, thinks he has to know the materials instead of the study
tech.)
20. ARE YOU GIVING VERBAL TECH? _______
(Get off the W/H E/S to F/N. Find out why he felt he had to
do it and clean it up.) (Forbid it and make it an Ethics
Offense.)
53
21. ARE YOU INTERPRETING BULLETINS? _______
(Get off the W/H E/S to F/N. Find out why he felt he had to
do it and clean it up.) (Forbid it and make it an Ethics
offense.)
22. DO YOU FAIL TO MAKE MATERIALS AVAILABLE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Vital Info R/D.)
23. DON'T YOU HAVE THE COURSE MATERIALS? _______
(Find out what he could do about that, 2wc to F/N.)
24. DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO GET THE MATERIALS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Hat on relevant materials.)
25. DON'T KNOW WORD CLEARING TECH? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Find out if ever studied it in the
first place. If not get it studied, if so clean up misunderstoods.)
26. NEVER USING M9? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
27. CAN'T USE A METER? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Cram and drill on metering.)
28. USING NO STUDY LISTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
29. AFRAID OF DOING IT WRONG? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
30. TRs NOT GOOD ENOUGH? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Method 4 TRs HCO B, TRs including Admin TRs.)
31. INTERRUPTING STUDENTS WHO ARE F/Ning. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. 3-way Help/3-way Failed Help.)
32. CAN'T CONFRONT STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confronting full classroom of students.)
33. CAN'T CONFRONT A CLASSROOM? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confronting classroom, reach and
withdraw from a classroom.)
34. DON'T LIKE PEOPLE? _______
(O/W on people.)
35. DON'T LIKE STUDENTS? _______
(O/W on students.)
36. USING DURESS ON STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. Find Why by L&N.)
37. HAD LOSSES ON HELPING STUDENTS? _______
(3-way Help, 3-way Failed Help.)
38. DON'T BELIEVE STUDENTS CAN BE HELPED? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
39. CONSIDER IT IS WRONG TO CONTROL STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Objective processes especially SCS.)
54
40. 3RD PARTYING STUDENTS? _______
(Handle as an overt E/S to F/N.)
41. OVERWHELMED BY LOTS OF STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confront on classroom full of students.)
42. AFRAID THAT IF STUDENTS GRADUATED WOULD HAVE NO MORE STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
43. AFRAID STUDENTS WILL KNOW MORE THAN YOU DO? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
44. DON'T FEEL THE SUBJECT BEING SUPERVISED IS IMPORTANT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
45. NEGLECTING STUDENTS WHO ARE BOGGED? _______
(2wc to find out why. Handle the out rud or confusion to F/N.)
46. THINKING CERTAIN STUDENTS ARE DOG STUDENTS AND SO NOT HELPING? _______
(Triple Ruds and Overts on students. 3 May PL if he hasn't
had one. WC M4 on super materials.)
47. HAVE OUTNESSES IN OWN STUDY? _______
(Student Rehabilitation List.)
48. HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON STUDY TECH? _______
(Method 4.) (And retread.)
49. HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON SUPERVISOR MATERIALS? _______
(Method 4.) (And retread.)
50. DON'T KNOW THE PRODUCT OF A SUPERVISOR? _______
(Product R/D.)
51. WORKING FOR SOME OTHER PRODUCT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
52. DON'T KNOW THE PRODUCT OF THE COURSE? _______
(Product R/D.)
53. DON'T KNOW HOW TO TELL WHEN THE PRODUCT IS ATTAINED? _______
(Product R/D.)
54. WORD CLEARING TECH DIDN'T WORK ON YOU? _______
(Word Clearing Correction List.)
55. DO YOU HAVE SOME OTHER IDEAS ON WHAT A SUPERVISOR SHOULD DO? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
56. WOULD YOU HAVE TO BE SOMEONE ELSE IN ORDER TO SUPERVISE? _______
(L&N Who else would you have to be to supervise?)
57. DO YOU HAVE FIXED IDEAS ON HOW TO SUPERVISE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
55
58. SHOULD YOU REALLY BE DOING SOMETHING ELSE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
59. DO YOU HAVE DISAGREEMENTS WITH THE STUDY TECH? _______
(Method 4 Word Clearing Tech.)
60. DO YOU HAVE DISAGREEMENTS WITH COURSE SUPERVISOR POLICY? _______
(2wc disagreements with course supervisor policy. 2wc
agreements with course supervisor policy.)
61. ARE YOU TRYING TO BE SOMETHING ELSE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
62. DON'T YOU REALLY WANT TO BE A SUPERVISOR? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
63. ARE YOU ON STAFF TO GET YOUR CASE HANDLED? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
64. SHOULDN'T YOU BE HERE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
65. ARE YOU PHYSICALLY UNWELL? _______
(Find what wrong, 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Medical, etc.)
66. DO YOU GET UPSET BY STUDENT MISEMOTION? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also TRs.)
67. DO YOU CONSIDER STUDENTS HAVE TO BE FORCED TO STUDY? _______
(2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)
68. HAVE YOU HAD LOSSES AS A SUPERVISOR? _______
(Find what supervisor couldn't handle, Method 4 word clear
relevant materials.)
69. DO YOU LACK PATIENCE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
70. DO YOU CONSIDER STUDENT'S ABILITY IS NATIVE AND CANNOT BE
REGULATED BY STUDY TECH? _______
(2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)
71. DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO HANDLE STUDENTS' QUESTIONS? _______
(Method 4 WC Series 32R.) (And drill.)
72. ARE YOU SUPERVISING FOR SOME OTHER PURPOSE? _______
(L&N What purpose do you have for supervising? R3R Triple
if an E. Purp.)
73. CAN'T TELL WHEN STUDENT IS BOGGED OR NOT F/Ning? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (TRs and obnosis drills and Tone Scale drills.)
74. CAN'T FIND WHY STUDENTS BOG? _______
(Method 4.) (And restudy study tapes, demo each reason for
student bog with supervisor handling, drill.)
56
75. SOMEBODY SAID YOU DON'T KNOW HOW TO SUPERVISE? _______
(PTS Interview. Inval and Eval.)
76. HAVE YOU ENCOUNTERED A SUPPRESSIVE STUDENT? _______
(PTS Interview.)
77. IS SOMEBODY PREVENTING YOU FROM SUPERVISING? _______
(L&N Who is preventing you from supervising? Triple Ruds
and Overts on the terminal.)
78. DO YOU HAVE TOO MANY STUDENTS TO SUPERVISE FULLY? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also handle with Est-O if true.)
79. ARE YOU DOUBLE HATTED WITH ANOTHER POST? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also handle with Tech O/O.)
80. ARE YOU GETTING CROSS ORDERS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handle with Tech O/O if true.)
81. ARE YOU EXPERIMENTING WITH STUDY METHODS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
82. ARE SOME STUDENTS NOT WORTH SUPERVISING? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
83. DOES IT GIVE YOU MORE STATUS IF YOU ANSWER THE STUDENTS'
QUESTIONS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
84. ARE YOU TRYING TO BE IMPORTANT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
85. ARE YOU TRYING TO BE INTERESTING? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
86. ARE YOU BEING TOLD TO DO SOMETHING ELSE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also hatting actions.)
87. ARE YOU TOO TIRED TO SUPERVISE? _______
(Find out why. 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Get person to get enough sleep.)
88. DON'T YOU BELIEVE THE STUDENT WILL MAKE IT? _______
(2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)
89. ARE SOME STUDENTS BOUND TO FAIL ANYWAY? _______
(2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)
90. IS IT AN OVERT TO MAKE SOMEBODY MORE KNOWLEDGEABLE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Vital Info R/D.)
91. WOULD IT MAKE YOU LESS POWERFUL IF OTHERS KNEW MORE? _______
(How? 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for EX Dn.)
92. DOES THE STUDY TECH CONFLICT WITH WHAT YOU ALREADY KNOW
ABOUT TEACHING? _______
(Find out what other ideas person has about teaching E/S to
F/N. Student Rehab List on his early studies.)
93. DO YOU NOT UNDERSTAND THE USE OF DEMOS? _______
(Word clear demo materials.) (Then get it used to a win.)
57
94. ARE YOU NOT REALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPETENCE OF THE STUDENT
AFTER HE GRADUATES? _______
(Product R/D.)
95. ARE YOU REALLY TRYING TO TEACH SOMETHING ELSE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
96. HAVE YOU NOT REALLY STARTED ON POST? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Get person instant hatted and onto post.)
97. ARE YOU LEAVING POST? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
98. ARE YOU ON DRUGS? _______
(Find what -- rehab.)
99. ARE YOU BEING AGREEABLE TO THE STUDENTS? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
100. ARE YOU TRYING TO BE POPULAR? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
101. ARE YOU TRYING TO MAKE YOURSELF RIGHT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
102. ARE YOU TRYING TO PROVE THAT STUDENTS DON'T KNOW? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
103. ARE YOU WORKING FOR A STATISTIC RATHER THAN FOR A PRODUCT? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
104. HAVE YOU NOT STUDIED NEW ISSUES ON COURSE SUPERVISION? _______
(Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get checked out on all neglected
issues.) (Get Qual high crime policy in.)
105. DON'T YOU HAVE ANY SUPERVISOR MATERIALS TO REFER TO? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handle through D of T.)
106. MATERIALS WERE MISSING FROM COURSE SUPERVISOR COURSE? _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Find what was missing and get it studied.)
107. HAVE YOU BEEN CONFRONTED WITH SITUATIONS NOT COVERED BY
STUDY TECH? _______
(Find out what situations, Method 4 word clear tech on
relevant materials as something was missed.)
108. IS THERE SOME OTHER REASON YOU CAN'T APPLY STUDY TECH? _______
(Find out what. Student Rehab List if not done.) (Word clear
and drill relevant materials.)
Handle each reading item to F/N as noted. Then fill in attached form for
further actions to be done.
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
58
HCO B 27 March 72R, Issue II
Attachment
COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION FORM
ADDITIONAL ACTIONS REQUIRED
TO: DIR CORRECTION Date: ___________________________
PART A: The following additional training actions are to be done on this
supervisor.
1. Done_______
2. Done_______
3. Done_______
4. Done_______
5. Done_______
PART B: The following corrective actions must also be done regarding course
outnesses found.
1. Done_______
2. Done_______
3. Done_______
4. Done_______
5. Done_______
_________________________________
Auditor
Handling completed: _________________________________
Dir Correction
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
59
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=2
rDate=17/12/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Corr List 3RA
AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST
AUDITOR RECOVERY
Type = 12
iDate=27/3/72
Issue=3
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1972RA
Issue III
REVISED & REISSUED 17 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo
CANCELS
BTB OF 27 MARCH 1972R
Issue III
SAME TITLE
Study Corr List 3RA
AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST
AUDITOR RECOVERY
Reference: LRH ED 257 INT
"DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS"
The list is assessed Method Five and handled as indicated. A second
bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the list
has been F/Ned on all reading items.
NAME: _________________________________________ DATE: ________________________
AUDITOR: ______________________________________
1. AS AN AUDITOR HAVE YOU HAD AN ARC BREAK. _______
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
2. AS AN AUDITOR HAVE YOU HAD A PROBLEM. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
3. AS AN AUDITOR, HAS A W/H BEEN MISSED. _______
(Pull it, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
4. GIVEN A WRONG WHY. _______
(L4BR & Handle.)
5. GIVEN A WRONG WHY FOR AUDITING FAILURES. _______
(L4BR & Handle.)
6. CRAMMING GAVE A WRONG WHY. _______
(L4BR & Handle.)
7. GIVEN A WRONG ETHICS CONDITION. _______
(L4BR & Handle.)
8. PROBLEMS WITH PCS. _______
(Do C/S Series 50, HCO B 15 July 71.)
9. W/Hs ABOUT PCS. _______
(Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
10. NEVER AUDITED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
11. OVERTS ON PCS. _______
(Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
12. NO HELP FROM A D OF P. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
13. TROUBLE WITH TECH SERVICES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
60
14. UPSET WITH A C/S. _______
TECH SEC. _______
SENIOR EXEC. _______
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
15. PTS TO SOMEONE IN THE ENVIRONMENT. _______
(L4BR & Handle.)
16. TOLD YOU WERE PTS AND YOU WEREN'T. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. L4BR if any trouble.)
17. AUDITING WITHOUT STUDYING THE FOLDER AND UNDERSTANDING THE
PC'S CASE. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
18. AUDITING WITHOUT AN FES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
19. BREAKING THE AUDITOR'S CODE. _______
(2wc what E/S to F/N.)
20. AUDITING A WRONG C/S. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
21. AUDITING A WRONG PROGRAM. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
22. HAD SOME SORT OF OUT ETHICS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
23. DISCUSSING PCS' CASES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
24. LOSSES ON PCS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
25. WERE YOU TAKEN OFF AUDITING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
26. A PC YOU FAILED TO HELP. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (3-Way Help/3-Way Failed Help.)
27. AUDITING AN NCG. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
28. COULDN'T HELP A PC. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (3-Way Help/3-Way Failed Help.)
29. AN EARLIER TIME YOU FAILED TO HELP. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
30. COULDN'T SOLVE IT. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
31. AUDITING A PC OVER AN: ARC BREAK. _______
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
PROBLEM. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
W/H. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
OVERT. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
OUT ETHICS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
32. DIDN'T GET ALL OF THE WITHHOLDS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
33. AUDITED UNSESSIONABLE PCS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
34. CAN'T GET A PC IN SESSION. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
35. MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN AUDITING. _______
(Find & clear them, each to F/N.)
61
36. MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN DIANETICS & SCIENTOLOGY. _______
(Find & clear them, each to F/N.)
37. COULDN'T UNDERSTAND THE TECHNICAL TERMS. _______
(Find & clear them, each to F/N.)
38. AN EARLIER SIMILAR SUBJECT WAS MISUNDERSTOOD. _______
(2wc, find what word in the subject was Mis-U & clear it up.
Clear each word to F/N.)
39. WAS YOUR TRAINING INADEQUATE. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N & STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
40. RUSHED THROUGH COURSES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N & STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
41. SEEKING STATUS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
42. YOU HAD DISAGREEMENTS. _______
(Find out what, find the Mis-U words & clear to F/N.)
43. EARLIER PRACTICE IN YOUR ROAD. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for GF40 Handling.)
44. OUT 2D. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
45. OUT 2D WITH PCS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
46. EVALUATION. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
47. INVALIDATION. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
48. AFRAID OF AUDITING SOMEONE. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Fear of People RD.)
49. FORCED A PC TO RUN A PROCESS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
50. TROUBLE WITH: TR 0. _______
TR 1. _______
TR 2. _______
TR 3. _______
TR 4. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
51. YOUR TRS WERE INVALIDATED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab any win.)
52. COULDN'T GET YOUR QUESTION ANSWERED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
53. DISINTERESTED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle any out ruds.)
54. FALSELY PASSED TRS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
55. FLUBBED COMMANDS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
56. NOT AUDITING FOR THE PC. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
57. DIDN'T WRITE IT DOWN ON THE W/S. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
58. FALSIFIED A W/S. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
59. AUDITING FOR SPECIAL FAVORS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
62
60. COLLECTED FALSE BONUSES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
61. COULDN'T GET PAID. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
62. COULDN'T MASTER AN E-METER. _______
(2wc, find out what he didn't understand about it and clean up
to F/N.)
63. METER IN THE WRONG PLACE. _______
(2wc, find out what was wrong and correct to F/N.)
64. DIDN'T STARRATE PROCESSES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
65. NOT ENOUGH DRILLING ON PROCESSES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
66. DIDN'T WANT THE LIST TO READ. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
67. COULDN'T GET READS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
68. WEREN'T SURE OF E-METER READS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
69. CAN'T TELL AN F/N. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
70. WORRIED ABOUT TA. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
71. CALLED F/Ns ABOVE 3. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
72. CALLED F/Ns BELOW 2. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
73. COULDN'T F/N A LIST. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
74. SAID THE LIST F/NED WHEN IT DIDN'T. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
75. COULDN'T TELL AN R/S. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
76. TROUBLE WITH ASSESSMENT. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
77. TROUBLE WITH L&N. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
78. NOBODY TO AUDIT. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
79. PREVENTED FROM AUDITING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
80. FORCED TO AUDIT UNDER BAD CIRCUMSTANCES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
81. DOG CASES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. Pull all W/Hs.)
82. RABBITED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
83. GOT DESPERATE. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
84. SQUIRRELING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
85. TRIED UNUSUAL SOLUTIONS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
63
86. AUDITING WITHOUT A METER. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
87. COFFEE SHOP AUDITING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
88. USING NON-STANDARD PROCESSES. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
89. USING CONFIDENTIAL PROCESSES ON LOWER LEVEL PCS. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
90. MOONLIGHTING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
91. AUDITING ORG PCS OUTSIDE THE ORG. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
92. C/SING IN THE CHAIR. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
93. AUDITING WITHOUT A C/S. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
94. NOT GETTING ANY CRAMMING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
95. AVOIDING CRAMMING. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
96. SHOULD BE RETRAINED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N. STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
97. WAS TOLD TO RETRAIN WHEN IT WASN'T WARRANTED. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.)
98. TECH DOESN'T WORK FOR YOU. _______
(2wc E/S to F/N.) (Note for further handling by Qual.)
99. TECH DOESN'T WORK ON YOU. _______
(C/S 53RI. GF M5 and handle.)
100. SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR EYESIGHT. _______
(2wc what E/S to F/N.)
101. RESTIM. _______
(C/S 53RI.)
102. TROUBLE WITH YOUR OWN CASE. _______
(C/S 53RI.)
103. SOMETHING ELSE WRONG. _______
(2wc what & if no joy GF M5 & handle.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:clb.nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
64
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Series 5
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
FIRST CRAMMING CORRECTION
IMPORTANT
Dept of Personnel Enhancement
Remimeo
Qual Secs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1972
(REVISED -- see HCO B 30 Mar 72R Volume VIII -- 133)
Remimeo Study Series 5
Qual Secs
IMPORTANT
Dept of Personnel Enhancement
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
FIRST CRAMMING CORRECTION
As it is obviously a waste of Cramming time to cram an auditor, student
or staff member who has not known how to study (see LRH ED 174 Int 29 Mar 72
for data on this), it is vital that HIS FIRST CRAMMING ACTION is done in the
Dept of Personnel Enhancement.
This department must be staffed and set up to do (a) Programming, (b) Word
Clearing No. 1, (c) Word Clearing No. 2, (d) Word Clearing No. 4, (e) Word
Clearing Correction Lists, (f) Int Ext Correction Lists, (g) Tape Word
Clearing with footpedal operated tape players, (h) Good quality Study Tape
sets, (i) Student Packs, (j) Demo Kits, (k) Clay table large size, (l) Product
Clearing, (m) Post Purpose Clearing, (n) Product and Student Corrections.
All the staff of this Dept MUST do this complete rundown rapidly on
themselves. Otherwise their actions will be flubby as they probably will not
be able to grasp their own special rundowns unless this program has been
followed by themselves. BUT THIS ACTION MAY NOT BE USED TO PREVENT ACTIVE
PRODUCTION BY D OF PE staff on doing this Rundown.
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
1. Case repair to handle high or low TAs or upsets. THIS STEP IS NOT DONE IF
THE TA IS USUALLY BETWEEN 2 and 3 in auditing.
This would consist of a C/S 53RRR and handle, a GF Method 5 and handle, a
GF40RR Method 3 and handle, plus any special actions to complete an
incomplete auditing cycle or repair it.
At this stage any auditing should be done only on thoroughly cleared
commands (each word no matter how small) and assessment lists should be
done only after clearing each word on the prepared list (but not spoken
as a full question).
2. WORD CLEARING NUMBER 1 to full EP, using the WC Correction List at any
sign of somatics or bad Exam report after a word clearing session.
3. FIND THE WHY he did not use the Study Tech in the first place. There will
be an individual WHY. (See Data Series P/Ls.) It is seldom only
Misunderstood words. (See LRH ED 174 Int for some examples.) Handle this
WHY. It may require processing.
AUDITING INTERLUDE
4. The WHY is HANDLED in auditing sessions as indicated. May require
objective Processes or hidden standards. The Handling of the Why is
directly related to the WHY that was found.
65
5. THE STUDY CORRECTION LIST is handled. This is HCO B 4 Feb 72 (revising
HCO B 14 Jan 72). This prepared list is assessed Method 5 (all lines
assessed) and then the reads are handled from the best to the least. THE
END PRODUCT AT THIS STAGE IS A PERSON WHOSE CASE AND PAST ARE NOT IN THE
ROAD OF HIS STUDYING.
STUDY TECH SECTION
6. STUDY TAPES. (a) One time through picking up and looking up every word
even faintly in doubt of or when not understanding, going back to find
the word that was missed. (b) Then going through the Study Tapes for
content with Method 4 at the End of each tape. If it reads on any
misunderstood clear it up, then replay the tape. In this way get the
Study Tapes fully known without Misunderstood ideas or words. (c) Check
M4 at the end of this action and if there is any misunderstood idea or
query of any kind then handle it per M4 and have the person do all the
tapes again. The End product of this action is fully known Study Tapes
with F/N VGIs.
7. STUDENT HAT. (a) Have the person go through each P/L or HCO B in the
Student Hat with this cycle: Each time a misunderstood word is found even
in the middle of the page, do the whole P/L again. Complete the whole hat
in this way. (b) Then go through the whole hat again starrate checked out
and using Demo Kit. At each point where a new misunderstood idea or word
turns up do the whole P/L. If any misunderstoods show up on this second
run through, the whole Hat must be done again. (c) Have the student do a
BIG proper Clay Demo of some study materials. (d) Check if the student
can now use a Demo Kit while he is doing his own studies and get any WHY
he cannot and Handle. The End product here is a STUDENT WHO CAN AND WILL
USE STUDY TECH IN STUDYING AND WHO WILL STUDY AND STUDY PROPERLY.
8. Verify the WHY found in 3 above and see if it is all okay now. If not
find new WHY and rehandle.
9. WORD CLEAR 2 first Dianetic or Scientology materials ever heard or read.
(a) Find which it was. (b) WC2 it.
10. Find what queries and questions the person has about Admin or Tech. Do WC
M4 on each one.
11. Send the person to Cramming to get the specific Cramming order, Tech or
Admin, carried out.
12. Report the Course Super and D of T who "trained him" to the Ethics
Officer for action.
It is obviously senseless to Cram someone (and proven by actual
experience) whose Study Tech is out and whose misunderstood words and omitted
study will not let him retain anything anyway. He will just go on goofing.
That has been amply proven.
Cramming can assess a Student Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue I,
or a Supervisor Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue II, or an Auditor
Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue III, or a C/S Correction List HCO B 27
Mar 72, Issue IV, or an Executive Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue V,
and these will catch any Personnel Enhancement flub and other classroom
reasons.
Things found on such lists should be reported to the Ethics Officer for
handling.
Qual is after all the CORRECTION DIVISION. And correction usually cannot
be accomplished without Ethics back-up.
66
At first glance this is a lot to do for a student or staff member. BUT IF
IT IS NOT DONE YOU DO NOT HAVE A STUDENT OR A STAFF MEMBER.
Students and staff members must be charged for all this, the staff member
usually on just a debit invoice but which comes due and owing on his
departure, the student for cash through the Registrar. Do not fail to make
these charges as you are rewarding a downstat who should have done it right in
the first place and who didn't.
So don't run up a big Dept of Pers Enhancement Payroll that is never used
to get the exchange.
Also DO NOT BACKLOG or you can tie up a whole org and keep its stats in
the basement BY NOT RAPIDLY DOING THESE ACTIONS TO TOTAL END PRODUCT.
If you don't get the End Product all the work is wasted.
The Commonest Error in word clearing or auditing is a FAILURE TO USE
CORRECTION LISTS. WC Corr List, WC Series 35, has been the most needed and
most neglected list in orgs.
As Study Tech is the material which tells HOW to study, the technique of
study is not applied to IT. Thus it becomes unknown easily and goes out very
easily.
Without it, I assure you, an org will get nowhere.
Thus this action of the Dept of PE is a vital action and done well it
will keep the org alive.
BE SURE TO DO THIS WELL AND GET A CASH EXCHANGE FOR THIS VITAL SERVICE!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B has been corrected Per HCO B 3 April 1972, Issue III, Re.:
Study Series 5, the entire text of which says, "'HCO B of 30 March 1972,
IMPORTANT, Dept of Personnel Enhancement, Primary Correction Rundown First
Cramming Correction' is STUDY SERIES 5. Correct your copy to read 'Study
Series 5'."]
67
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=31/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series I
Remimeo
Central Orgs Academies
London
Washington
Los Angeles
Johannesburg
Denmark
Sydney
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1972
(REVISED -- see HCO B 15 Apr 72 Volume VIII -- 87)
Remimeo
Central Orgs Academies
London
Washington
Los Angeles
Johannesburg
Denmark Expanded Dianetics Series I
Sydney
EXPANDED DIANETICS is that branch of Dianetics which uses Dianetics in
special ways for specific purposes.
It is not HSDC Dianetics. Its position on the Grade Chart would be
regulated by the use to which it is put. It could be below Standard Dianetics,
just above Standard Dianetics or above OT III in the OT Scales.
It uses Dianetics to change an Oxford Capacity Analysis (or an American
Personality Analysis) and is run directly against these analysis graphs and
the "Science of Survival Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation".
EXPANDED DIANETICS IS NOT THE SAME AS STANDARD DIANETICS.
The HSDC is qualified to run Standard Dianetics. He is not authorized to
run EXPANDED DIANETICS without special training.
DO NOT MIX EXPANDED DIANETICS INTO STANDARD DIANETICS.
It often happens that one technology's skills are mingled with another's.
The result is that neither then work.
Standard Dianetics will go right on producing results.
The main difference between these two branches is that Standard Dianetics
is very general in application. Expanded Dianetics is very specifically
adjusted to the pc.
Some pcs, particularly heavy drug cases, or who have been given injurious
psychiatric treatment or who are physically disabled or who are chronically
ill or who have had trouble running engrams (to name a few) require a
specially adapted technology.
A very good Dianetic or Dianetic and Class IV auditor preferably HSDC &
Class VI can be specially trained to run Dianetics against the OCA or the
Chart of Human Evaluation.
STUDY
(Subject to Change)
This training would consist of:
1. HSDC
2. STANDARD DIANETIC INTERNE HGC OK TO AUDIT
3. PRIMARY RD HCOB 30 Mar 72
4. Social Counselor Cse or Ruds Flying or Class IV
5. Full Word Clearer Rating
6. FESing
68
7. Programming
8. Expanded Dianetic Tapes and HCOBs
9. C/S Folder Study
10. Active Auditing on the skills taught
11. C/Sing Expanded Dianetics.
CERTIFICATE
The Certificate would be HUBBARD GRADUATE DIANETIC SPECIALIST.
The Certificate Level is above Standard Dianetics HSDC and if the person
is a Class IV is just above Class IV.
It would be greatly preferable if the person were an HSDC and a Class IV
as word clearing and rudiments would be easier to learn but Class IV is not
required at this time.
CHARGES
Hours of Expanded Dianetics, because of the skills required, should be at
least half again or double as much as Standard Dianetic Auditing.
The cost of the Course would be the same as the HSDC Course and
additional to it plus Interne fees.
PREREQUISITE
HSDC and Dianetic Interneship minimum with a successful period of Standard
Dianetic Auditing as an auditor. Optimum is also a Class IV or VI.
Case gain as a Dianetic pc.
DEVELOPMENT
This Course is under development as this is written and neither the
Course nor Expanded Dianetic Auditing may be sold by an org unless it has an
Expanded Dianetic Specialist, to be specific, an HGDS.
WHEN RELEASED THE COURSE WILL BE TAUGHT IN CENTRAL ORGS (LONDON,
WASHINGTON, LOS ANGELES, JOHANNESBURG, DENMARK AND SYDNEY AND SHs). IT IS THE
SPECIAL COURSE THE CONTINENTAL CENTRAL ORG TEACHES.
The HCOBs relating to Expanded Dianetics will be released as a part of
this series so that orgs will have them when it comes time for them to acquire
the tapes and teach this course.
In the meanwhile these orgs should be making HSDCs and Class IVs.
PERSONS NOT TRAINED ON IT MAY NOT RUN IT OR USE IT REGARDLESS OF CLASS.
To repeat, Expanded Dianetics does not replace Standard Dianetics or any
other Class and is itself and is used for its own specific purposes on special
cases.
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
69
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=3
rDate=17/3/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB
L3 EXD RB
EXPANDED DIANETICS REPAIR LIST
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Ex Dn Chkshts
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 APRIL 1972RB
Issue II
(REVISED 17 MARCH 1974)
Remimeo
Ex Dn Chkshts
IMPORTANT
Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB
L3 EXD RB
EXPANDED DIANETICS REPAIR LIST
This list includes the most frequent Exp Dianetic & R3R errors.
A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase a
chain of incidents.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS LIST as it
can have different or several errors.
REMEMBER TO CLEAR EACH WORD ON THIS LIST. IF A QUESTION READS AND THE PC
SAYS HE DOESN'T UNDERSTAND IT, CLEAR IT AND REASSESS (don't explain it and
take it as it read on a misunderstood not on a fact).
RUNNING PCS ON EXP DIANETICS WITHOUT A FULL AND COMPLETE DN C/S 1
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.
TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY FULL REPAIR OF IT PER THE INSTRUCTIONS.
1. There was an Earlier Similar incident. _______
Indicate it, flatten the chain.
2. There was no Earlier Similar incident. _______
Indicate it. Determine if the chain is flat or if the last incident
needs to be run through again. Complete the chain to F/N by
indication or D/L if needed, or by flattening it.
3. There was an earlier beginning. _______
Indicate it. Handle with R3R and complete the chain.
4. There was no earlier beginning. _______
Indicate it. Complete the chain with R3R ABCD on last
incident if unflat.
5. An F/N was indicated too soon. _______
Indicate it. Flatten the last incident.
6. An F/N was indicated too late. _______
Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
necessary.
7. An F/N was not indicated at all. _______
Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
necessary.
70
8. There was no charge on an item in the first place. _______
Indicate it, and that it shouldn't have been run, D/L if necessary.
9. Jumped chains _______
Indicate it. Reorient to the original chain, spot flat point and
indicate the overrun, D/L if necessary, or flatten the chain.
10. Flubbed commands. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
11. Didn't have a command. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
12. Misunderstood on the command. _______
Find it and clear it.
13. Incident should be run through one more time. _______
Indicate it. ABCD on the incident, flatten the chain.
14. Too late on the chain. _______
Indicate it. Get the Earlier Similar incident and complete the
chain with R3R.
14A. Wrong Flow. _______
Indicate it. Run it the way pc feels it should be run.
15. Incident gone more solid. _______
Indicate it. Check for earlier incident or earlier beginning and
complete the chain.
16. Stopped running an incident that was erasing. _______
Indicate it. ABCD on the incident and erase it.
17. Went past basic on a chain. _______
Indicate it, D/L if necessary.
18. An earlier misrun incident restimulated. _______
Indicate it. Find out what it was and do an L-3RD on it.
19. Two or more incidents got confused. _______
Indicate it, sort it out with an L-3RD on it.
20. An implant was restimulated. _______
Indicate it, if no joy do an L-3RD on the time of the
restimulation.
21. The incident was really an implant. _______
Indicate it, D/L if necessary or L-3RD on it.
22. Wrong Item. _______
Indicate it was a wrong item and that all other actions
connected with it were wrong. If it is from an L&N list or if any
question or difficulty, L-4BR.
22A. It was really your attitudes to it that should have been run. _______
Indicate it. List the attitudes, R3R triple and exhaust the list.
71
22B. It was really the emotions connected with it that should have
been run. _______
Indicate it. List the emotions, R3R triple and exhaust the list.
22C. It was really your intentions that should have been run. _______
Indicate it. List the intentions, R3R triple and exhaust the list.
23. Not your item. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
24. Not your incident. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-3RD if any trouble.
25. Same thing run twice. _______
Indicate it. Spot the first flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
necessary, or run out the session.
26. There was a wrong date. _______
Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if unflat.
27. There was no date for the incident. _______
Indicate it. Get the date and flatten the incident if unflat.
28. It was a false date. _______
Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if unflat.
29. There was an incorrect duration. _______
Indicate it. Get the correct duration and flatten the incident if
unflat.
30. No duration was found for the incident. _______
Indicate it. Get the duration and flatten the incident if unflat.
31. There was a false duration. _______
Indicate it. Get the correct duration and flatten the incident if
unflat.
32. An earlier Dianetic upset was restimulated. _______
Locate what it was, indicate it. Sort it out with an L-3RD if
necessary.
33. An earlier ARC Break on engrams was restimulated. _______
Indicate it. Sort it out with an L-3RD, ARCU CDEINR or an
L-1C as applicable, or run out the session.
34. There was an ARC Break in the incident. _______
Indicate it. Flatten the incident if unflat. ARCU CDEINR at
that time if necessary.
34A. Destructive impulse been missed. _______
Get it. It should BD F/N. If this turns into a listing action
complete the list to BD F/N item.
35. You were protesting. _______
Indicate it, clean it up E/S to F/N.
72
36. Auditor demanded more than you could see. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary, or run out the
session.
37. Auditor refused to accept what you were saying. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary, or run out the
session.
38. You were prevented from running an incident. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
necessary, or run out the session.
39. You were distracted while running an incident. _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
necessary, or run out the session.
40. Audited over an ARC Brk _______
Problem _______
Withhold _______
Indicate it and handle the out rud. Do not pull W/Hs before the
engram or chain is repaired or it will mush engrams.
41. An item was suppressed. _______
Indicate it. Get the suppress off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten
the item.
42. An item was invalidated. _______
Indicate it. Get the inval off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten the
item.
43. An item was abandoned. _______
Indicate it, get the item back and run or flatten it.
44. The wording of the item was changed. _______
Indicate it. Get the correct wording and give it to him. Flatten
it if unflat.
45. Stuck picture. _______
Indicate it. Do an L-3RD on it. You can also unstick it by
having him recall a time before it and recall a time after it. D/L
if necessary.
46. All black. _______
Spot the black field or picture. Get the correct duration. If no
go, L-3RD on it.
47. Invisible. _______
Spot the invisible field or picture. L-3RD on it.
48. Constantly changing pictures. _______
Indicate there was a misassessment and a wrong item was taken
off the list. Get the correct item and run it, or L-3RD on Sat
session.
49. There was a persistent mass. _______
L-3RD on it, or D/L.
73
50. There was trouble with a pressure item or pressure on an item. _______
L-3RD on it, or D/L.
51. You went exterior. _______
Indicate it, D/L if necessary or rehab. If TA high as a result of
this do an Int RD Correction List or send to the C/S if pc hasn't
had Int RD.
52. Your Int RD was messed up. _______
Indicate it, Int RD Corr List if TA high. If TA OK, 2wc "going
into things" or clear up any misunderstoods on Int, Ext, etc.
53. Audited over Drugs or Medicine. _______
Indicate it. L-3RD on that time, then verify all chains to ensure
they erased.
54. A past death restimulated. _______
Indicate it, if it doesn't blow run it out.
55. There was nothing wrong in the first place. _______
Indicate it. Continue the action you were on.
56. The real reason was missed. _______
Indicate it. Locate the real reason and handle or do a GF.
57. Something else wrong. _______
Locate what it is and sort it out or do a GF M5 and handle.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ntm.jh
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
74
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Series 6
PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
Study Series 6
PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE
Reference HCO B 30 Mar 72
LRH ED 174 Int
In going through the Study Tapes the first time, the student looks up
every word.
On this first time he does not study for the sense of what is being said.
He only listens to words.
In this and in Method 4 word clearing, when being checked he is asked
"What is the definition of _______ (word)?" He is NOT asked "Do you know the
meaning of _______ (word)?" To this he could answer "Yes" and believe he did.
But when asked for the definition that he must then give, it is a different
story entirely.
This is also the right way to handle any defining of words. M2, M4. As
well as Methods 1 & 3.
Never let the student be unsure. Make him look it up.
You will find that it is the simple word, "as", "such", "from", that
really bogs reading, not technical terms.
In the Study Tapes there are some photographic terms. Any photo
dictionary can give these. Almost any camera store has such dictionaries.
SECOND TIME
The second time through the Study Tapes the student listens for the sense
of the sentences.
It is very revealing to do the Primary Rundown in this fashion.
Some students are actually getting meaning out of something heard or read
for the first time in their lives.
No wonder school-children, by test, get more stupid each additional year of
school. This has been established by actual test, that they do. Each year they
just have a higher mountain of misunderstood words!
The Primary Rundown done HONESTLY is quite an adventure in opening up
one's Communication Channels with life!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mes.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
75
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1972
(REVISED -- see HCO B 4 Apr 72R Volume VIII -- 135)
Remimeo
TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN
The Primary Correction Rundown in HCO B 30 March 72 is the rundown given
in the Department of Personnel Enhancement in the Qualifications Division.
The PRIMARY RUNDOWN is given in the Tech Division as NORMAL DIVISIONAL
ACTIVITY.
PRIMARY RUNDOWN HGC
1. The student is given any needful case handling or repair if his TA is
high or low in accordance with his state of case.
This is only done if the person's meter is such as to make word clearing
difficult or if the person is in obvious need of case handling.
Aside from TA, "obvious need of case handling" includes a bad OCA or APA,
Drugs and PTS.
If the Student has been on drugs he must be given a Drug Rundown.
If he is PTS he must be handled in Ethics and given a PTS Rundown.
If the student is ill he should be handled by Dianetics.
An R/Sing person should be handled by Expanded Dianetics.
2. WORD CLEARING METHOD 1 is done by normal word clearing procedures in
the HGC either as part of his normal auditing or as a student checksheet.
This is carried to an F/Ning list on the final assessment.
The Word Clearing Correction List is used at the slightest sign of
trouble.
The student must have F/N throughout on the final full assessment of the
WC Corr List if used and the final full WC Method 1 list and an F/N VGIs at
the examiner for this step to be considered complete.
DEPT OF TRAINING
The student is now qualified to enter training.
3. STUDY TAPES AND STUDENT HAT. The student's first training step may be
either the Study Tapes (or authorized transcript or translated tape but not
notes) or the Student Hat. It will be found that course facilities may be
better employed where a student is allowed to do either as the first step, so
long as he does both one after the other.
(a) The Study Tapes are played first for the words themselves. One may
not just play the tape and list the words and then look them up. This is an
exact action. The only variation of this will come when a full list of these
words is issued in alphabetical order. Each is looked up the first time it
appears on the tape. The word is USED in several sentences. A grammar such as
"English Made Simple" should be to hand. Good BIG dictionaries should be to
hand. And a photographic dictionary or glossary.
76
The tape is then played through. A Method 4 check is made. If there is
any read that is a true read (not a false surge) on the question, "Was
anything not fully understood?" the word is hunted down and defined. And then
the whole tape has to be done again.
In this way, reel by reel (or chapter by chapter when transcribed), the
Study Tapes are done.
An M4 Meter check is made on the whole tape series.
The person is sent to the Student Examiner.
If there is a flunk of the exam the student goes to Cramming.
(b) The Student Hat is done like the Study Tapes.
Each item (P/L, HCO B etc) in it is read through once, looking up each
word the first time it appears and using it in sentences.
At the end of each item the student is checked with Method 4 as on the
tapes.
And if he misses one word he does the whole item again.
In this way he goes through the whole hat.
Now he reads the whole hat for sense.
Each time an ACTION is called for in an item (demo or clay demo) he must
do that item correctly.
He now reads the whole hat through using a Demo Kit continually as he goes
along.
He is again given an M4 check and if there is no read he goes to the
Student Examiner.
If he fails, he goes to Cramming.
If he passes he may do the Study Tapes if he has not done them or he
having passed those is a Product.
THE PRODUCT AT THIS POINT IS A STUDENT WHO KNOWS HOW TO STUDY AND WILL BE
ABLE TO USE WHAT HE STUDIES.
This concludes the Primary Rundown as given in the Tech Division.
The Tech Division does not repair the student.
He can be ordered to Cramming however for the singe action of a Word
Clearing Correction List in case errors in Method 4 or Method 3 have been made
or the student has gone beyond the metering ability of a supervisor.
Qual at its option in such cases may order a full Primary Correction
Rundown but must give a Word Clearing Correction List first before determining
this.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
77
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=4/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Establishment Officer Series 14
ETHICS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
Establishment Officer Series 14
ETHICS
The normal level of an unhatted Dev-T non-producing org is out ethics.
The reason you see so many heavy ethics actions occurring -- or
situations where heavy ethics actions should occur if they aren't -- in such
an org is that it has its EXCHANGE flows messed up.
It is important to know this fact as this factor alone can sometimes be
employed to handle persons in the area whose ethics are out.
CRIMINALITY
Unless we want to go on living in a far nowhere some of the facts of
scenes have to be confronted.
An inability to confront evil leads people into disregarding it or
discounting it or not seeing it at all.
Reversely, there can be a type of person who, like an old-time preacher,
sees nothing but evil in everything and, possibly looking into his own heart
for a model, believes all men are evil.
Man, however (as you can read in HCO B 28 Nov 70, C/S Series 22,
"Psychosis"), is basically good. When going upon some evil course he attempts
to restrain himself and caves himself in.
The Chart of Human Evaluation in Science of Survival was right enough. And
such people also can be found by the Oxford Capacity Analysis where the graph
is low and well below a center line on the right.
This sort of thing can be handled of course by auditing but the Est O
does not depend on that to handle his staff's problems.
Criminal actions proceed from such people unless checked by more duress
from without not to do an evil act than they themselves have pressure from
within to do it.
Criminality is in most instances restrained by just such an imbalance of
pressures.
If you have no ethics presence in an org, then criminality shows its head.
Such people lie rather than be made to confront. They false report --
they even use "PR" which means Public Relations to cover up -- and in our
slang talk "PR" means putting up a lot of false reports to serve as a smoke
screen for idleness or bad actions.
Unless you get Ethics in, you will never get Tech in. If you can't get
Tech in you won't get Admin in.
So the lack of Ethics permits the criminal impulse to go unchecked.
Yes, it could be handled with Tech. But to get money you have to have
Admin in.
Unless there is Ethics and ways to get it in, no matter how distasteful
it may seem, you will never get Tech and Admin in.
Of course there is always the element of possible injustice. But this is
provided against. (See HCO PL 24 Feb 72, "Injustice".)
When Ethics is being applied by criminal hands (as happens in some
governments) it can get pretty grim.
78
But even then Ethics serves as a restraint to just outright slaughter.
Omitting to handle criminality can make one as guilty of the resulting
crimes as if one committed them!
So criminality as a factor has to be handled.
It is standardly handled by the basic Ethics P/Ls and the Ethics Officer
system.
EXCHANGE
The unhatted unproducing staff member, who is not really a criminal or
psychotic, can be made to go criminal.
This joins him to the Criminal ranks.
The Ethics system also applies to him.
However there is something an Est O can do about it that is truly Est O
tech.
This lies in the field of EXCHANGE.
If you recall your Product Clearing, you will see that exchange is
something for something.
Criminal exchange is nothing from the criminal for something from another.
Whether theft or threat or fraud is used, the criminal think is to get
something without putting out anything. That is obvious.
A staff member can be coaxed into this kind of thinking by
PERMITTING HIM TO RECEIVE WITHOUT HIS CONTRIBUTING.
This unlocks, by the way, an age-old riddle of the philosophers as to
"what is right or wrong".
HONESTY is the road to SANITY. You can prove that and do prove it every
time you make somebody well by "pulling his withholds". The insane are just
one seething mass of overt acts and withholds. And they are very physically
sick people.
When you let somebody be dishonest you are setting him up to become
physically ill and unhappy.
Traditional Sea Org Ethics labeled Non-Compliance as Liability and a False
Report as Doubt.
And it's true enough.
When you let a person give nothing for something you are factually
encouraging crime.
Don't be surprised that welfare districts are full of robbery and murder.
People there give nothing for something.
When exchange is out the whole social balance goes out.
Every full scholarship ever given by an org wound up in a messy scene.
When you hire a professional pc who just sits around making do-less
motions while people audit him and contribute to him DO NOT BE SURPRISED IF HE
GETS SICKER AND SICKER.
He is contributing nothing in return and winds up in overwhelm!
Similarly if you actively prevented someone from contributing in return
you could also make him ARC Broken and sick.
It is EXCHANGE which maintains the inflow and outflow that gives a person
space around him and keeps the bank off of him.
There are numbers of ways these flows of Exchange can be unbalanced.
It does not go same out as comes in. Equal amounts are no factor. Who can
79
measure good will or friendship? Who can actually calculate the value of
saving a being from death in each lifetime? Who can measure the reward of
pride in doing a job well or praise?
For all these things are of different values to different people.
In the material world the person whose Exchange Factor is out may think he
"makes money". Only a government or a counterfeiter "makes money". One has to
produce something to Exchange for money.
Right there the Exchange Factor is out.
If he gives nothing in return for what he gets the money does not belong
to him.
In product clearing many people it was found that some considered their
food, clothing, bed and allowance were not theirs because they produced. They
were theirs "just by being there". This funny "logic" covered up the fact that
these people produced little or nothing on post. Yet they were the first to
howl when not getting expensive (to the org) auditing or courses or tech!
Thus such a person, not hatted or made to produce, will get ill.
It is interesting that when a person becomes productive his morale
improves.
Reversely it should be rather plain to you that a person who doesn't
produce becomes mentally or physically ill. For his exchange factor is out.
So when you reward a downstat you not only deprive upstats, you also cave
the downstat in!
I don't think Welfare States have anything else in mind!
The riots of the ancient city of Rome were caused by these factors. There
they gave away corn and games to a populace that eventually became so savage
it could only enjoy torture and gruesome death in the arena!
A lot of this exchange imbalance comes from child psychology where the
child is not contributing anything and is not permitted to contribute.
It is this which first overwhelms him with feelings of obligation to his
parents and then bursts out as total revolt in his teens.
Children who are permitted to contribute (not as a cute thing to do but
actually) make non-contributing children of the same age look like raving
maniacs! It is the cruel sadism of modern times to destroy the next generation
this way. Don't think it isn't intended. I have examined the OCAs of parents
who do it!
So if a person is brought up this life with the exchange all awry, the
Est O has his hands full sometimes!
He is dealing with trained-in criminality!
WHAT HE CAN DO
The remedy is rather simple.
First one has to know all about EXCHANGE as covered in the Product
Clearing policy letters.
Then he has to specially clear this up with people who do not produce.
He should get them to work on it as it relates to ALL THEIR DYNAMICS IN
RELATIONSHIP TO EVERY OTHER DYNAMIC.
That means he has to clear up the definitions of dynamics with care and
then have the person draw a big chart (of his own) and say what he gives the
1st Dynamic and what it gives him. Then what he gives the second dynamic and
what it gives him. And so on up the dynamics.
Now, have him consider "his own second dynamic". What does his second
dynamic give his first dynamic? What does his second dynamic give the second
dynamic and what does it give him?
And so on until you have a network of these exchange arrows, each both
ways.
80
Somewhere along the way, if your TRs are good and you have his attention
and he is willing to talk to you he will have quite a cognition!
That, if it's a big one is the End Phenomena of it.
And don't be surprised if you see a person now and then change his
physical face shape!
CONDITIONS BY DYNAMICS
An Ethics type "action" can be done by giving the person the conditions
formulas (pages 189, 237, 245, 247, 249 of Vol 0, Basic Staff Hat. HCO PL 14
Mar 68 -- page 247 -- gives one the table.)
Method 4 the person on the Table of Conditions and pick up any other
misunderstoods.
Have the person study the formula of each of these Conditions in the
table so that he knows what they are and what the formulas are.
When he has all this now with no misunderstood words you must clear up the
words related to his dynamics 1 to 8 and what they are.
Now you're ready for the billion dollar question.
Ask him what is his condition on the first dynamic. Have him study the
formulas. Don't buy any glib PR.
Don't evaluate or invalidate. When he's completely sure of what his
condition really is on the first dynamic he will cognite.
Now take up the second dynamic by its parts -- sex, family, children. Get
a Condition for each.
Similarly go on up each one of the dynamics until you have a condition
for each one.
Now begin with the first dynamic again.
Continue to work this way.
You will be amazed to find he will come out of false high down to low and
back up again on each dynamic.
Somewhere along the line he will start to change markedly.
When you have a person in continual heavy ethics or who is out-ethics
(Ethics bait, we say) and who is floundering around, you can do an S & D on
him and quite often save his future for him.
When you have such a person you do this one first before you do the
Exchange by Dynamics.
In other words, you use this on "Ethics bait" and then when he's come out
of such, you do Exchange by Dynamics on him.
SUMMARY
When all looks black, and you are getting false reports, and the things
said done were not done and what was really being done were overt products and
despite all your work, the stats just won't go up, you still have three
answers:
1. GET IN ETHICS ON THE ORG.
2. GET EXCHANGE DONE ON INDIVIDUALS.
3. GET IN CONDITIONS BY DYNAMICS ON THE ETHICS BAIT.
And after that keep a strong just Division 1 Dept 3.
You'll be amazed!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:sb.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Modified by HCO PL 9 May 74, Prod-Org, Esto and Older Systems Reconciled, in
the Management Series 1970-1974, Page 438.]
81
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=9/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ETHICS
CORRECT DANGER CONDITION
HANDLING
Type = 21
iDate=7/2/70
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
ETHICS
(Cancels HCO P/L of 7 Feb 70
"Danger Condition 2nd Formula")
CORRECT DANGER CONDITION
HANDLING
When the correct formula for handling a Danger Condition is not done, an
org or activity or person cannot easily get above that condition thereafter.
When we had the 2nd Danger Formula apparently it was applied but the real
Danger Formula wasn't. This made some orgs and people remain in or below Danger
and made it very hard for them to get above that state.
A prolonged state of emergency or threats to viability or survival or a
prolonged single-handing will not improve unless the actual Danger Formula is
applied.
DANGER FORMULA
The original formula follows:
1. By-pass (ignore the junior or juniors normally in charge of the activity
and handle it personally).
2. Handle the situation and any danger in it.
3. Assign the area where it had to be handled a Danger Condition.
4. Handle the personnel by Ethics Investigation and Comm Ev.
5. Reorganize the activity so that the situation does not repeat.
6. Recommend any firm policy that will hereafter detect and/or prevent the
condition from recurring.
The senior executive present acts and acts according to the formula above.
A Danger Condition is normally assigned when:
1. An emergency condition has continued too long.
2. A statistic plunges downward very steeply.
3. A senior executive suddenly finds himself or herself wearing the hat of
the activity because it is in trouble.
FIRST DYNAMIC FORMULA
The formula is converted for the 1st dynamic to
1st 1. By-pass habits or normal routines.
1st 2. Handle the situation and any Danger in it.
1st 3. Assign self a Danger Condition.
1st 4. Get in your own personal ethics by finding what you are doing that is
out-ethics and use self-discipline to correct it and get honest and
straight.
1st 5. Reorganize your life so that the dangerous situation is not continually
happening to you.
1st 6. Formulate and adopt firm policy that will hereafter detect and prevent
the same situation from continuing to occur.
JUNIOR DANGER FORMULA
Where a Danger Condition is assigned to a junior, request that he or she
or the entire activity write up his or her overts and withholds and any known
out-ethics situation and turn them in at a certain stated time on a basis that
the penalty for them will be lessened but if discovered later after the
deadline it will be doubled.
This done, require that the junior and the staff that had to be by-passed
and whose work had to be done for them or continually corrected, each one
write up and
82
fully execute the FIRST DYNAMIC DANGER FORMULA for himself personally and
turn it in.
ASSESSMENT
If the necessity to by-pass continues or if an area or person did not
comply, use a meter and assess or get assessed the following questionnaire.
THE TROUBLE AREA
QUESTIONNAIRE
_______________________________ _________________________ __________________
Person's Name Post Date
To be done on the person by one who can correctly operate a meter.
The list is done by telling the person you are about to ask him some
questions on a meter and then just assess this list for reads.
Mark each read properly.
(a) Are you doing anything dishonest? _______
(b) Are you more interested in something else than your job? _______
(c) Are you falsely reporting about anything? _______
(d) Are you doing something harmful? _______
(e) Are you doing little or nothing of value? _______
(f) Are you pretending? _______
(g) Are you in disagreement with something? _______
(h) Do you have overts? _______
(i) Are you withholding something? _______
(j) Do you know of some out-ethics around you? _______
(k) Don't you know what your post product is? _______
(l) Are the products of others around you unknown to you? _______
(m) Do you have things about your post you don't understand? _______
(n) Do you have words on your post you don't understand? _______
(o) Don't you know grammar? _______
(p) Is there some reason you are not quite on post? _______
(q) Is someone giving you orders you don't understand? _______
(r) Are you getting orders from too many places? _______
(s) Don't you have a post? _______
(t) Don't you know what your post is? _______
(u) Have you really not read your hat? _______
(v) Are you here for some other reason than you say? _______
(w) Were you planning to leave? _______
(x) Is your post temporary? _______
(y) What about your post purpose? _______
(z) Are you in any way misemotional or upset about your post? _______
(aa) Are you actually doing fine? _______
When this has been assessed on a meter one then takes the largest read or
TA blowdown and handles it.
This is done by writing the question letter and the person's answers.
Each question that read is given two-way communication until each question
that read has attained a floating needle.
The form used and the worksheets are placed in the person's folder so that
other handling can be programmed and done as needed.
___________________________________
Operator's Name
83
Probable WHY _________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
WHY
The above questionnaire can also be used to help find a WHY (it will not
directly find one as the Why has to be rephrased for each individual).
A WHY should always be found for individuals in a Danger Condition.
TROUBLE AREA SHORT FORM
_______________________________ _________________________ __________________
Person's Name Post Date
A short form can be done on someone who is an "old hand" and knows the tune.
SF 1. Out-Ethics? _______
SF 2. Overts? _______
SF 3. Withholds? _______
SF 4. Disagreements? _______
SF 5. False Reports? _______
SF 6. Product Unknown? _______
SF 7. Products of others Unknown? _______
SF 8. Post purpose? _______
SF 9. Situations not understood? _______
SF 10. Misunderstood words? _______
SF 11. Misunderstood grammar? _______
SF 12. Wrong WHY? _______
SF 13. Omitted materials? _______
SF 14. Misemotional? _______
SF 15. False passes? _______
SF 16. Invalidation? _______
SF 17. Wrong Orders? _______
SF 18. Not understood? _______
SF 19. No situation? _______
SF 20. Doing fine really? _______
(Handling is the same as in the long form.)
Probable WHY _________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________
Operator
ENDING A DANGER CONDITION
When production has again increased the Danger Condition should be
formally ended and an Emergency Condition assigned and its formula should be
followed.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mes.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
84
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 75
Solo C/S Series 13
PREOTS DON'T C/S
Type = 11
iDate=31/7/71
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT
A/courses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 APRIL 1972
A/courses
(Cancels HCO B 31 July 71 Issue II
Corrected "Solo C/Sing")
URGENT
C/S Series 75
Solo C/S Series 13
PREOTS DON'T C/S
HCO B 31 July 71 Issue II Corrected required PreOTs to C/S their folders
for the next session.
I did not write this HCO B.
Research has proven that a Solo PreOT who is required by any C/S to write
a C/S for his next session can be put into that next session action.
This C/Sing for himself his own next session violates the "continued
session rule" wherein an auditor does not "finish" a session by telling the pc
"the process will be continued in the next session".
This puts the pc into continued sessions and in Solo can put the PreOT
from Solo auditing to self auditing. There is a vast difference between the
two. Solo auditing occurs in session with a meter. Self auditing is out of
session wondering and chewing on bank.
A Solo PreOT must NOT self audit.
He ends the session he has done when he ends session on his worksheet.
He then goes to Examiner and gets his exam. The Examiner sends the
completed Exam form to Solo Admin who puts it in the folder.
The Solo C/S, then, from his study of the folder, does the next C/S for
the PreOT in proper C/S form. This is a diagonal 2 green stripes on the left-
hand corner of the sheet, the PreOT's name and date in black. The C/S itself
is in black pen.
The PreOT takes this C/S and does it in his next session.
In rare instances when the PreOT is going really well, the C/S permits
him to do several sessions. The C/S can tell from Exam forms that all is well.
This MUST carry a notice "Come in at once to the D of P if you cease to audit
or run into trouble. Do this C/S in the next several sessions. Come in for a
new C/S the moment you feel this C/S is complete and are ready for a new C/S."
When no Exam forms come in the Solo D of P chases the pc up.
If a Solo Exam form is bad the Examiner must mark it "Urgent Attn Solo
C/S." IN RED.
Solo Admin must alert the D of P who chases up the pc.
Tab is kept on ALL Solo pcs on lines by the D of P and if one falls off
lines the
85
fact must be visible to the Solo D of P who keeps a board on sessions with all
PreOTs' names on it!
The above is the correct C/Sing line.
The worst features of a PreOT doing his own C/Sing are:
1. He is not a trained C/S.
2. Sudden ideas pop up he wants to handle instead of going on and he gets
into an offline action when he should keep going.
3. A PreOT can "rabbit" (run away from the bank) by proposing a C/S that
does not make him confront it.
4. And Last but far from least, a "C/S" by a PreOT is an invitation to the
Solo Case Supervisor to Q and A with it. (Q and A means to just repeat
whatever another says as a lazy way out.)
Pc + Auditor is greater than bank.
In Solo Auditing
C/S + PreOT is greater than bank.
PreOTs do NOT C/S their own folders!
THE PREOT DOES KEEP UP HIS SESSION SUMMARY EACH SESSION.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
86
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 1R
Remimeo
Central Orgs Academics
London
Washington
Los Angeles
Johannesburg
Denmark
Sydney
SHs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
Central Orgs Academics
London
Washington (Revised issue of
Los Angeles HCOB 31 Mar 72)
Johannesburg
Denmark
Sydney
SHs
Expanded Dianetics Series 1R
EXPANDED DIANETICS is that branch of Dianetics which uses Dianetics in
special ways for specific purposes.
It is not HSDC Dianetics. Its position on the Grade and Class Chart would
be just above Class IV. Its proper number is Class IVA.
It uses Dianetics to change an Oxford Capacity Analysis (or an American
Personality Analysis) and is run directly against these analysis graphs and
the "Science of Survival Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation".
EXPANDED DIANETICS IS NOT THE SAME AS STANDARD DIANETICS AS IT REQUIRES
SPECIAL TRAINING AND ADVANCED SKILLS.
The HSDC is qualified to run Standard Dianetics. He is not authorized to
run EXPANDED DIANETICS without special training.
DO NOT MIX EXPANDED DIANETICS INTO STANDARD DIANETICS.
It often happens that one technology's skills are mingled with another's.
The result is that neither then work.
Standard Dianetics will go right on producing results.
The main difference between these two branches is that Standard Dianetics
is very general in application. Expanded Dianetics is very specifically
adjusted to the pc.
Some pcs, particularly heavy drug cases, or who have been given injurious
psychiatric treatment or who are physically disabled or who are chronically
ill or who have had trouble running engrams (to name a few) require a
specially adapted technology.
A very good Dianetic and Class IV auditor (preferably HSDC & Class VI)
can be specially trained to run Dianetics against the OCA or the Chart of
Human Evaluation and handle other items of great value to a pc.
STUDY
(Subject to Change)
This training would consist of
1. HSDC
2. STANDARD DIANETIC INTERNE HGC OK TO AUDIT
3. Class 0-IV Academy (or Class VI)
4. PRIMARY CORRECTION RD HCOB 30 Mar 72 if Primary RD not done
87
5. Full Word Clearer Rating
6. FESing
7. Expanded Dianetic Tapes and HCOBs
8. Programming
9. C/S Folder Study
10. Active Auditing on the skills taught
11. C/Sing Expanded Dianetics.
CERTIFICATE
The Certificate would be HUBBARD GRADUATE DIANETIC SPECIALIST.
The Certificate Level is just above Class IV.
Class IV is required. A Class VI SHSBC may be substituted for Class IV.
CHARGES
Hours of Expanded Dianetics, because of the skills required, should be at
least half again or double as much as Standard Dianetic Auditing or Lower
Grade Auditing.
The cost of the Course would be the same as the HSDC Course and
additional to it plus Interne fees.
PREREQUISITE
HSDC and Dianetic Interneship minimum with a successful period of Standard
Dianetic Auditing as an auditor and is Class IV or VI.
Case gain as a Dianetic pc, and all Lower Grades Triple.
DEVELOPMENT
Neither the Course nor Expanded Dianetic Auditing may be sold by an org
unless the org has an Expanded Dianetic Specialist, to be specific, an HGDS.
WHEN RELEASED THE COURSE WILL BE TAUGHT IN CENTRAL ORGS (LONDON,
WASHINGTON, LOS ANGELES, JOHANNESBURG, DENMARK AND SYDNEY) AND SHs. IT IS THE
SPECIAL COURSE THE CONTINENTAL CENTRAL ORG TEACHES.
The HCOBs relating to Expanded Dianetics will be released as a part of
this series so that orgs will have them when it comes time for them to acquire
the tapes and teach this course.
In the meanwhile these orgs should be making HSDCs and Class IVs.
PERSONS NOT TRAINED ON IT MAY NOT RUN IT OR USE IT REGARDLESS OF CLASS.
To repeat, Expanded Dianetics does not replace Standard Dianetics or any
other Class and is itself and is used for its own specific purposes on special
cases.
LRH:nt.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
88
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS RD CORRECTION LIST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
PTS RD CORRECTION LIST
(Reference HCO B 17 Apr 72,
"C/Sing the PTS Rundown",
C/S Series 76)
This Correction List is assessed and handled after a PTS Rundown has been
done on the pc.
It also serves as a checklist of expected actions with the Rundown.
The handlings are given below the assessing statements in each instance.
The list is Always Done Method 5 (All assessed then handled).
1. You have been physically ill after auditing. _______
(If this happened after a PTS RD the RD is not complete. 2wc to
F/N then find what was incomplete.)
2. You lost the gains achieved in auditing. _______
(Same as 1 above.)
3. You are still in communication with a person or group that does
not like Scientology. _______
(Have HCO handle per P/L 5 Apr 72 or if HCO does not act
handle with D of P or Tech Sec.)
4. You know someone who disagrees with what you are doing. _______
(See 3 above.)
5. You handled the whole situation completely. _______
(If reads, 2wc to F/N.)
6. You only said it was handled. _______
(2wc to F/N, give pc P/L 23 Dec 65 and P/L 5 Apr 72 and
Method 4 WC them and report it to the D of P for further
handling.)
7. You don't understand the situation. _______
(See 6 above.)
8. You don't believe there is a situation. _______
(2wc to F/N and probably handling as 6 above. It could be there
is no situation now.)
9. You didn't want to handle it and protested. _______
(2wc to F/N. See 6 above.)
10. It can't be handled anyway. _______
(2wc to F/N and see 6 above.)
11. There was something wrong with the auditing or auditor. _______
(Find what and do L1C, L3B or L4B as indicated.)
12. There was earlier bad auditing. _______
(Wasn't set up. Repair Pgm.)
13. You were given the PTS Rundown in the middle of another
incomplete rundown. _______
(2wc to F/N. Complete the incomplete RD then verify the PTS RD.)
89
14. You weren't PTS in the first place. _______
(Find out if the pc was connected to SPs or an SP group in actual
fact. Possibly still is but misinterpreting "PTS". If so do 6.)
15. The feelings about the people you were audited on are still there. _______
(2wc to F/N. L1C, L4B, L3B as indicated. Complete the RD.)
16. The PTS Rundown was not complete. _______
(2wc to F/N. Sort out Case on PTS RD Addition HCO B 20 Jan 72.)
17. You still feel PTS. _______
(See 16.)
18. You still can't hold onto your auditing gains. _______
(See 16.)
19. You were ill after the RD. _______
(See 16.)
20. You feel more upset than ever. _______
(See 16.)
21. There is still an additional person that wasn't detected. _______
(See 16.)
22. You were told to attest but were still PTS. _______
(See 16.)
23. You decided you were PTS when you weren't. _______
(2wc to F/N. Handle as indicated by Data pc gives.)
24. You said a person was suppressive who really wasn't. _______
(See 23.)
25. There is a situation that has not been disclosed. _______
(2wc to F/N. Get full data. C/S accordingly.)
26. There were lies told. _______
(See 25.)
27. You don't agree about all this. _______
(See 25.)
28. Your condition was really caused by something else. _______
(See 25.)
29. There were misunderstood words. _______
(See 25.)
30. Everything was all right in the first place. _______
(See 25.)
31. There were list errors. _______
(L4B.)
32. There were engram errors. _______
(L3B.)
33. There were auditor errors. _______
(L1C.)
34. You now feel okay. _______
(2wc to F/N.)
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
90
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 76
C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
C/S Series 76
C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN
References: HCO B 9 Dec 71 PTS Rundown
HCO B 20 Jan 72 PTS Rundown Addition
HCO B 13 Feb 72 PTS RD Additional
Issue II LRH Data
HCO PL 5 Apr 72 PTS Type A Handling
HCO B 16 Apr 72 PTS Correction List
HCO B 17 Apr 72 C/S Series 76
C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B)
Any subsequent issues.
The whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a person not PTS any longer.
The point is not to just run some processes. It is to have a person all
right now.
To really understand this rundown, one would have to know what PTS is in
the first place and why one was doing the rundown.
This would apply to the auditor as well as the C/S.
PTS means POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE. It means someone connected to a
person or group opposed to Scientology.
It is a TECHNICAL thing.
It results in illness and rollercoaster and IS the CAUSE of Illness and
rollercoaster.
When you do a PTS RD on a pc CORRECTLY he or she should no longer be ill or
rollercoaster.
BUT THIS INCLUDES THE PERSON HANDLING HIS PTS CONDITION IN THE REAL
UNIVERSE NOT IN JUST HIS BANK.
An auditor and C/S must see that the person is:
(a) Handled properly in HCO or by the D of P if HCO isn't there so that
the person handles the PTS Connection itself. (See HCO PL 5 April 72,
"PTS TYPE A HANDLING".)
(b) Do the RD correctly (see reference HCO Bs above).
(c) D of P Interview the person AFTER the RD is "complete" to be sure the
person is now all right (not PTS).
(d) Watch the person's folder for any new signs of illness and
rollercoaster and if these occur find out what was missed by
assessing PTS RD CORRECTION LIST. (See HCO B 16 April 72.)
(e) Handling the PTS RD CORR LIST.
(f) Re-interviewing to be sure the person is all right now.
91
DATA
Anyone handling or auditing or C/Sing PTS cases should have done the PACK
"PTS, SP TECH" Pack 1 & Pack 2 which are based on HCO PL 31 May 71 which is the
CHECKSHEET for available tech and policy on this subject.
To this checksheet (HCO PL 31 May 71) must be added these issues:
HCO B 9 Dec 71 PTS Rundown
HCO B 20 Jan 72 PTS Rundown Addition
HCO B 13 Feb 72 PTS RD Additional
Issue II LRH Data
HCO PL 5 Apr 72 PTS Type A Handling
HCO B 16 Apr 72 PTS Correction List
HCO B 17 Apr 72 C/S Series 76
C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B)
Any subsequent issues.
PTS SITUATIONS
The hardest thing to get across about a PTS situation is that it IS the
reason for continued illness and rollercoaster (loss of gains).
The condition does exist. It is in fact common.
We do have the auditing tech to handle now.
The material has to be applied correctly just like any other material.
The reason we do the rundown is not to do some sessions or sell some
auditing or just explain why the person is like that. We do the rundown so the
person will no longer be PTS.
The (EP) End Phenomenon of the PTS RD is attained when the person is well
and stable.
As a C/S you MUST put a YELLOW TAB marked PTS on a PTS PC Folder that
stays on until the person is NO LONGER PTS.
If you do NOT do this there will be about 25% of your pcs or more that YOU
WILL BE IN CONTINUAL TROUBLE WITH! Because you will be C/Sing auditing for
a person who is PTS, will be ill, will rollercoaster because the person has
NOT been handled to EP on being PTS.
These people, by the way, will tell you, "oh, I'm not PTS." "But your
father is suing the org." "Oh yes, I know, but it doesn't bother me. Besides
my illness is from something I ate last year. And I rollercoaster because I
don't like the Examiner. But I'm not PTS." The mystery is solved when you find
they haven't a clue what the letters mean or what the condition is, so give
them a copy of HCO PL 5 Apr 72 and let them read it. If they still want to
know more give them HCO PL 23 Dec 65. (Remembering it has to be Word Cleared
Method 4 or he won't have a clue even if he reads it.)
We are on no campaign to rid the world of suppressives when we are
handling a PTS pc. But facts are facts and tech is tech.
In handling a PTS person as a C/S you are on a borderline of policy
violation unless you make the person do what it says in HCO PL 5 April 72
first. That handles the situation itself. Then you can handle the person with
the PTS Rundown.
It is a great rundown. Like any other it has a standard way of going about
it.
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
92
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 77
"QUICKIE" DEFINED
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
C/S Series 77
"QUICKIE" DEFINED
The reason an auditor can say he doesn't "quickie a rundown" (and none
ever say they do) is because he has no definition for the word QUICKIE.
The word has been used to designate rundowns that were not completely and
fully done.
It is not a slang word.
In the dictionary you will find "Quickie also quicky: something done or
made in a hurry. Also: a hurriedly planned and executed program (as of
studies)."
What happens in auditing, for instance, is a "Grade Zero Expanded" is
"done" by just doing a single flow to its first F/N.
That is obviously "quickie".
A more subtle one is to do a "PTS Rundown" with no Ethics action to begin
and no check for stability, holding gain and not ill a week or two after the
RD. Only if both these actions were done would one have a "Complete PTS
Rundown" as it would give a PRODUCT = A PC no longer PTS.
So what makes a Quickie "completion" quickie?
Is it length of time? Not necessarily.
Is it fewness of processes? Not necessarily as Power can be done quickie
simply by not hanging on for the EP and only going to F/N.
To define COMPLETE gives us the reverse of Quickie.
"COMPLETE: To make whole, entire or perfect; end after satisfying all
demands or requirements." A Completion is "the act or action of completing,
becoming complete or making complete".
So "completing" something is not a loose term. It means an exact thing.
"End after satisfying all demands or requirements" does not mean "doing as
little as possible" or "doing what one can call complete without being
detected".
Anything that does not fully satisfy all requirements is QUICKIE.
So "quickie" really means "omitting actions for whatever reason that would
satisfy all demands or requirements and doing something less than could be
achieved".
In short a quickie is not doing all the steps and actions that could be
done to make a perfect whole.
Standard auditing actions required for ages that auditors cleared each
word of each command. Yet when they went quickie they dropped this. When this
was dropped, GAINS ON 75% OF ALL PCS LESSENED OR VANISHED. We are right
93
now achieving spectacular wins on pcs just by clearing up commands and words
on all lists. We are finding that these pcs did not recover and NEVER BEFORE
HAD BEEN IN SESSION even though previously "audited" hundreds of hours.
By omitting an essential action of clearing commands, processing did not
work because the pc never understood the auditing commands!
So quickie action did not save any time, did it? It wasted hundreds of
hours!
Quickie Programs are those which omit essential steps like Vital lists or
2wcs to get data. FESs for past errors are often omitted.
To slow down the torrent of quickie actions on clearing commands HCO P/L 4
Apr 72 Issue III "Ethics and Study Tech" has Clause 4 "An auditor failing to
clear each and every word of every command or list used may be summoned before
a Court of Ethics. The charge is OUT TECH."
Ethics has to enter in after Quickie Tech has gotten in. Because quickie
tech is a symptom of out ethics. HCO P/L 3 April 72 ( Est O Series 13) "Doing
Work" and HCO P/L 4 Apr 72 ( Est O Series 14) "Ethics" are vital know-how
where a C/S is faced with Quickie actions -- or flubby ones that will not cure.
Essential Quickie Tech is simply dishonest. Auditors who do it have their
own Ethics out in some way.
To be sure their confront is down.
There are numerous remedies for the quickie impulse. The above mentioned
Policy Letters and plain simple TR 0 are standard remedies. TR 0 properly done
and completed itself usually cures it.
Quickie study in '67 and '68 almost destroyed auditing quality. LRH ED 174
Int which really pushes in Study Tech will achieve the primary reason for
quickie -- the auditor didn't understand the words himself.
Wherever Quickie tendencies or false stats (the quickest quickie possible)
show up, the above P/Ls had better be gotten into full use fast.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
94
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 4
SUPPRESSED PCS AND PTS TECH
(Adds C/S Series 76 to HGDS checksheet)
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
Expanded Dianetics Series 4
(Adds C/S Series 76 to HGDS checksheet)
SUPPRESSED PCS AND PTS TECH
(PTS means Potential Trouble Source which itself means a person connected
to a Suppressive Person.)
As the Dianetic Specialist (HGDS) is often called upon to handle pcs who
are not well, it is vital that he knows all about and can use "PTS Tech".
All sick persons are PTS.
All pcs who rollercoaster (regularly lose gains) are PTS.
Suppressive persons are themselves PTS to themselves.
If a Dianetic Specialist does not know this, have reality upon it and use
it, he will have loses on pcs he need not have.
There is considerable Administrative Tech connected with this subject of
PTS and there is a special Rundown which handles PTS people.
They get handled if the auditor knows his PTS tech, if he audits well and
if he uses both the auditing and Administrative Tech to handle.
The Administrative Tech requires an interview, usually by the Director of
Processing or Ethics Officer and the person is required to handle the PTS
situation itself before being audited. A check for stability is also made
after being audited on the PTS Rundown.
For this reason, HCO B 17 April 72 and all the checksheet of HCO P/L 31
May 71 must be fully known to the Dianetic Specialist.
HCO B 17 April 72 is also C/S Series 76 so as to be sure that Case
Supervisors handle the Admin and C/Sing correctly.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
95
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 78
PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND
WC ERROR CORRECTION
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1972
Issue II
Remimeo
C/S Series 78
PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND
WC ERROR CORRECTION
Where untrained Auditors are finding Whys for a Danger Formula, or post
purposes or post products as called for in the Est O System you will get a
certain amount of error and case disturbance. Such upsets also come from word
clearing by incompetent persons.
The C/S should look for these especially when such campaigns are in
progress. He should suspect them as a possibility when a case bogs.
A C/S must be sure all such papers and worksheets get into pc's folders.
A common repair action is to
1. Do an assessment for type of charge.
2. Handle the charge found by the assessment done.
3. Fly all the reading items found on such assessments by 2wc or direct
handling.
4. Suspect LISTING ERRORS on any Why or purpose or product found even
though no list exists and reconstruct the list and L4B and handle it.
5. Handle word clearing of any type in or out of session with a Word
Clear Correction List done in session by an Auditor.
6. When word clearing is too heavy on the pc or doesn't clean up suspect
he has been thrown into implants which are mostly words or the words
in some engram. As Implants are actually just engrams, handle it with
an L3B.
LISTING
Any item found out of session or by a non-auditor is suspect of being a
Listing and Nulling (L&N) error even though no list was made.
TODAY A CORRECT L&N ITEM MUST BD AND F/N.
So treat such items as you would list errors and try to reconstruct the
list and either confirm the item or locate the real item (may have been
invalidated and suppressed) or extend the list and get the real item.
The real item will BD F/N.
One can establish what the situation is with a post purpose, a Why or a
product or any other such item by doing an L4B.
SELF AUDITING
The commonest reason for self auditing is a wrong or unfound L&N item.
People can go around and self list or self audit trying to get at the
right Why or product or purpose after an error has been made.
96
REACTION
NOTHING PRODUCES AS MUCH CASE UPSET AS A WRONG LIST ITEM OR A WRONG LIST.
Even, rarely, a DIANETIC LIST can produce wrong list reactions. Ask the pc
for his somatics and he blows up or goes into apathy. Or blows. Or attacks the
auditor.
ALL of the more violent or bad reactions on the part of the pc come from
out lists.
Nothing else produces such a sharp deterioration in a case or even illness.
OUT LISTS
Therefore when one gets a sharp change in a case (like lowered tone,
violence, blows, "determination to go on in spite of the supervisor", long
notes from pcs, self C/Sing, etc, etc, the C/S SUSPECTS AN OUT LIST.
This outness can occur in regular sessions even when the item was said to
BD F/N.
It can occur in "Coffee shop" (out of session auditing of someone), or by
Est Os or poorly trained or untrained staff members or even in life.
PTS
When such actions as finding items by non-auditors are done on PTS people
the situation can be bad, so one also suspects the person to be PTS to someone
or something.
"PTS" does not communicate well in an assessment question so one says,
"Someone or something is hostile to you" and "You are connected to someone or
something that doesn't agree with Dianetics or Scientology."
REPAIRS
The main things to know when doing such repairs are (a) that such
situations as wrong lists or upset people can occur in an org where untrained
people are also using meters and (b) THAT IT IS UP TO THE C/S TO SUSPECT
DETECT AND GET THEM HANDLED IN REGULAR SESSION.
Do not ignore the possible bad influence.
As the good outweighs the bad in such cases, it is not a correct answer to
forbid such actions.
It is a correct answer to require all such actions and worksheets become
part of the folder.
One can also persuade the D of T or Qual to gen in the people doing such
actions.
And do not ignore the effect such actions can have on cases and do not
neglect to include them in C/Ses before going on with the regular program.
They can all be repaired.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
97
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 79
Expanded Dianetics Series 5
PTS INTERVIEWS
Remimeo
D of P
Auditors
PTS Pack
Ethics
Officers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1972
Issue I
Remimeo
D of P
Auditors C/S Series 79
PTS Pack
Ethics Expanded Dianetics Series 5
Officers
PTS INTERVIEWS
(Reference HCO B 17 April 72, C/S Series 76)
Interviews to discover a PTS condition are done on a meter with all reads
marked.
The Interview asks (a) about persons who are hostile or antagonistic to
the pc, (b) about groups that are anti-Scientology, (c) about people who have
harmed the pc, (d) about things that the pc thinks are suppressive to the pc,
(e) about locations that are suppressive to the pc and about past life things
and beings suppressive to the pc.
In doing the Interview the Interviewer must realize that a sick person is
PTS. There are no sick people who are not PTS to someone or a group or
something somewhere.
A somewhat suppressive pc will find the good hats suppressive. This does
not relieve his condition. He is PTS to SP people, groups, things or
locations, no matter how SP he is.
He can have been audited by someone he knew in an earlier life and who
goofed the session. A few auditors have since been declared. Not because they
goofed but because they were SP.
However, some PTS pc will make trouble for good people because that is
what PTS means (Potential Trouble Source). So do not buy all the good people
he is PTS to.
Further, when you do get the person or group or thing or location the PTS
person will F/N VGI and begin to get well.
The PTS condition is actually a problem and a mystery and a withdrawal so
it is sometimes hard to find and has to be specially processed (3 S&Ds) to
locate it.
Usually it is quite visible.
Don't have a sick, rollercoaster pc appear for Interview and then say
"not PTS". It's a false report. It only means the Interviewer did not find it.
The pc sometimes begins to list in such an Interview and such an
Interview where a wrong item is found has to be audited to complete the list
or find the right item. (See C/S Series 78, HCO B 20 Apr 72, Issue II.)
So Interview worksheets are VITAL.
The Interview should end on an F/N.
The Interview is followed by the Ethics action of HCO PL 5 April 72 or
other Ethics actions such as handling or disconnection and posting as called
for in policy.
An Interviewer has to use good TRs and operate his meter properly and know
2-way comm and PTS tech.
98
Some Interviewers are extremely successful.
Such Interviews and handling count as auditing hours.
When properly done, plus good auditing on the PTS RD, well people result.
LRH:mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[HCO PL 5 April 1972, PTS Type A Handling, referred to on Previous Page, was
revised and reissued on 20 July 1975 as BPL 5 April 1972R, PTS Type A
Handling.]
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Series 8
THE GLIB STUDENT
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
Study Series 8
THE GLIB STUDENT
The Glib Student can confront the words and ideas.
He cannot confront the physical universe or people around him and so
cannot apply.
He does not see Mest or people.
The reason for this is that he is below non-existence on one or more
dynamics and so cannot align with the others.
As a spirit or being in a body he has no past or future and so is just a
social machine.
Getting him up the dynamics by conditions by "Conditions by Dynamics",
HCO PL 4 April 72 (Establishment Officer Series 14), fourth page, having him do
general confronting and do TR Courses the Hard Way and having him run on the
Objective Processes cures this condition. It takes a lot of work, a lot of
auditing but it can be cured.
Unless it is fully handled he will never see enough more than the paper
and words to be more than a glib student who cannot apply.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mes.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[A copy of HCO PL 4 April 1972, Ethics, Establishment Officer Series 14, is on
Page 78 and "Conditions by Dynamics" is on Page 81.]
99
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=3/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Executive Series 12
ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Executive
Hats
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1972
Remimeo
Executive
Hats IMPORTANT
Executive Series 12
ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES
Any person holding an Executive Post (head of Department or above) is
deemed an EXECUTIVE.
Evaluation has revealed that the breakdown in many orgs is a failure on
the part of Executives to wear their Ethics and Justice hats.
It has been found that below Administrative Whys there is usually an
Ethics situation as well which unhandled, causes the Administrative Why not to
function or raise stats.
In an area which is downstat, it is the duty of an Executive to
investigate and find any out-ethics situation and get it corrected.
Ethics is a personal thing in relation to a group. Unethical people are
those who do not have Ethics in on themselves personally.
It is the responsibility of the Executive to see to it that persons under
his control and in his area get their personal ethics in and keep them in.
Dishonesty, false reports, an out-ethics personal life, should be looked
for and by persuasion, should be corrected.
When an Executive sees such things he or she must do all he can to get
the person to get his own Ethics in.
When an area is downstat the Executive must at once suspect an out-ethics
scene with one or more of the personnel and must investigate and persuade the
person to be more honest and ethical and correct the out-ethics condition
found.
If this does not correct and if the person or area remains downstat, the
Executive must declare the person or area in Danger and apply HCO PL 9 Apr 72
"CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING".
The situation, if it does not correct, thereafter becomes a matter of
full group justice with Courts and Comm Evs. Persons whose Ethics have
remained out must be replaced.
The seniors of an Executive are bound to enforce this policy and to use
it on any Executives whose personal ethics are out and who fail to apply it.
It will be found that those who do not apply this policy letter have
themselves certain dishonesties or out-ethics situations.
IT IS VITAL TO ANY ORGANIZATION, TO BE STRONG AND EFFECTIVE, TO BE
ETHICAL.
THE MOST IMPORTANT ZONE OF ETHICAL CONDUCT IN AN ORGANIZATION IS AT OR
NEAR THE TOP.
100
Ethical failure at the top or just below it can destroy an organization
and make it downstat.
Historical examples are many.
THEREFORE IT IS POLICY THAT AN EXECUTIVE MUST KEEP ETHICS IN ON HIMSELF
AND THOSE BELOW HIM OR BE DISCIPLINED OR COMM EVED AND REMOVED FROM ANY POST
OF AUTHORITY AND SOMEONE FOUND WHO IS HIMSELF ETHICAL AND CAN KEEP ETHICS IN
ON THOSE UNDER HIS AUTHORITY.
The Charge in any such case for a staff member or Executive is FAILURE TO
UPHOLD OR SET AN EXAMPLE OF HIGH ETHICAL STANDARDS.
Such offenses are composed of:
1. DISHONESTY.
2. Use of false statements to cover up a situation.
3. Representing a scene to be different than it actually is to cover up
crimes and escape discipline.
4. Irregular 2D connections and practices.
5. Drug or alcoholic addiction.
6. Encouraging out-ethics.
7. Condoning or failing to effectively handle an out-ethics situation in self
or others as an In Charge, Officer or Executive.
TECHNICAL
People with out-ethics withholds cannot see. This is proven by the
brilliant return of perception of the environment in people audited
effectively and at length on such processes.
Such people also seek to place a false environment there and actually
see a false environment.
People whose Ethics are low will enturbulate and upset a group as they
are seeking to justify their harmful acts against the group. And this leads to
more harmful acts.
Out-ethics people go rapidly into Treason against the group.
A person whose Ethics have been out over a long period goes "out of
valence". They are "not themselves".
Happiness is only attained by those who are HONEST with themselves and
others.
A group prospers only when each member in it has his own personal ethics
in.
Even in a PTS (Potential Trouble Source) person there must have been out-
ethics conduct toward the suppressive personality he or she is connected with
for the person to have become PTS in the first place.
People who are physically ill are PTS and are out-ethics toward the
person or thing they are PTS to!
Thus a group to be happy and well, and for the group to prosper and
endure, its individual members must have their own Ethics in.
It is up to the Executive or Officer to see that this is the case and to
DO the actions necessary to make it come about and the group an Ethical group.
101
Exec or Officer's Steps
for Getting In Ethics
on a Staff Member
STEP ONE
Inform the person personally he is in Danger Condition by reason of acts or
omissions, downstats, false reports or absence or 2D or whatever the
circumstances are.
He is in fact IN danger because somebody is going to act sooner or later
to hit him.
He may be involved already in some other assignment of Condition.
But this is between you and him.
HE IS IN DANGER BECAUSE YOU ARE HAVING TO BY-PASS HIM TO GET HIS ETHICS
IN, A THING HE SHOULD DO HIMSELF.
If he cooperates and completes this rundown and it comes out all right you
will help him.
If he doesn't cooperate you will have to use group justice procedures.
This is his chance to get Ethics in on himself with your help before he
really crashes.
When he accepts this fact, Step 1 is done. Go to Step 2.
STEP 2
Ethics is gotten in by definition on the person.
GET IN THE DEFINITIONS FULLY UNDERSTOOD.
The following words must be Method 4 Word Cleared on all the words and the
words in their definitions on the person being handled.
"ETHICS: The study of the general nature of morals (morals [plural]
[noun]: The principles of right and wrong conduct) and the specific moral
choices to be made by the individual in his relationship with others.
"The rules or standards governing the conduct of the members of a
profession."
"JUSTICE: 1. Moral rightness; equity. 2. Honor; fairness. 3. Good reason.
4. Fair handling; due reward or treatment. 5. The administration and procedure
of the law."
"FALSE: Contrary to fact or truth; without grounds; incorrect. Without
meaning or sincerity; deceiving. Not keeping faith. Treacherous. Resembling
and being identified as a similar or related entity."
"DISHONEST: Disposed to lie, cheat, defraud or deceive."
"PRETENSE: A false reason or excuse. A mere show without reality."
"BETRAY: To be disloyal or faithless to."
"OUT-ETHICS: An action or situation in which an individual is involved
contrary to the ideals and best interests of his group. An act or situation or
relationship contrary to the ethics standards, codes or ideals of the group or
other members of the group. An act of omission or commission by an individual
that could or has reduced the general effectiveness of a group or its other
members. An individual act of omission or commission which impedes the general
well-being of a group or impedes it in achieving its goals."
102
Do not go to Step 3 of this until all the above words are cleared by
Method 4 Word Clearing.
STEP 3
Ask the person what out-ethics situation he or she is involved in.
It may take the person some time to think of it or he may suppress it and
be afraid to say it for fear of consequences. Reassure him that you are only
trying to help him.
He may have brought it up in a session but did not apply it as out-
ethics. Coax him through this.
If his conduct and actions are poor or downstat, he for sure will be able
to come up with an out-ethics personal scene.
Sometimes the person is secretly PTS and is connected to a suppressive or
antagonistic person or group or thing. In such an instance he will
rollercoaster as a case or on post or have accidents or be ill frequently.
(See PTS tech for material on this and for future handling. Checksheet HCO PL
9 April 72 [Revised] "Correct Danger Condition Handling", but go on handling
with these steps.)
Sometimes the person just uses PR (brags it up and won't come clean). In
this case, an auditing session is required.
If the person gets involved in self listing get him audited on HCO B 20
Apr 72, C/S Series 78, which gives the auditing session procedure. A person
can become very upset over a wrong item. It is easily repaired but it must be
repaired if this happens.
By your own 2wc or whatever means or repair get this Step 3 to a clear-cut
out-ethics situation, clearly stated. Do not forget to go on with this
eventually if there is a delay in completing it. GIs will be in if correct.
STEP 4
Have the person work out how the out-ethics situation in which he or she
is involved would be a betrayal of the group or make them false to the group
or its ideals.
Do not make the person guilty. Just get them to see it themselves.
When they have seen this clearly and have cognited on it completely go to
next step.
STEP 5
The person is now ready to apply the FIRST DYNAMIC DANGER FORMULA
to himself.
Give him this formula and explain it to him.
FIRST DYNAMIC FORMULA
The formula is converted for the 1st dynamic to:
1st 1. By-pass habits or normal routines.
1st 2. Handle the situation and any danger in it.
1st 3. Assign self a danger condition.
1st 4. Get in your own personal ethics by finding what you are doing that is
out-ethics and use self-discipline to correct it and get honest and
straight.
103
1st 5. Reorganize your life so that the dangerous situation is not continually
happening to you.
1st 6. Formulate and adopt firm policy that will hereafter detect and prevent
the same situation from continuing to occur.
Now usually the person is already involved in another group situation of
downstats or overt products or bad appearance or low conditions, Courts, Comm
Evs for something.
It does not matter what other condition he was in. From you he is in
Danger.
So 1st 1 and 1st 2 above apply to the group situation he finds himself in.
He has to assign himself a Danger Condition as he recognizes now he has
been in danger from himself.
1st 4 has been begun by this rundown.
It is up to him or her to finish off 1st 4 by applying the material in
Steps 2 and 3. He or she has to use self-discipline to correct his own out-
ethics scene and get it honest and straight, with himself and the group.
1st 5 is obvious. If he doesn't, he will just crash again.
1st 6. In formulating and adopting firm policy he must be sure it aligns
with the group endeavor.
When he has worked all this out AND DEMONSTRATED IT IN LIFE, he has
completed the personal danger rundown.
He can then assign himself Emergency and follow the Emergency Formula
(HCO PL 23 Sept 67, Pg 189-190 Vol 0 OEC, "Emergency").
STEP 6
Review the person and his stats and appearance and personal life.
Satisfy yourself that the steps above and the out-ethics found were all
of it. That no wrong item has been found. That the person is not PTS.
Handle what you find. But if you find that the person did not improve and
gave it all a brush-off, you must now take the group's point of view and
administer group justice.
Your protection of the person is at end because he had his chance and is
apparently one of those people who depend on others to keep his Ethics in for
him and can't keep them in himself. So use group justice procedures thereafter.
If the person made it and didn't fall on his head and is moving on up now
AS SHOWN BY HONEST STATS AND CONDITION OF HIS POST, you have had a nice
win and things will go much much better.
And that's a win for everybody.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
104
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HAVINGNESS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MAY 1972
Remimeo
HAVINGNESS
(Previously issued as PAB No. 23 on 2 April 1954
through Hubbard Communications Office,
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W. 11)
Starvation for energy is the keynote of any case which maintains
facsimiles in restimulation.
The thetan who holds facsimiles to the body has chosen to have the energy
in spite of the perceptions and significances in it. He is attempting to have
the energy and not have the aberrative quality of it. Thus he is posed the
problem of trying to reject the thought and accept the energy and thus he
cannot do either.
In Dianetics we gave him the energy by processing out the significances
(perception) in it.
When well exteriorized a thetan may have his energy so far reduced that he
becomes unhappy. Having him create and snap in anchor points upon himself (not
the body) will remedy this unhappiness.
Matched terminalling, admiration processing and any other process which
reduces energy, at length "starve" the thetan for energy.
All these conditions are remedied by remedying the "havingness" of the
thetan.
As we saw in Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 15) only certain energy
forms may be acceptable to the thetan. This is regulated by the screens he has
erected against things. By setting up a resistance to certain energies, he
creates an eventual appetite for them. He sets up screens to resist the form
and the screen becomes plus for the form on the far side and negative for the
form on the near side. As the screen caves in upon him (by being pounded by
the unwanted form) it eventually causes an appetite (vacuum) for the form.
Thus he actually starves for a form he once detested. This is the dwindling
spiral of the Mest Universe. The thetan believes he has to have the form to
survive.
The remedy of havingness is necessary for all cases at and below Step IV
of SOP 8.
An auditor remedies havingness by "starting an avalanche", by making the
preclear begin an automatic inflow of acceptable things, then graduates the
preclear rapidly to avalanches of stars, planets, heavy masses and spaces.
It is density and mass which count, not specific items.
Degradation begins when the thetan is interiorized into unwanted mass. It
is completed when, having developed an appetite for heavy mass, he is
exteriorized from it.
In this lifetime the downfall of any thetan began with his loss of some
heavy mass. The heaviness of the mass was the value of the mass. For instance,
an auditor wishing to trace the feeling of degradation in a preclear would
look for a time when the preclear lost or was removed from a massive object.
The auditor then has the preclear
105
mock up the object and change its quality better or worse until it "snaps in"
automatically on the preclear. Then the auditor has the preclear mock up
enough of the object to create an avalanche. The preclear must then add more
and more to the inflow, then add planets, stars and black stars until the
preclear can comfortably throw several dense objects away in mock-up. A
reverse (outflowing) avalanche is then begun and run.
Outflowing and inflowing avalanches are run on the preclear until his
"hunger" is satiated.
Numerous facsimiles may appear. The auditor continues with the dense
masses in avalanches, not the facsimiles. The facsimile will "blow".
This process, run for four or five hours, will create a Book 1 Mest Clear.
Perceptions are turned on by running "acceptable" smells, lights and
sounds in avalanches. Masses are more important than perceptions.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1954, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 23 which can be found in context in
Volume II, Page 38.]
106
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SIX BASIC PROCESSES
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1972
Remimeo
SIX BASIC PROCESSES
(Previously issued as PAB No. 42 on 24 December
1954 through Hubbard Communications Office,
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11)
There are six basic processes today in Dianetics and Scientology. Before
we consider these processes, let us first consider the essential difference
between Dianetics and Scientology. What we are doing could be called, more
succinctly, "an understanding of life." Under this heading, we could call
anything a science or an art and we could bring in many subdivisions.
Other subdivisions which enter into this represent the difference between
a study of life in general and a study of man in particular. Scientology could
be called a study of life; Dianetics could be called a study of man. The first
four dynamics are devoted to Dianetics. If you read again Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health, you will discover that it treats of the first
four dynamics. If you examine the first shadows of what we now call
Scientology, it treats all of the eight dynamics. In view of the fact that
both Dianetics and Scientology operate in the field of man, it should be
readily seen that the basic processes of Dianetics or Scientology as they
apply to man would be the same. Just because we have used two different words
is no reason man has changed. Thus we have our six basic processes and thus we
discover that Dianetics and Scientology, up to the point of stable
exteriorization, operate in exactly the same field with exactly the same
tools. It is only after man is sufficiently exteriorized to become a spirit
that we depart from the field of Dianetics; for here, considering man as a
spirit, we must enter the field of religion. Thus we have our additional
subdivision. Dianetics is a science which applies to man, a living organism;
and Scientology is a religion.
The six basic processes are as follows:
1. Two-way Communication
2. Elementary Straightwire
3. Opening Procedure of 8-C
4. Opening Procedure by Duplication
5. Remedying Havingness
6. Spotting Spots in Space.
An additional breakdown of these sections demonstrates that these
processes subdivide into some highly important techniques. An additional
process is as follows:
1. Two-way Communication includes communication lag, scarcity of problems,
the Code of a Scientologist, the Axioms of Dianetics.
2. Elementary Straightwire includes the Auditor's Code, Self Analysis,
Memory and Mass and their relationship, under which we get past life loss
of memory and what we generally call "next-to-the-last list of Self
Analysis."
3. Opening Procedure of 8-C includes pan-determinism, orders, defenses and
the theory and material pertinent to present time.
107
4. Opening Procedure by Duplication includes the communication formula,
general theory of ARC and "it must-mustn't happen again."
5. The Remedy of Havingness includes the scale of substitutes, the hide-to-
curiosity scale, Expanded Gita, mock-ups and engrams, overt acts and
motivators, flows and terminals, the fact that two things can't occupy
the same space if one is to have a universe, significances and problems
and, in particular, the scarcity of problems.
6. Spotting Spots includes "space, the theory of," disinterest, importance,
as-isness and the conditions of existence and separateness.
Appended to these subjects is one of equal importance in that it is the
prediction of human beings. This is included, and could be called part seven
of these basics. Science of Survival, with its dissertations on the Theta-MEST
theory, ARC, and the Chart of Human Evaluation, is, indeed, a study of the
prediction of homo sapiens.
It has been discovered in the field of training that an auditor has to be
thoroughly versed in these seven items. He must be able to be expert in
processing people using the six processes, and his understanding must be
increased to the seventh item as included in the book Science of Survival.
How thoroughly does one have to cover any one of these subjects in order
to render an auditor conversant with it? It has been found in the Phoenix
Certification Course that even auditors who have studied this material before
coming to the course had to be rehearsed on it a minimum of eight times and
had to be carefully supervised through each one of these at least eight times,
had to audit at least ten or fifteen hours on each process under supervision,
and had to have each one of these processes run on him expertly for many hours
before he finally was able to practice them with such skill that he produced
uniform results. This is in spite of the fact that these particular processes
are simple. Indeed, they are so simple that an auditor has a tendency to look
at them and use them as though they were also pliable. Their simplicity is
residual in the fact that they are the exact processes necessary to produce
the exact results of Dianetics and Scientology.
It has been found that the simplicity of these processes was the
stumbling block in their use. One instance in one HCA unit: a class went
through for five weeks without entirely grasping the theory and practice of
communication lag. Amongst this class was an auditor-student who was so expert
at giving indirect, yet seemingly direct, answers that he had actually evaded
the understanding of his fellow students. This person on had yet to give a
precisely direct reply to a question asked him. An instructor sat down with
this student and for forty-five minutes asked him the same simple question. At
the end of that time the student gave at last a direct reply, and this reply
was the first time in the course when he had answered a question straight. A
precision definition of communication lag is "the length of time, whether
verbal or silent, intervening between the auditor's asking of a specific
question and the specific and precise answer of that question by the
preclear." It would not matter then whether the preclear continued to talk
about something else than the question, or simply remained silent, this would
still be communication lag. The class had not entirely grasped this fact in
that they assumed that an indirect or an almost answer was sufficient. Rapidly
in the next two auditing periods the case of the student broke, simply because
his auditor now understood exactly what this person was doing with auditing
questions and now demanded precise answers to questions, at the same time
retaining ARC with his preclear.
The processes of Dianetics, as one can see, stress bringing a preclear
into present time. In the old days we did this by running engrams, running
locks and unsticking the preclear in general from various incidents in the
past. Now we approach the problem far more directly. The Opening Procedure of
8-C is putting the preclear into contact with what is present time. The Remedy
of Havingness will actually give the preclear enough energy masses to permit
his starved condition to let go of the energy masses he is holding to him. The
energy masses he is holding to him are commonly engrams with significance and
content which make him very unhappy, but not as unhappy as he
108
thinks he would be if he no longer had this energy. The motto of an individual
seems to be "Any energy, even with content as vicious as an engram, is better
than little or no energy."
Here, with this list of processes, we have before us the basic training
for the Dianeticist and Scientologist. These processes have now remained
stable for some eight months. In spite of all the attention and tests they
have received, little or no improvement has occurred in the actual form of the
processes, and the processes and the commands have remained steady and stable.
In view of the fact that the thetan exterior is described fully in the
second chapter of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, and in view
of the fact that we have now with the command "Be three feet back of your
head" the "one-shot clear," and in view of the fact that the instructor in
London with his Advanced Clinical Course [1st London ACC] only three weeks
deep had exteriorized successfully all of his students, we see we do not have
any real problems in terms of processing or processes today. We can do it. An
auditor who is well trained can achieve results with these basic processes
which in any other age would be called miracles.
There are people around who desperately need it as a process who believe
and who would have you believe that the Opening Procedure by Duplication
techniques are the most vicious things ever invented. Compare this with the
fact that these people also feel bounden to go out and crusade amongst their
fellow men to teach them how bad Dianetics and Scientology are. These two
facts combined should tell you something concerning duplication. The very
thought of duplication is so hideous to some people that they are utterly
unwilling to face the slightest chance that they might be brought in to a
willingness to duplicate. These people have had things happen to them which
are bad enough to make these people postulate that certain things mustn't
happen again. Duplication means that things must happen again and the process
of duplication itself balances out and makes a person easy about his past.
In the process of running Opening Procedure by Duplication hypnotism very
often comes off of the bank. Here we have an example of unhypnotizing. The
process of hypnotism is a monotony and a central fixation on some one object.
Opening Procedure by Duplication, using two objects and using an alert and
aware procedure, contacting and examining these two objects alternately, tends
to unfix a person from points in the past. Naturally, this begins to run out
hypnotism. A person run for only 15 or 20 minutes on Opening Procedure by
Duplication might very well feel himself getting more and more hypnotized; by
the time he has been run 45 minutes or an hour, this sensation has worn away
and the person is far more alert than he was at the beginning of the session.
It is quite common to run Opening Procedure by duplication for several hours,
and Intensive Procedure as given at headquarters of the HASI is run precisely
as given and taught upon preclears for a minimum of five hours before the HASI
is content to release a preclear as in good condition. If the preclear cannot
duplicate, his arrival at a state of good condition will simply be a signal
for him to have a "no duplicate" fixation on feeling good. Thus the auditor
would have brought him up to a level of feeling well and immediately
afterwards the individual, being able to have things happen only once, would
then have to feel bad. Here again is the problem of exteriorization which
results soon afterwards in re-interiorization: the person has exteriorized, he
has the fixation that something must happen only once, and thus he will go
back into the body and will not come out again. This is all under the handling
of duplication. Opening Procedure by Duplication wakes up the preclear, puts
his body back into balance and gives him a brighter outlook in general and
makes him fear the past must less than before it has been run on him. He is
far better able to control his body and his environment than previously and
remarks that incidents have far less effect upon him than before. This does
not look very much like hypnotism, now, does it?
With these processes a trained auditor -- and we emphasize trained -- is
able to get the results which are called for and described in all the earlier
books on Dianetics and Scientology. The reason one did not see these results
more often was that the auditor himself could not duplicate the auditing
commands, and thus anything and everything
109
was being run but a minimum of result was taking place. I was running one
preclear one day who was a very old-timer and who had been run many, many
hours on the techniques contained in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental
Health. I was running him on processes which ran out all of his earlier
auditing. He broke down under this processing and began to curse, saying, "If
only once -- if only just once -- I had been permitted to run a second time
through an engram by my auditor; if only just once I had been able to run the
secondary once more! But no! I was never given the chance to go through the
engram a second time." Now those of you who know the techniques of Book One
know definitely they call for a continuous running through, over and over, of
the same incident so as to de-intensify it. This is the sort of complicated
duplication which the preclear was asked to do which resolved at once his
ability to duplicate and the fact that it mustn't happen again. Thus when
auditors failed to return people through engrams and secondaries, for a
second, fourth, fifth, or even tenth time if necessary, it then became
impossible for these early techniques to work.
In training it is very difficult to relay the theory and processes to
people who are not very alert and who cannot duplicate. One can say straight
to a class that such-and-so is observably true, and the class will immediately
agree that something is observably true, but immediately after leaving the
classroom, will believe in themselves that an entirely different statement and
all sorts of oddities in the form of theory then agree with this different
statement and all sorts of oddities in the form of theory and techniques
become circulated.
In the next Professional Auditor's Bulletin I am going to give you a
rather thorough rundown on two-way communication and on the bulletins
subsequent to that I am going to give you, for the first time, in written
form, a considerable dissertation on these processes and the exact auditing
commands and the results to be looked for.
But there is one thing I am probably not going to cover again, and this
is an odd fact which has shown up in our training experience here and in my
handling of a great many auditors. This has to do with the case of the auditor
in particular. I could write an entire series of PABs on this subject, but I
am sure this statement will be enough. The case of an auditor, one who is
skilled in the processes of Dianetics and Scientology, and the case of a
preclear, one who has just walked in off the street without further knowledge,
are entirely different cases, as both Dianeticists and Scientologists know. At
one time the cases of Scientologists and Dianeticists were considered so much
with horror on the part of other Scientologists and Dianeticists that one
audited a fellow practitioner with considerable reluctance. Dianeticists and
Scientologists were renowned to be tough cases.
I have found now what made them tough cases. The preclear his an entirely
different goal from the auditor. The preclear is there to get well: the
auditor is there to make the preclear well.
When we consider this further, we see that the ability of the auditor to
control minds and mental reactions is dependent upon his getting results in
preclears. The preclear's results simply stem from the preclear's gained
ability to control his own mind and its reactions. Thus, of course, we have
entirely different values.
An auditor who does not consistently get good results is going to have
his own case cave in on him. The only way an auditor can keep his case up is
to get continuous and predictably excellent results upon preclears. Thus an
auditor, to have his case in good order, would have to be in good order as an
auditor; he would have to be able to get results upon those he processed. In
view of the fact that he could get results upon other human beings, he could
then, of course, know continuously that he could control human reactions and
mental reactions; and so, with this confidence and this control, be completely
unworried about his own case and be able to do actually anything he wished
with his own mental machinery.
The case of the auditor actually depends upon his successes in auditing.
Thus in the Certification Course in Phoenix we stress today only the skill of
an individual to audit, and we discover consequently that, as the auditor gets
results upon his fellow
110
student and as he gets results on outside preclears, his own belief in his
ability to handle the human mind soars to such an extent that as a case he
ceases to be in the concern category. He of course is audited and without
being audited he would not know the results which would happen in a preclear,
but his actual case gains depend on his gains on preclears.
Now with today's techniques we can guarantee those results on preclears.
We can demonstrate to any auditor that he can make anybody well, if the person
is even vaguely breathing, simply by using with skill and understanding, as
trained, the above six processes and the seventh, which is actually an
understanding. Here is the problem of the auditor's case resolved. The way to
have one's case in excellent condition is to have continuing confidence in
one's ability to get results on preclears. In the Certification Courses in
Phoenix and London we work solely in the direction of giving an auditor
confidence in his ability to handle the aberrations of others and we discover
that with this gained confidence the fear of his own behavior vanishes; and
thus an auditor becomes a very, very capable clear.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1954, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCOB is a reissue of PAB No. 42 which can be found in context in
Volume II, Page 118.]
111
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=17/1/73
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS
Remimeo
Exp Dn Cse
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MAY 1972R
REVISED 17 JANUARY 1973
Remimeo
Exp Dn Cse
THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS
(Previously issued as PAB No. 49 on 1 April 1955
through Hubbard Communications Office,
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11)
(Addition in this type style on next page.
Note that this also corrects page 20 of the
"Level 1 PABs" booklet.)
There is a great deal of upper-echelon theory connected with the Remedy of
Havingness as a process, for here we are dealing with energy and the reasons
and operations of a thetan in regard to it.
Just why a thetan should get himself so completely snarled up in energy
might be an entire mystery to anyone who did not realize that a thetan has to
cut down his knowingness and his total presence in order to have a game. The
awareness of awareness unit builds space to cut down knowingness. Space makes
it necessary, then, to look at something in order to know about it. The next
thing a thetan does to cut down his knowingness is to create energy and to
pass it to other thetans and to bring in the energy of other thetans so as to
get a duration and a time span. If the thetan is successful and obtains a game
in this wise, he continues on with this modus operandi of having a game, and
when he does not have a game he simply cuts his knowingness down once more. Of
course, he reaches a point eventually where he does not get a game simply by
cutting down his knowingness, and eventually assumes a fairly fixed, stupid,
aspect. He is below the level of having games, but because he has cut down his
knowingness he does not know, now, that he is below the level of having games
and thinks that all that is necessary to get another game is to further cut
down his knowingness. He is by this time obsessively dramatizing the lowering
of knowingness.
When one speaks of knowingness, one should realize that one is speaking
of an embracive thing. Everything on the Know to Mystery Scale is simply a
greater condensation or reduction of knowingness. At first one simply knows.
Then he makes some space and some energy, and so now he has knowingness in
terms of looking. By changing the position of the particles of energy thus
created, and by exchanging particles with others, extant or self-created, the
thetan cuts down his knowingness further, and gets time, and so gets emotion
and sensation. When these become solid, he has effort particles and masses.
Now, he could cut down his knowingness further by refusing to use emotion and
effort, but by thinking about them thus introducing new VIAs into his line of
knowingness. And, when he no longer knows entirely by thinking, he ceases to
create knowingness and begins to eat, and from eating he drops into the ready-
made sensation of sex instead of knowing what happens in the future. And from
here he drops down into postulated mystery as something one cannot possibly
know about. In other words, one gets a continued reduction of knowingness in
order to have games. The greatest chess player in the world has no game, since
he can predict that he will win and predict everything that opponents will do,
so he will simply demonstrate how to play chess. Sooner or later, he will
announce that he is "burned out" or has lost his knack for playing chess, and
will go off into some other field where he can have a game. The field he will
choose will be a less wisdom-demanding field than playing chess. A boxer, such
as some of the very great ones of the past, will reduce his timing, which is
to say his knowingness of arrival, to a point where he can at least put on a
good exhibition, and from this they will further reduce their knowingness, and
then not noticing how far they have gone, get themselves thoroughly and
consistently beaten. There will be a period, however, when they are fairly
evenly matched against their opponents.
112
To understand this with any thoroughness, one would have to recognize the
intention back of all communication. Creation, Survival, and Destruction is
knowingness. When somebody talks to you his intention is to continue in a
parity where he can have an interchange of communication, which is to say a
game. He takes knowingness from you, and gives knowingness to you, with one
form of communication or another. Two soldiers fighting and shooting at each
other are using a bullet to make the other man know. What is there to know in
this situation? That one is dead, of course, and for the victor, that one has
won.
It is dangerous, alike, to a thetan, to have too many wins or too many
losses. Give him too many wins, and he will correct in the direction of
reducing his knowingness as represented by his dexterity, his prediction, his
activity. Give him too many losses and he will seek another game, even to the
point where he will die and pick up another body. Because the decision is on
the basis of knowingness, the decision is always downward. One does not decide
upward toward greater knowingness, actually, unless one has the full and
complete intention of winning in a new game. If one discovers that there are
no wins or losses either to be found in this new game, one will reduce one's
own knowingness, even to the point of forgetting all of his knowledge
concerning it, in order to ensure a game.
As there is not an infinity of games in progress, one is apt, as he
comes down seventy-four trillion years of track, to play out the available
games and to put them in the category of "it must not happen again." One then
becomes bored. One is only bored when there is no game possible, from his
viewpoint. Actually, all he has to do is become enthusiastic about the game on
his own consideration and he will begin to know more about it again.
A thetan considers that some form or mass is necessary in order to have
a game. He gets into the belief that he cannot create new masses, and so he
begins to hold on to old masses, and here, whether he is exteriorized or in a
body, we find him holding on hard to old facsimiles, old significances, old
decisions, rather than taking on new decisions.
The Remedy of Havingness directly addresses the problems of giving the
thetan something "to play with." When he discovers that he can have new
masses, he will begin to let go of old masses. It is an easily observed
phenomenon while having a preclear Remedy Havingness, that old engrams go into
restimulation, go into restimulation and run out, that they show up in front
of his face and suddenly explode or disappear. The Remedy of Havingness
actively does run out engrams.
This process is used from boredom up to conservatism for its best
results.
This process is done by asking the preclear to mock up something and
pull it in, or mock up something and throw it away. When a thetan is
exteriorized, if you want to see him get very unhappy, make him change space
until he begins to lose all the energy he is holding on to, and then fail to
remedy his havingness. The thetan will become convinced that he is only a
thought, and is therefore, by his standards, unable to have a game. Tell him
to mock up eight anchor points in the form of the corners of a cube around him
and pull them in upon himself. Ask him to do it several more times, and he
immediately brightens up and becomes very happy. Why is this? You have
reassured him that he can have a game.
The cutting down of knowingness and the Remedy of Havingness have
opposite vectors. The Remedy of Havingness will knock out old energy masses
the thetan is holding on to, or that the body is holding on to, which tell the
thetan he is stupid. The supplanting of these by new energy masses which do
not have the postulate of cut-down knowingness in them of course makes the
thetan brighter.
When you find a theory detached from a process and not demonstrating
itself in a process, there must be something wrong with the theory. Similarly,
if what I say here about condensed knowingness being all other things, and the
cut-down of knowingness, were not demonstrated in the process of Remedy of
Havingness, then we would have to get ourselves a new theory. However, this is
demonstrated very definitely. Those people who cannot remedy havingness,
wherever they are on the tone scale, can be
113
brought to a point where they will remedy havingness simply by asking them what
they wouldn't mind knowing. The consideration of what they are willing to know
then begins to rise.
If you only could see a Black Five operate you would see that his
barriers are all erected toward knowing something. Of course he is very afraid
of being told something bad, and so doesn't want to be told anything at all,
and when the auditor gives him a command he never receives the command as
given, but does something else. He has a block up against knowingness to such a
degree that he will eventually permit himself to be pressed into complete
inactive stupidity. What are those black screens for? Basically to keep him
from. knowing. Knowing what? Then one will have to look closely at the
definition of a datum. A datum is an invention which has become agreed upon
and so solidified. In other words, a datum is to some degree a solidity, even
if it is merely a symbol. To get into this state it has to be agreed upon.
When it is thoroughly agreed upon it becomes, then, a truth. It is not at all
a truth. It is an invention. What made it sure or what made it real was the
fact that it was agreed upon. This opens the doors further to other processes.
In order to get the preclear in good condition we would have to put him
into some kind of a condition so that he could create. The first thing he is
liable to be able to create in auditing is a lie. The word "lie" is simply
"invention with a bad connotation." Society gives invention that connotation
because of its anxiety to have a game and to agree, and so be able to
communicate with one another.
Thus society frowns upon the invention of facts, yet the preclear's
sanity and continued happiness absolutely depend upon his ability to create
new facts. The technique which remedies this is included in "The Creation of
Sanity," number R2-29: "Start lying." One can vary this auditing command with
"Tell me some lies about your past," and then keep the preclear at it long
enough so that the preclear is able to come out of the complete blur which
will follow on the heels of his taking over the function of and running of his
memory machines. The invention of data is a step immediately toward the remedy
of havingness. Simply asking the preclear what he wouldn't mind knowing, what
he wouldn't mind having other people knowing about him will bring him into a
condition where he can mock up and remedy havingness.
The Remedy of Havingness is the companion process to Spotting Spots, which
will be taken up in the next PAB. The Remedy of Havingness, simply as a
process by itself, if worked up to by getting the preclear willing to know
things, and willing for other people to know things, and run thoroughly so
that whole avalanches of masses can pour into him or pour out of him, will
actually run out an entire engram bank, and thus is an extremely valuable
process.
It has been reported by several auditors that exteriorization was
accomplished on preclears by making them remedy havingness and do nothing else
for eight or ten hours.
The auditing commands for the Remedy of Havingness are: "Mock up
something," "Pull it in," until the preclear is doing this easily. Then, "Mock
up something," "Throw it away," until the preclear can do this easily. The
significance of the object may be added by the auditor with "Pull in an ideal
body," or some such thing, but the actual fact is that the actual significance
does nothing for the preclear. It is the mass which counts. The auditor can
have the preclear pull things in two at a time, six at a time. He can have the
preclear mock up something, copy it a dozen times, one time after another,
then pull in the whole mass, but the real reason he is doing this with the
preclear should never drop from sight. The auditor is remedying havingness in
order to give the preclear enough mass to permit him to discard old masses
which he is holding on to and doesn't know anything about.
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1955, 1972, 1973 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
["The Creation of Sanity" referred to above is now known as The Creation of
Human Ability. This HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 49 which can be found in
context in Volume II, Page 176.]
114
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS -- THE PROCESS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1972
Remimeo
REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS -- THE PROCESS
(Previously issued as PAB No. 50, 15 April 1955)
"When in doubt, remedy havingness."
This is a motto which can well be followed by an auditor doing any
process on any preclear.
But, if there is a process which one should do with any other process,
then that process should be understood thoroughly, for if done incorrectly it
would be likely to produce confusion into all the other processes of Dianetics
and Scientology.
Therefore, in the first place, let us examine with rigor the name of this
process. It is REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS. By "remedy" one means the correction of
any aberrated condition. By "havingness" one means mass or objects. The
process could also be called "Remedy of Un-Havingness." It could also be
called "Remedy of Acceptingness." It could also be called "Remedy of
Rejectingness."
To those people who are deficient in havingness, the process is liable to
mean that the auditor should increase the havingness of the preclear. Such an
auditor with this misunderstanding would have the preclear put up large masses
and push them into his body or himself. The auditor would neglect having the
preclear throw away objects and masses.
If the auditor misunderstood the process and simply assumed that it had
something to do with havingness, and if his own havingness were too great, he
would by likely to specialize on all preclears by having the preclear throw
things away.
Actually, the auditor should have the preclear push things into himself
and his body and throw things away from himself and his body until the
preclear can do both with equal ease. When this has been accomplished the
preclear's havingness has been "remedied."
What, then, does a Remedy of Havingness mean? It means the remedy of a
preclear's native ability to acquire things at will and reject them at will.
Amongst the havingnesses which would require remedy would be an obsessive
inflow of money, sexual objects, troubles, somatics, and difficulties in
general. Whenever one of these appeared in the preclear's environment it would
have a tendency to inflow on the preclear. The reverse difficulty would be an
obsessive out flow, whereby the preclear threw away or wasted anything which
he had, such as money, clothes, cars, or living quarters. When the process
"Remedy of Havingness" has been done thoroughly and completely, the preclear
should be able to reject or accept, at his own discretion, anything in his
environment as well as anything in his engram bank.
The earliest use of this process is to be found in GITA, which is to say
"Give and Take Processing," one of the early SOPs which became an SOP-8
"Expanded GITA." In Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology we have a long
list of key items. The preclear was asked to waste, accept, and desire these
items at will. This was the Desire-Enforcement-Inhibit Scale, or the DEI
Scale. This process is the immediate ancestor of the Remedy of Havingness.
Indeed, one could do far worse than to take the DEI Expanded GITA list as
given in issue 16-G, and in the form of mock-ups use it as such upon the
preclear, or more modernly employ it directly on the Remedy of Havingness on
these objects.
115
If one were to employ such a list in the Remedy of Havingness, one would,
of course, have to employ gradient scales. The use of the gradient scale has
never been discarded, and the concept and principle of doing things by
gradient scales is inherent in auditing itself, for one starts with a process
which the preclear can do, and gives him some wins, and on a gradual scale
gives him larger and larger wins until he is cleared. Similarly, in remedying
havingness, the preclear must be started at the lowest end of the scale and
advanced on up to the higher end of the scale. Quantity is one of the methods
of doing this. At first one can ask a preclear to mock up one of an item and
shove it into his body or throw it away, and then go, finally, when he is
doing that well, to two items, three, four, five, and six, all the same, but a
greater quantity of the item. An even lower gradient on this scale would be to
simply get the idea that something was there, and to progress on forward with
the idea into the actual mass. An expert auditor working with this from the
idea on through to the object would discover that he had no preclears who
could not mock up.
He would have the preclear get the idea out in front of him of a ball,
and get the idea of the ball being thrown away; get the idea of a ball up in
front of him and get the idea of a ball coming in; he would then, when the
preclear could do this excellently well, move forward into the actual mock-up
of a ball. The mock-up would get better and better as the process progressed,
until at last the preclear could mock up and throw away or push into his body
at will, a ball. He would be able to see this ball, even feel its texture and
its weight.
Now, Exteriorization by Remedy of Havingness is a newer process than the
old Remedy of Havingness. It is accomplished by having the preclear SHOVE or
PUSH things into his body. One no longer has the preclear PULL things into his
body. Simply by having the preclear mock up things and shove them into his
body, mock up things and throw them away, mock up things and shove them into
his body, mock up things and throw them away, a preclear who has already been
run on the earlier steps of the six basic processes will, at this stage,
exteriorize quite neatly after as little as fifteen or twenty minutes of the
process. If he does not, then the earlier processes have been skimped and the
preclear was really not ready for a full, forthright remedy of havingness.
Even when doing Route 1, the preclear is told to push things into
himself. This will rather take his flitter away for a moment, for he is there
being one viewpoint, and in order to push something into himself he has to be
a second viewpoint. In view of the fact that a thetan gets in trouble by being
only one viewpoint, this remedies the viewpoint scarcity of the thetan, and he
pushes himself up into two viewpoints with great rapidity. Thus we are doing
duplication of the thetan at the same time that we are remedying havingness,
so one even has the thetan shove things into himself, rather than pull things
into himself.
In short, one never has anyone pull things into his body any more. One
has a person push things into his body. One has him, for instance, mock up a
planet, and push it into the body; mock up a planet and throw it away; mock up
a planet and push it into his body; mock up a planet and throw it away; mock
up a planet and push it into his body, and then one says, "Where are you
pushing it in from?" The preclear says, "Out here in front of the body." The
auditor simply goes on doing the process and very shortly the preclear will,
if the earlier steps have been done well -- the Six
Basic Processes below Remedy of Havingness, exteriorize neatly and will be
ready for Route 1.
One would omit, in such an instance, running Spotting Spots as such, for
Change of Space Processing and Communication Processing have a great deal to
do with spotting spots already.
If you were to do Remedy of Havingness forthrightly and all-out, and you
were to accept this as the only process we had, we would work with its cousin
process, R2-63 as given in The Creation of Human Ability, "Accept-Reject." One
would ask the preclear for things he could accept, one after the other, until
the communication lag was flat, and then would ask the preclear for things he
could reject, one after the other,
116
until the communication lag was flat on that. One would then move into the
Expanded GITA list and would have the preclear mock up and shove into his body
(if interiorized) or into himself (if exteriorized) the various items on the
Expanded GITA list as given in Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology. This
would be a long process, and not entirely successful on all counts, but would
nevertheless be a very effective and efficient process from the standpoint of
gains. One would certainly get the preclear over a very large number of
aberrations and would do a great deal for him. However, this is not the
advised way of handling this process, for the process itself is not an end-
all. Aberrations can be handled much more easily by communication processing.
The exact use and commands of Remedy of Havingness in ordinary and routine
auditing are simple and effective. One has been asking a preclear a great many
questions which "as-ised" large masses of energy. One, in handling Change of
Space or interiorization and exteriorization into objects while the preclear
is exteriorized, has been "burning up" a great deal of energy. Any time the
preclear begins to feel dopey or "boil off" he has either run too long on a
flow in one direction, in which case reverse the flow, or he has simply
reduced his havingness down to a point where he feels tired or sleepy. Without
waiting for this manifestation to occur the good auditor simply in the course
of Straight Wire or Description Processing, or many other processes, such as
those contained in Route 1, remedies havingness. Having achieved something
like a momentarily flat communication lag on a process, the auditor says to
the preclear, "Mock up a mass out in front of you." When the preclear has done
this, the auditor says, "Shove it into your body." When the preclear has done
so, the auditor says, "Mock up another mass out in front of you." And when the
preclear has done so, the auditor says, "Throw it away." That, as given, is
for preclears who are interiorized. It is simply repeated over and over. The
mass is not specified. It can be almost anything, and in fact it does not much
matter what type of significance the mass has. Any mass is better than no
mass, according to the thetan.
If the preclear is exteriorized, the auditor already starts him on the
Remedy of Havingness in the Route 1 step where the preclear is asked to copy
what he is looking at (R1-5). When one is doing R1-5, one must be very careful
to obey the gradient scale principle behind Remedy of Havingness. One would
not make the preclear make twenty copies and then push them all into himself
or the body. One would make the preclear make two or three copies and pushs
them in one at a time until the Preclear could remedy his havingness with ease.
The auditor would then have the preclear "Mock up a mass and shove it into
yourself," and then "Mock up a mass and throw it away," and do this back and
forth until the preclear could do this easily and well, at which time the
auditor would tell the preclear, "Mock up two masses and shove them into
yourself," and then "Mock up two masses and throw them away," until finally
the auditor has the preclear mock up eight masses as though they were the
corners of a cube around the preclear and "Shove them into yourself," and then
"Mock up eight masses and throw them away."
One must remember that in spite of the fact that he cannot duplicate mass
actually as himself, having no space or mass, natively, the motto of the
thetan is "anything is better than nothing." When you tear up a lot of
facsimiles for a thetan and throw them away, he becomes very unhappy unless
you have him reconstruct those facsimiles or remedy the mass he has lost
accordingly. When you are having a thetan go into and out of MEST universe
masses, a certain amount of energy is burned up, and after the thetan has been
run for a short time on this step (R1-9 in The Creation of Human Ability), you
must be particularly careful to remedy his havingness with eight masses shoved
into himself and eight masses thrown away several times. A thetan who has been
run a great deal without Remedy of Havingness comes to what is to him a
horrible thought: "I am just a concept," and will sag in tone. He does not
come to this state as long as havingness is consistently remedied.
It may be, as one looks at Scientology, that one has come to the opinion,
watching Remedy of Havingness work, that all there is to anything is the
Remedy of Havingness, that it is all based on the Remedy of Havingness. If one
has a preclear shove enough havingness into his body he will exteriorize in
most cases. If one
117
remedies enough havingness while the thetan is chasing around the universe, as
in the Grand Tour, the thetan will discover and as-is a great many
communication lines which otherwise might be very detrimental. However, it is
not true that havingness is the entire key to the human mind. Havingness is
the "gimmick" or "weenie" for which the game is played, and having something
is very much like winning.
Above havingness there is doingness, and above doingness there is
beingness, and above beingness there is communicatingness, and above
communicatingness there is knowingness, and above knowingness there is
postulatingness, and so we see we have a long way to go above havingness in
order to get to the top activity of a thetan, which is making postulates, or
unmaking them.
One could, of course, rationalize each and every action of the thetan
with regard to havingness. One could even extend havingness to space, although
it normally refers to objects. One could do all manner of interesting things
with havingness. One could get as specific and as significant as one likes, or
as un-significant as one likes, and still find Remedy of Havingness working,
but we do not have here in Remedy of Havingness the total clue, the total key.
But we do have a process and an item which must not be overlooked in auditing.
In the Six Basic Processes the Remedy of Havingness comes after the
Opening Procedure by Duplication as a process, itself, but remember that
Remedy of Havingness is done and can be done at any time during any of the
processes as long as the preclear is even vaguely in communication with the
auditor. It does not matter how vague the mass is that the preclear is using
to remedy his havingness. Here is a place where certainty is not necessary. An
unreal, vague, or flimsy mass, if this is all the preclear can get, will still
remedy his havingness.
A case comes to mind out of the Advanced Clinical Course where a student
was unwilling, after his second day, to continue his studies. He did not
believe that he could stand the "hammer and pound," as he put it, of the
terrifically intense schedule. I took him into my office, asked him what he
was doing in life, and he replied to me that he was a machinist. Also, it
seemed to turn out that he had had something to do with a ship which had sunk
under him, although his recollection of this was very unclear. I asked him
what kind of a machine he had customarily run, and he told me. When I had him
mock up this machine, and remedy his havingness with it. Then I had him mock
up the ship and remedy his havingness with that, just as given above. I did
this for about fifteen minutes, and enough change occurred in his case to
entirely return his confidence in his ability to stand up to the course and to
audit. Yet the mock-ups he was getting were so thin that he could barely
vaguely discern them at all.
Mock-ups get unreal because the thetan is not-ising existence. He is
trying to destroy masses by saying that they do not exist, that they are not
real. He is so bent up on this system of destruction that he is making
everything unreal or black. One of the cures for this End of Cycle Processing
run in the following fashion:
One has the preclear mock himself up dead (no matter how unreal this mock-
up is), then have the mock-up waste away to bone, and have the bones waste
away to dust, and then have the preclear shove the dust into himself or,
alternately, throw it away. One once more has the preclear mock himself up
dead, have the mock-up waste away to bone, have the bones waste away to dust,
and then have the preclear remedy his havingness with the dust. One continues
this for two or three hours with the preclear if one really wishes the case to
make a change. Where a preclear is getting no reality on mock-uo or blackness,
he is most commonly stuck in that Para-Scientological thing, that thing
horribly abhorred by psychologists who have become Dianeticists, or by people
who are just plain scared: a past death. If you wanted to convince somebody
that past deaths exist, you would run End of Cycle processing on them. This is
a cousin process to the Remedy of Havingness. One could go a very long
distance with this process and have the preclear mock up his mother dead, have
her waste away to bones, and remedy havingness with the dust, or do this with
the dust, or do this with the father or brothers, or grandparents, with a
considerable change in the case.
118
This End of Cycle Processing, by the way, is a very fine process. It has
been with us about a year and it has been successful whenever used. It has a
tendency to fall into disuse because it has not until now had an exact place
on the Six Basic Processes. But End of Cycle is actually an additional process
to the Remedy of Havingness and is an effective way of remedying havingness.
Do you remember in the old days the Dianetics "corpse case" who would lie upon
the couch with his arms crossed neatly, all ready for a lily, and would always
audit in this fashion? The solution to this corpse case is End of Cycle
Processing, as given here. The preclear is so fixed in a death that he is
trying to make everything unreal, and the only real thing, to him, would be
the unreality of death.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1955, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B is basically a reissue of PAB No. 50 which can be found in
context in Volume II, Page 180.]
119
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
EXPANDED GITA
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1972
Remimeo
EXPANDED GITA
(Previously issued in the Journal of Scientology,
Issue 16-G, published by Hubbard Association of
Scientologists, Philadelphia, June 1953)
(This is an extension of Give and Take processing.) Test preclear to see
if he can get a mock-up he can see, no matter how vague. Then have him WASTE,
ACCEPT UNDER DURESS, DESIRE and finally Be Able to take or leave alone each of
the items listed below. He does this with mock-ups or ideas. He must do the
sequence of waste -- etc. in the order given here for each item. He wastes it
by having it at remote distances in places where it will do no good, being
used or done or observed by something which cannot appreciate it. When he is
able to waste it in vast quantities the auditor then has him accept it in mock-
up form until he no longer is antagonistic to having to accept it even when it
is unpleasant and great force is applied to make him take it. Again, with mock-
ups, he must be able to bring himself to desire it even in its worst form;
then, by mock-ups of it in its most desirable form he must come to be able to
leave it entirely alone or take it in its worst form without caring. EXPANDED
GITA remedies contra-survival abundance and scarcity. It will be found that
before one can accept a very scarce (to him) thing, he has to give it away. A
person with a milk allergy must be able to give away, in mock-up, enormous
quantities of milk, wasting it, before he can accept any himself. The items in
this list are compounded of several years of isolating what factors were more
important to minds than others. The list lacks very few of the very important
items, if any. Additions to or subtractions from this list should not be
attempted. Viewpoint, Work and Pain should be heavily and often stressed and
given priority.
Waste, Have Forced Upon, Desire, Be Able to Give or Take, in that order,
each of the following= (Order of items here is random.) Viewpoint, Work, Pain,
Beauty, Motion, Engrams, Ugliness, Logic, Pictures, Confinement, Money,
Parents, Blackness, Police, Light, Explosions, Bodies, Degradation, Male
Bodies, Female Bodies, Babies, Children Male, Children Female, Strange and
Peculiar Bodies, Dead Bodies, Affinity (Love), Agreement, Beautiful Bodies,
People, Attention, Admiration, Force, Energy, Lightning, Unconsciousness,
Problems, Antagonism, Reverence, Fear, Objects, Time, Eating Human Bodies,
Sound, Grief, Beautiful Sadness, Hidden Influences, Hidden Communications,
Doubts, Faces, Dimension Points, Anger, Apathy, Ideas, Enthusiasm,
Disagreement, Hate, Sex, Reward, Eating Parents, Eaten by Mother, Eaten by
Father, Eating Men, Eaten by Men, Eating Women, Eaten by Women, Start, Broken
Communications, Written Communications, Stillness, Exhaustion, Women Stopping
Motion, Men Stopping Motion, Changing Motion Women, Changing Motion Men,
Changing Motion Babies, Changing Motion Children, Starting Motion Men, Starting
Motion Women, Starting Motion Children, Starting Motion Objects, Starting
Motion Self, Omens, Wickedness, Forgiveness, Play, Games, Sound, Machinery,
Touch, Traffic, Stolen Goods, Stolen Pictures, Homes, Blasphemy, Caves,
Medicine, Glass, Mirrors, Pride, Musical Instruments, Dirty Words, Space, Wild
Animals, Pets, Birds, Air, Water, Food, Milk, Garbage, Gases, Excreta, Rooms,
Beds, Punishment, Boredom, Confusion, Soldiers, Executioners, Doctors, Judges,
Psychiatrists, Alcoholic Liquor, Drugs, Masturbation, Rewards, Heat, Cold,
Forbidden Things, God, The Devil, Spirits, Bacteria, Glory, Dependence,
Responsibility, Wrongness, Rightness, Insanity, Sanity, Faith, Christ, Death,
Rank, Poverty, Maps, Irresponsibility, Greetings, Farewells, Credit,
Loneliness, Jewels, Teeth, Genitalia, Complications, Help, Pretense, Truth,
Lies, Assurance, Contempt, Predictability, Unpredictability, Vacuums, White
Clouds, Black Clouds, Unattainables, Hidden Things, Worry, Revenge,
Textbooks, Kisses, The Past, The Future, The Present, Arms, Stomachs, Bowels,
Mouths, Cigarettes, Smoke, Urine,
120
Vomit, Convulsions, Saliva, Flowers, Semen, Blackboards, Fireworks, Toys,
Vehicles, Dolls, Audiences, Doors, Walls, Weapons, Blood, Ambitions,
Illusions, Betrayal, Ridicule, Hope, Happiness, Mothers, Fathers,
Grandparents, Suns, Planets, Moons, Sensation, Looking, Incidents, Waiting,
Silence, Talking, Knowing, Not Knowing, Doubts, Fac One, Remembering,
Forgetting, Auditing, Minds, Fame, Power, Accidents, Illnesses, Approval,
Tiredness, Faces, Acting, Drama, Costumes, Sleep, Holding Things Apart,
Holding Things Together, Destroying Things, Sending Things Away, Making Things
Go Fast, Making Things Appear, Making Things Vanish, Convictions, Stability,
Changing People, Silent Men, Silent Women, Silent Children, Symbols of
Weakness, Symbols of Force, Disabilities, Education, Languages, Bestiality,
Homosexuality, Invisible Bodies, Invisible Acts, Invisible Scenes, Accepting
Things Back, Games, Rules, Players, Restimulation, Sexual Restimulation, Space
Reduction, Size Reduction, Entertainment, Cheerfulness, Freedom for Others to
Talk, Act, Feel Pain, Be Sad, Thetans, Personalities, Cruelty, Organizations.
TRY FIRST: Health Bodies, Strong Bodies, Good Perception, Good Recall.
WARNING: Should your preclear become unstable or upset doing this process
take him to STEP VI. Then return to this list.
COMMENT: The mind is sufficiently complicated that it can be expected to
have computations on almost all the above. Thus there is no single clearing
button and search for it is at the dictate of a circuit, the mechanism of
circuits being to search for something hidden. Thus, your preclear may begin
to compute and philosophize and seek to find the "button" that will release
all this. All this releases all the buttons so tell him to relax and go on
with the process every time he starts to compute.
NOTE: Running the above will bring to the surface without further
attention the "computation on the case" and the service facsimile. Do not
audit these. Run EXPANDED GITA.
STEP V -- PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. EXTERIORIZATION BY SCENERY.
Have preclear, with his body's eyes, study and see the difference between
similar real objects such as the two legs of a chair, the spaces between the
back, two cigarettes, two trees, two girls. He must see and study the objects.
It is not enough to remember the objects. The definition of a CASE V is "no
mock-ups, only blackness." Have him continue this process until he is alert.
Use liberally and often.
Then exteriorize by having the preclear close his eyes and move actual
places on Earth under him, preferably places he has not been. Have him bring
these up to him. Find two similar things in the scene and observe the
difference between them. Move him over oceans and cities until he is certain
that he is exteriorized.
Then, preferably while exteriorized, have him do STEP I.
This case has to know before he can be. His viewpoint is in the past.
Give him present time viewpoints until he is a STEP I by the methods given for
STEP V.
(COMMENT: PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION is a very good general technique
and resolves chronic somatics and improves tone.)
Assume other people's viewpoints as a drill -- not what they think about
things, but as they look at things in the material universe. Attempt to be in
the location of a leaf, blade of grass, car headlamp, etc., and view the
universe.
STEP VI -- A-R-C STRAIGHT WIRE using next-to-last list of Self Analysis in
Scientology which asks preclear to recall something really real to him, etc.
Then use the lists in Self Analysis. This level is the neurotic. It is
identified by the preclear having mockups which will not persist or which
won't go away. Use also PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. Then go to STEP IV. At
any drop in tone, return case to STEP VI.
STEP VII -- PSYCHOTIC CASES. (Whether in or out of body.) The psychotic
appears to be in such desperate straits that the auditor often errs in
thinking desperate
121
measures are necessary. Use the lightest possible methods. Give ease space and
freedom where possible. Have psychotic imitate (not mock up) various things.
Have him do PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. Get him to tell the difference
between things by actual touch. Have him locate, differentiate and touch
things that are really real to him (real objects or items). If inaccessible,
mimic him with own body, whatever he does, until he comes into communication.
Have him locate corners of the room and hold them without thinking. As soon as
his communication is up go to STEP VI, but be very sure he changes any mock-up
around until he knows it is a mock-up, that it exists, and that he himself
made it. Do not run engrams. He is psychotic because viewpoints in present
time are so scarce that he has gone into the past for viewpoints which at
least he knew existed. By PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION, by tactile on objects,
restore his idea of an abundance of viewpoint in present time. If he has been
given electric shock, do not process it or any other brutality. Work him for
very brief periods, for his attention span is short. Always work psychotics
with another auditor or a companion present.
NOTE: All steps for all cases. If in doubt as to condition of case, test
with STEP VI.
NOTE: An operating thetan must also be able to manufacture particles of
admiration and force in abundance.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1953, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B is taken from Journal of Scientology, Issue 16-G, June 1953,
Standard Operating Procedure 8, which can be found in context in Volume I,
Page 390.]
122
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MAY 1972
Remimeo
THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS
(Previously issued as PAB No. 72,21 February 1956)
A careful study of staff auditors' reports reveals that the only advances
worthy of the name of Scientology occur when the auditor repairs or remedies
havingness on the preclear. Without the repair and remedy of havingness no
real gains become apparent. A preclear will not progress when his havingness
is impaired.
What are the symptoms of loss of havingness? Running any as-ising
techniques the preclear may become anaten, slightly nervous, agitated, want a
cigarette, or seem to break out of the session in some fashion. In either
case, he is "down on havingness." In other words he has burned up, used up, or
as-ised, too much of his physical body energy in the auditing itself. In view
of the fact that every subjective technique puts a sort of hole in the middle
of the electronic mass surrounding a preclear, parts of that mass then begin
to cave in on the preclear. Thus running an as-ising technique on a preclear
beyond the ability of the preclear to sustain the consequent loss of
havingness will bring on in the preclear many new engrams which he did not
have before. A technique which as-ises energy, if used without a repair or
remedy of havingness, will bring about a worsening of the case of a preclear.
Now exactly what is happening is very simple. A preclear starts to go
anaten and the auditor keeps on running the process. He hasn't realized that
he ought to interrupt a process at any time if the preclear demonstrates a
loss of havingness. Anaten is such a demonstration of loss of havingness. All
right, another example: the preclear becomes agitated or upset; he reaches for
a cigarette; he begins to twitch; his foot begins to wobble; he begins to talk
excitedly; he begins to cough while being audited. All of these things
demonstrate a loss of havingness. These same conditions, by the way, can
result from the preclear believing that the auditor has broken the Auditor's
Code in some fashion or has overcome his power of choice. Both a repair and
remedy of havingness are immediately indicated on the observation of anaten
or agitation on the part of the preclear. In addition the auditor should
carefully go over the session itself to find out, if anywhere, the preclear
believed his power of choice was being overcome, or if the preclear believed
the Auditor's Code had been broken. You understand that the auditor didn't
necessarily have to overcome the preclear's power of choice or break the
Auditor's Code in order that the preclear should believe that this has
happened. However, this could be overlooked entirely if the auditor had been
careful enough to repair or remedy the havingness of the preclear.
The slightest drop of alertness on the part of the preclear, or the
slightest agitation or somatic, should immediately indicate to the auditor
that havingness has dropped and must be immediately repaired or remedied. A
great deal of time can be spent on the subject of repair and remedy of
havingness, and it is time spent with great benefit. It is better to "waste"
time spent repairing and remedying havingness than to blunder on through. Now
there is another thing I have noticed with regard to this. Auditors are
running these days toward cognition. Very well, if they expect a preclear to
cognite they should not expect him to pull in a bank upon himself. If an
auditor runs a very obvious process which should bring the preclear toward
cognition, runs it several auditing commands and then stops and repairs and
remedies the preclear's havingness, and then after that asks him the same
auditing question two more times, he will discover that he has blown a
cognition into view. In other words you could remedy the havingness of a
preclear while his mind was on one particular subject and bring a cognition
into existence.
123
This becomes particularly important today, since a few months ago I
discovered that you could remedy the havingness of anybody, and I mean just
that!! You can remedy anybody's havingness and you can turn on mock-ups on
anybody. The fact that the preclear who has a black field can be caused to
mock up blacknesses or invisibilities and shove them into his body brings us
into an era of being able to make anybody turn on mock-ups. Getting the
preclear to postulate that the mocked up blackness is bad for the body will
cause that blackness to snap into the body. By getting the preclear to
postulate that the invisible mass he has mocked up is bad for the body it will
snap into the body. Of course, after this has been done a few times, the
consideration of the preclear will change. Then perhaps the blackness or
invisibility will only snap in when the preclear postulates that it is good
for the body. He may also have a residue left. It is very important to get rid
of these repair and remedy of havingness residues. By various postulates such
as that the residue is a threat to the body, it is good for the body, it is
bad for the body, the residue too will snap in.
Let's differentiate at once here the difference between a repair of
havingness and a remedy of havingness. We used to call repair of havingness
"giving him some havingness." It needs a better technical term. Therefore let
us call this "Repair of Havingness." It means having the preclear mock up
anything he can mock up, and in any way it can be done get him to shove (never
pull) that mock-up into the body, and by similar means to get rid of the
residue which went along with the mock-up. That is a repair of havingness. It
is a one-way flow; it is an inflow.
Now a remedy of havingness is getting him to mock up and shove into the
body enough masses to bring him to a point where he can eventually throw one
away. In other words repair of havingness is simply having him mock up things
and having him shove them into the body, and a remedy of havingness is having
him mock up and shove in and throw away the same type of mock-up. Remedy of
havingness is always a superior operation to a repair of havingness. Repair of
havingness is a very crude stop-gap, but can be used any time. However, a
preclear who is working well, and on whom havingness can be remedied, should,
at all times, have his havingness remedied, not repaired. In other words any
type of mock-up should be both shoved into the body and mocked up and thrown
away. This should be done in considerable quantity until the preclear is quite
relaxed about that particular type of mock-up. One does this, remember, every
time the attention of the preclear drops, or he becomes agitated.
There is one other little point connected with this which is quite
important, and that is, auditors very often audit a preclear into an area of
time when the preclear exteriorized. This, on a preclear who does not
exteriorize easily, brings on a considerable grief and sadness. The way to get
rid of this is, of course, to remedy the preclear's havingness or only repair
it, and to ask the preclear to recall times when he was not exteriorized. This
will bring up at once times when he did exteriorize and where fear of
exteriorization was built up considerably.
I have noticed another special condition regarding this exteriorization
phenomena which is quite important. A preclear will occasionally repair and
remedy havingness up to a point where the body disappears for him. He doesn't
quite know where to put the mass he has mocked up since he cannot find the
body. This is particularly true of preclears who have a very low threshold on
havingness. An auditor would be stupid indeed to simply plow along beyond that
point where the preclear has already said that he couldn't find any body to
push any havingness into. The moment the preclear does that the auditor should
suspect that the preclear has gotten into an exteriorization type incident. It
is not, however, necessary that he immediately flounder around and try to find
this incident as recommended in the paragraphs just above. He can also repair
and remedy havingness in this fashion, and it is very important to know this.
Although it is disastrous for a preclear to be asked "What could your body
have?" since he will simply strip the bank of various old facsimiles, it is a
very, very good repair of havingness to ask a preclear "What is there around
this room (area) which your body could have?" and then have him pick out
specific objects in the environment which he says the body could have. If he
does this he will come up the gradient scale of havingness, and his havingness
will be repaired immediately or directly on the Sixth Dynamic. With a preclear
who cannot get mock-ups and where the auditor has either
124
been too clumsy to get the preclear's mock-ups turned on or it really was
impossible, more or less, the preclear's havingness can be repaired by having
him do this process. So this is a very, very important process, and one that
ought to go down in red letters.
This whole subject of repair and remedy of havingness and its effect upon
auditing, and the fact that it has not been stressed at all in training, being
up there at Level Six in the old Basic Processes, brings us to SLP Issue 8.
The entirety of Level One in SLP 8 will be devoted to the repair and remedy of
havingness.
In SLP issue 7 we have a great many phenomena associated with the remedy
of the body's havingness. The reason for their position is to bring about an
adjustment of the condition of the body before one goes on to other and more
complicated ways of processing. Now, in issue 8, all of these various things
will be retained, but they will be paralleled with a complete remedy of
havingness and that particular level of SLP will be gone over. In actual
experience it is better to remedy the havingness of a preclear, no matter
where he is on the tone scale, and no matter by what process, than to run any
significant process. Further, if a preclear cannot at least repair his
havingness, to run Waterloo Station is to invite disaster, because in this
particular process of Level 2 he is liable to get himself into a "down
havingness" situation and of course will not be able to not-know anything. He
may be chewing up too much energy while trying to not-know. Thus we would have
the failures which have occasionally occurred in Waterloo Station. They were
simply havingness failures, not a failure of Waterloo Station. Further there
has been a new command suggested for Waterloo Station: "what would you be
willing to not-know about that person?" This seems to be a better command, at
least for the British isles.
We also take care of the vacuums and separatenesses and everything else
with repair or remedy of havingness and running it in with certain other
things, such as problems, etc. When we discover by two-way communication a
weak universe, we could then ask the individual preclear, "Invent a problem
that person (weak universe) could be to you." Then, watching him very
carefully, and repairing his havingness on the subject of that person's
possessions, get a very rapid separation of universes. I have noticed that the
weak universe came about when the person elected by the preclear to be a weak
universe first began to put mest anchor points around the preclear. In other
words, valuable presents.
I am as pleased as can be to get a finger on this point and I know well
that if East, West, North and South would begin to repair and remedy
havingness and stop specializing in significances without repair or remedy of
havingness, we are going to start shooting people up to the top of these
Scientometric graphs. We can't help it.
Let me call your attention specifically to the old phenomena of the
emotional scale and the engram. We found out that when one engram was keyed
in, it fixed the emotional tone of the individual. Then we had him run this
and as he converted the engram to usable havingness, we found that his tone
rose. We discover on these Scientometric charts that the "unhappy" section
does not move if we don't change the mass of the preclear.
SACRIFICES
The latest news from the research front has to do with the fact that the
GE demands and requires and has to have, evidently, sacrifices. The GE does
not run on an overt act-motivator sequence, which makes one suspect he is not
a thetan. A GE runs exclusively on being sacrificed to. If you have the
preclear mock up sacrifices to the GE, you will find these become very readily
assimilated.
On a lower level the body accepts motivators; as soon as it is through
this motivator band, it accepts sacrifices and finally comes up to a point
where it will accept live bodies. When one considers that eating is entirely a
matter of absorbing death, one sees this death hunger in processing by running
Sacrifices. A person who has had bad legs should have a sacrifice of legs run
on him and so forth. This is astonishing material. It is almost unbelievable
that the GE will not be sacrificed to anything, but will only be
125
sacrificed to, and this phenomenon that the GE is thereby demanding death
tells us at once that the atomic bomb will be used and that there are people
in the world who will actually crave this sacrifice of cities and even nations.
Aside from being a fantastically workable process, more of which anon,
this matter of sacrifices tells us at once a great deal about the future.
There will be no moral restraint where the atomic bomb is concerned. For about
the highest level in some areas of the world, as to ease, is "operating GE."
This tells us, too, why soldiers will go to war. This explains a great deal of
conduct.
The GE evidently operates on the postulate that as long as anything else
is alive it can't live. However, it is becoming more and more doubtful that
there is any more life in the body than the thetan puts there, and that the
body is a single machine operating on some implanted postulates contained in
the energy masses which are activated by the thetan somewhat on the order of
the old "pole" theta trap. Many of these considerations can be changed around
rather easily. Nothing changes them quite so fast as these sacrifice processes.
In mocking up sacrifices the auditor should use all the skills of
creative processing and ensure that the preclear is actually mocking up and is
not dragging in old facsimiles from the bank and restimulating genetic line
incidents. This can be obviated by having the persons in the mock-ups dressed
in modern clothing; mocking up the incident as happening tomorrow; altering
the mock-up in some manner, such as turning the face green or something of
this nature. Any reasonable way in which you can ensure that you are dealing
with mock-ups and not past track facsimiles.
This gives auditors another tool with which to handle chronic somatics.
There is another process which has a great deal of workability with
chronic somatics. I know that some months ago and earlier than that it seemed
rather fatal to us to continue to fixate the preclear's attention on the
chronic somatic. But that is not a problem with us right now. It ceased to be
a problem the moment I invented an auditing command exactly as follows:
"Invent a problem that (leg, arm, nose, eye, body) could be to you." Running
this command, which is in itself a sort of remedy of havingness, and repairing
and remedying the havingness of the preclear as we go, we will discover that
practically any and all phenomena associated with the service facsimile will
come away and clear up, and the limb, nose or eye will get well. This can be
used as a word of warning: ONLY ON ACTUAL TERMINALS. Never use this command,
and I mean NEVER, on actual conditions. Never ask him to invent problems
lameness could be to him. Never ask him what problem blindness could be to
him. Lameness and blindness are conditions. We want to know what problems legs
or eyes can be to him, since legs and eyes are terminals. In running this
command we reduce havingness too rapidly whenever we are stressing conditions.
Therefore we run it only on terminals. In running it use only terminals.
Handled in this way we do have the answer as of this moment, to chronic
somatics. With these processes in SLP and the adequate repair and remedy of
havingness we can push our preclears right up through the top.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright $c 1956, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 72, 21 February 1956, which can be
found in context in Volume II, Page 371.]
126
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ROBOTISM
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MAY 1972
Remimeo
ROBOTISM
(Reference HCOB 28 Nov 1970, C/S Series 22, "Psychosis".)
A technical advance has been made in relation to the inactivity, slowness
or incompetence of human beings.
This discovery proceeds from a two and a half year intense study of
aberration as it affects the ability to function as a group member.
The ideal group member is capable of working causatively in full
cooperation with his fellows in the achievement of group goals and the
realization of his own happiness.
The primary human failing is an inability to function as himself or
contribute to group achievements.
Wars, political upsets, organizational duress, growing crime rates,
increasingly heavy "justice", growing demands for excessive welfare, economic
failure and other age-long and repeating conditions find a common denominator
in the inability of human beings to coordinate.
The current political answer, in vogue in this century and growing, is
totalitarianism where the state orders the whole life of the individual. The
production figures of such states are very low and their crimes against the
individual are numerous.
A discovery therefore of what this factor is, that makes the humanoid the
victim of oppression, would be a valuable one.
The opening lines of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health
comment on Man's lack of an answer for himself.
The group needs such an answer in order to survive and for its individual
members to be happy.
SCALE
Pan-determined
Self-determined
-----------
Robot | Other-determined
|
band | Oblivious
-----------
Insane
NEEDING ORDERS
The exact mechanism of needing orders is to be found as an outgrowth of
the mental condition outlined in HCOB 28 Nov 1970, "Psychosis".
The individual with an evil purpose has to withhold himself because he may do
destructive things.
When he fails to withhold himself he commits overt acts on his fellows or
other dynamics and occasionally loses control and does so.
This of course makes him quite inactive.
To overcome this he refuses any responsibility for his own actions.
127
Any motion he makes must be on the responsibility of others.
He operates then only when given orders.
Thus he must have orders to operate.
Therefore one could term such a person a robot. And the malady could be
called robotism.
PERCEPTION
Studies of perception undertaken since HCOB 28 Nov 70 reveal that sight,
hearing and other channels of awareness decrease in proportion to the number
of overt acts -- and therefore withholds -- which the person has committed on
the whole track.
By relieving these sight has been remarkably brightened.
Therefore a person who is withholding himself from committing overt acts
because of his own undesired purposes has very poor perception.
He does not see the environment around him.
Thus, combined with his unwillingness to act on his own initiative, there
is a blindness to the environment.
OVERT PRODUCTS
(see P/L 14 Nov 70, Org Series 14)
Since he does not act upon orders he is taking responsibility for, he
executes orders without fully understanding them.
Further he executes them in an environment he does not see.
Thus when forced to produce he will produce overt products. These are
called so because they are not in actual fact useful products but something no
one wants and are overt acts in themselves -- such as inedible biscuits or a
"repair" that is just further breakage.
SLOWNESS
The person is slow because he is moving on other-determinism, is carefully
withholding himself and cannot see anyway.
Thus he feels lost, confused or unsafe and cannot move positively.
Because he produces overt products he gets slapped around or goes
unthanked and so begins a decline.
He cannot move swiftly and if he does has accidents. So he teaches
himself to be careful and cautious.
JUSTICE
Group justice is of some use but all it really does is make the person
withhold himself even harder and while a necessary restraint, nevertheless
does not itself bring a lasting improvement.
Threats and "heads on a pike" (meaning examples of discipline) do however
jar the person into giving his attention and channeling his actions into a
more desirable path from the group viewpoint.
Justice is necessary in a society of such people but it is not a remedy
for improvement.
MALICE
Despite the viciousness of the truly insane, there is little or no real
malice in the robot.
The truly insane cannot control or withhold their evil purposes and
dramatize them at least covertly.
128
The insane are not always visible. But they are visible enough. And they
are malicious.
The robot on the other hand does control his evil impulses to a great
extent.
He is not malicious.
His danger mainly stems from the incompetent things he does, the time of
others he consumes, the waste of time and material and the brakes he puts on
the general group endeavor.
He does not do all these things intentionally. He does not really know he
is doing them.
He looks in wounded surprise at the wrath he generates when he breaks
things, wrecks programs and gets in the way. He does not know he is doing
these things. For he cannot see that he is. He may go along for some time
doing (slowly wasteful) well and then carelessly smashes the exact thing that
wrecks the whole activity.
People suppose he cunningly intended to do so. He seldom does.
He winds up even more convinced he can't be trusted and that he should
withhold harder!
FALSE REPORTS
The robot gives many false reports. Unable to see, how can he know what
is true?
He seeks to fend off wrath and attract good will by "PR" (public
relations boasts) without realizing he is giving false reports.
MORALE
The robot goes into morale declines easily. Since production is the basis
of morale, and since he does not really produce much, left to his own devices,
his morale sags heavily.
PHYSICAL INERTIA
The body is a physical object. It is not the being himself.
As a body has mass it tends to remain motionless unless moved and tends
to keep going in a certain direction unless steered.
As he is not really running his body, the robot has to be moved when not
moving or diverted if moving on a wrong course.
Thus anyone with one or more of such beings around him tends to get
exhausted with shoving them into motion or halting them when they go wrong.
Exhaustion only occurs when one does not understand the robot.
It is the exasperation that exhausts one.
With understanding one is not exasperated because he can handle the
situation. But only if he knows what it is.
PTS
Potential Trouble Sources are not necessarily robots.
A PTS person generally is withholding himself from a Suppressive Person
or group or thing.
Toward that SP person or group or thing he is a robot! He takes orders
from them if only in opposites.
His overts on the SP person make him blind and non-self-determined.
129
BASIC WHY
The basic reason behind persons who cannot function, are slow or inactive
or incompetent and who do not produce is
WITHHOLDING SELF FROM DOING DESTRUCTIVE
THINGS, AND THUS UNWILLING TO TAKE
RESPONSIBILITY AND THEREFORE NEEDING
ORDERS.
The exact wording of this WHY must be done by the individual himself after
examining and grasping this principle.
If one writes this principle down on the top of a sheet and then asks the
person to word it exactly as it applies to himself one will attain the
individual why for inaction and incompetence. It will produce GIs and F/N at
the Examiner.
PROCESSING
Physical work in the physical universe, general confronting, reach and
withdraw, and Objective Processes go far in remedying this condition.
Touch assists regularly and correctly given to proper End Phenomena will
handle illnesses of such persons.
Word Clearing is vital tech to open the person's comm lines, wipe out
earlier misunderstoods and increase his understanding.
PTS tech will handle the person's robotism toward SP individuals, groups
or things. To this and the PTS Rundown can be added the WHY above as it
relates to the things or beings found as suppressive as a last step.
The why above can be used in Danger Formula work such as HCO P/L 9 April
72, Correct Danger Formula, and HCO P/L 3 May 72, "Ethics and Executives".
Other individual whys can exist in these instances.
EXPANDED DIANETICS
The miracle of well done perfectly executed Expanded Dianetics eradicates
both insanity and robotism. Drug handling and other actions may be necessary.
END PRODUCT
The end product when one has fully handled robotism is not a person who
cannot follow orders or who operates solely on his own.
Totalitarian states fear any relief of the condition as they foolishly
actively promote and hope for such beings. But this is only a deficiency in
their own causes and their lack of experience with fully self-determined
beings. Yet education, advertising and amusements have been designed only for
robots. Even religions existed to suppress "Man's Evil Nature".
Lacking any examples or understanding many have feared to free the robot
to his own control and think even with horror on it.
But you see, beings are NOT basically robots. They are miserable when
they are.
Basically they prosper only when they are self-determined and can be
pan-determined to help in the prosperity of all.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.bh
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
130
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/6/71
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=2
rDate=11/5/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION
METHOD I
Type = 11
iDate=30/6/71
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
Secs
C/Ses
Auditors
Word Clearers
Only
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1971 REVISED
Remimeo Issue II
Tech & Qual (Revised 9 Aug 71) (Revised 11 May 72)
Secs
C/Ses
Auditors Word Clearing Series 8RB
Word Clearers (Cancels HCOB 30 June 71 Issue II,
Only 8R and 8RR)
STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION
METHOD I
0. Clear the words in the Word Clearing Correction List so as to have it
ready for use in case of bog.
1. Fly a rud if no F/N. If TA High or Low do not try to fly an ARC Brk. Do a
C/S 53RRR instead. (See Auditor's Rights C/S Series 1 if any trouble with
this pc. If errors in previous word clear sessions use HCOB 21 July 1971
REVISED to handle word clearing corrections needed.)
2. Do not clear these words before assessment.
ASSESS.
R Factor: We are going to go over a list of subjects to see if there is
any word you didn't understand while studying these subjects. (Assess the
whole list rapidly and clearly, good TR 1 and noting every read from the
meter.)
Religion _______ The Mind _______
Ministers _______ The Spirit _______
Church _______ Bodies _______
College _______ Sex _______
Schools _______ The Insane _______
Sacrifices _______ Psychiatry _______
Surgery _______ Psychoanalysis _______
Medicine _______ Psychology _______
Electronics _______ Rituals _______
Physics _______ Rites _______
Technical Subjects _______ Ships _______
Dianetics _______ The Sea _______
Scientology _______ Military _______
Theology _______ Armies _______
Theosophy _______ Navies _______
Philosophy _______ Stars _______
Law _______ Heavenly Bodies _______
Organization _______ The Universe _______
Government _______ Planes _______
Written Materials _______ Vehicles _______
Text Books _______ Machinery _______
Practice _______ Motors _______
Science _______ Administration _______
Music _______ Hearing _______
Arithmetic _______ Illnesses _______
Grammar _______ Spoken Words _______
The Humanities _______ TAPES _______
131
Add items dealing with this specific Pc's life.
3. Ask the Question, "Is there any word on this list you didn't understand?"
Clear it. Then do Step 5 on it before going on. (Do not reassess this
list because there was a list word not understood.)
4. Take the remaining reading items from the best read on down and with E/S
pull each one to F/N. Get each word you find to F/N. There can be many
F/Ns per subject. End off with a win on the subject.
5. "In the subject of _______ what word has been misunderstood?"
He MUST look them up, so have a good dictionary handy. Do not accept "I
know the meaning" if the subject or word reads. CLEAR "GRAMMAR" or
grammatical words out of a simple book of grammar, not a dictionary.
It isn't an earlier time he misunderstood that word. It's an earlier word
in that subject and it can be an earlier subject.
Considerations about it and other questions are not touched.
Overts, W/Hs, etc are neglected. They are not done on the subject of the
word. They are done in the session ruds.
Just do the Process and it will eventually F/N on each chain.
6. When all reads on the first assessment are handled to F/N, REASSESS the
whole list. Do not take off the list items already handled.
7. Repeat Step 4.
8. Repeat Step 5.
9. Repeat Step 6, etc.
10. IN CASE OF ANY BOG OR SOMATIC USE THE WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST TO
CORRECT THE BOG.
11. A persistent F/N should be attained on assessing the whole list as the End
Phenomena of the Word Clearing sessions.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.bh
Copyright $c 1971, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
132
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=30/5/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Series 5R
THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
REVISED
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1972
REVISED
(Revised 30 May 72)
Remimeo
Study Series 5R
THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
REVISED
Reference: LRH ED 174 INT Study and Tech Breakthrough
LRH ED 178 INT Super-Literacy
of 30 May 72
HCO B 4 Apr 72 The Primary Rundown
Revised 30 May 72
HCO B 25 Oct 71 The Special Drug Rundown
HCO B 20 Apr 72 C/S Series 78
(Repairing Whys)
HCO PL 3 May 72 Ethics & Executives
HCO PL 5 Apr 72 PTS Type A Handling
HCO B 4 Feb 72 Study Correction List
HCOB 21 Jun 72 Method 7
Issue III
HCOB 21 Jun 72 Method 8
Issue IV
WHAT IT IS
The Primary Correction Rundown is a rundown given
(a) To a person who fails the Primary Rundown because of High or Low TA or
Study Troubles.
(b) To every Course Supervisor regardless of his TA.
(c) To persons whose literacy level is not adequate to do the Primary
Rundown.
(d) To persons on drugs or who have been on drugs.
(e) To auditors who go too often to Cramming.
(f) Auditors whose auditing errors show up later on pcs.
(g) Staff members who are not able to maintain stats.
(h) Staff members who get into Ethics trouble.
(i) Students with low study stats.
(j) Blown students.
(k) Members of the public who wish to purchase a "Study Rundown" but who
are not going to be auditors and who are not on major Courses (HSDC,
Academy Class IV, or above).
The Rundown consists of Ethics orientation on the first dynamic, Potential
Trouble Source from connections with hostile elements, drug handling, case
handling, the why of not using Study Tech or study, the Study Correction List
and handling, Method 7, a review of Grammar, and then back to a Primary RD
consisting of Method 1 Word Clearing, Method 8 on Study Tapes and Student Hat.
The Primary Correction Rundown is actually a checklist where each one of
these is done.
This checklist is kept in his pc folder on the inside of the left front
cover and marked off.
133
______________________________________ _____________________________________
Student's Name Date Begun
_____________________________________
Org
1. C/S 53RC (HCO B 31 Dec 71 Revised to 16 May 72). Assess
and Handle fully. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
2. HCO PL 3 May 72 with 2 lists Listing & Nulling on steps 3 and
4 of the PL. By an auditor. May require the repair of past Whys
found by C/S 78. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
3. PTS Check by Auditor. Is he connected to anyone hostile to
Dianetics or Scientology? Handle by PL 5 Apr 72. (It isn't
necessary he leave to handle. A letter will do.) More extensive
action can be done later when he gets a full PTS RD. Such
persons can also be run as a Problem. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
4. Drug Handling. HCO B 25 Oct 71, The Special Drug Rundown.
DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
5. Case Handling. Pgm by C/S to cover obvious outnesses, GF
Method 5, GF 40XR and other actions needful. (If chronically
ill or has a psychotic history should be run on Expanded
Dianetics if available, if not by objective processes and
Dianetics.) (Can also be run on Triple or Expanded Grades.)
DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
6. The Why of not Studying if never studied before in an org or
not using Study Tech. Done as a BD F/N Item. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
7. The Study Correction List HCO B 4 Feb 72. Assess Method 5
with good TRs, good Impingement, good metering. Handle in
full. If PTS shows up again do full PTS RD. Handle to a full
F/Ning list on final assessment. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
8. Method 7 HCO B 21 June 72 Issue III. Done by a Word Clearer.
DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
9. Review of Grammar by a Word Clearer M4 with student
studying between checks by himself and reporting daily. Use a
simple grammar such as that developed for foreign language
students. Do not use an American dictionary and an English
Grammar or vice versa, either both American or both English.
Must check out clean on Method 4 and know about grammar.
DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
10. Method 1 Word Clearing HCO B 30 June 71 Revised to 11 May
72, Word Clearing Series 8RB. All the misunderstood
background words of all words on the list must be cleared. The list
must F/N. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
11. Method 8, HCO B 21 June 72 Issue IV, Study Tapes.
DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
12. Method 8, Student Hat. DECLARED AT EXAMINER. _______
WITH A FINAL CHECKOUT AT EXAMINER THE PERSON MAY BE DECLARED
SUPER-LITERATE.
This is the whole of the Primary Correction Rundown.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
134
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=30/5/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PRIMARY RUNDOWN
(REVISED)
Remimeo
Tech Div
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1972
Remimeo REVISED 30 MAY 1972
Tech Div
PRIMARY RUNDOWN
(REVISED)
References: LRH ED 178 INT SUPER-LITERACY
LRH ED 174 INT HIGHEST PRIORITY
STUDY AND TECH BREAKTHROUGH
HCO B 30 Mar 72 THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
Revised 30 May 72 REVISED
HCO B 30 Jun 71 Word Clearing Series 8RB
Revised Issue II STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING
Revised 9 Aug 71 IN SESSION METHOD 1
Revised 11 May 72
HCO B 21 July 71 Word Clearing Series 35
Revised WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST
Revised 9 Aug 71 REVISED
Revised 31 Mar 72
HCO B 21 Jun 72 Word Clearing Series 41
Issue IV METHOD 8
HCO B 16 Apr 72 HANDLING OF NO INTERFERENCE AREA
Issue II PERSONS ORDERED TO A PRIMARY
[now cancelled] CORRECTION RUNDOWN AND DELIVERY
OF TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN
HCO B 25 Oct 71 THE SPECIAL DRUG RUNDOWN
Issue II [now BTB]
HCO PL 19 Mar 72 Word Clearing Series 34
Issue III HIGH CRIME POLICY AND WORD CLEARING
HCOB 3 Apr 72 Study Series 6
PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE
To know about the importance of the Primary Rundown read LRH ED 178 Int.
The Primary Rundown consists of word clearing and Study Tech. It makes a
student SUPER-LITERATE.
The Primary Rundown is given in the TECH DIVISION (Div IV, Dept 11).
(The TECH DIV may also give that portion of the Primary Correction Rundown
which calls for Method 1 and Method 8 of the Primary Correction Rundown which
is described in HCO B 30 March 72 Revised 30 May 72.)
SIMPLICITY
The Primary Rundown is very simple in its steps. Do NOT add things onto
it. Do not do something else.
HONESTY
The keynote of the Rundown is Honesty. The whole rundown can be wasted and
the student fail and the End Phenomena missed if the student goes dishonest or
he is just pushed for student points by the Supervisor.
If done dishonestly the whole future study career of the student will be
not only more difficult but may fail entirely.
135
Honesty means don't skip, don't brush it off, don't say it was done when
it wasn't.
Later checks of auditing or administrative failures contain checks of the
Primary Rundown errors and honesty. The whole rundown would have to be done
again.
STEPS
1. Verify if student's Tone Arm on a meter is usually between position 2
and 3. If so he may proceed. If not he at once is sent to the Primary
Correction Rundown as his case needs repair or handling before he can do the
Rundown as mental mass will get in his way and he may get upset. This step is
checked by the Supervisor.
(The Primary Correction Rundown is covered by HCO B 30 March 72 REVISED
30 May 72. It consists of auditing and study correction actions.)
2. If the Tone Arm is usually between 2 and 3 on the meter dial the
person is made into a Word Clear using Method 1 Word Clearing. (HCO B 30 June
71 Revised Issue II, Revised 9 Aug 71, Revised 11 May 72, WORD CLEARING SERIES
8RB.) This is done in the HGC or Dept 13 of Qual or may be done in a student
Co-Audit. Failure to do this step or do it well will make Study Tech
difficult. A good job on this Method One will give back a person's education
and send his Intelligence Quotient up. It is not a quickie action. The person
doing Word Clearing Method 1 on a person is doing an auditing action. It has
to be done well to achieve the final result of becoming a Word Clear.
If any errors are made or the person does not F/N at the Examiner (where
he goes after each session for a meter check), HCO B 21 July 71 Revised
(Revised 9 Aug 71, 31 Mar 72), WORD CLEARING SERIES 35, the Word Clearing
Correction List, is used. It can he used as often as there are upsets.
This step should be done before the next step is begun as it makes the
next step so much easier.
HCO P/L 19 Mar 72 Issue III, Word Clearing Series 34, HIGH CRIME POLICY,
also applies.
3. If in doing Method 1 the person was found to be very deficient in
Grammar and vocabulary, even though Method One was finished but took a very
long time or couldn't be finished due to case, the person is sent to Dept 13
for the Primary Correction Rundown.
4. If the person did all right on Method 1, he is now put on Study
Tapes. This is NOT just listening to Study Tapes, heaven forbid. This is HCO B
21 June 72 Issue IV, Word Clearing Series 41, METHOD 8.
This is a long and careful cycle.
It is completed in full.
It consists of looking up every new word on the tape in a grammar or large
dictionary and then listening to the tape.
The full directions are given in HCO B 21 June 72 Issue IV, Word Clearing
Series 41, Method 8.
5. The Student Hat is now done Method 8.
This completes the Primary Rundown.
If correctly done, the person will achieve the condition of Super-
Literacy. This is fully described in LRH ED 178 International of 30 May 72.
136
COURSE SUPERVISOR
It is up to the Course Supervisor to hold this line in. His students will
not prosper if their study is begun without a Primary Rundown.
It is a high crime to omit this vital step.
NO INTERFERENCE ZONE
Persons who are on Solo Auditing between R6EW and OT III may not be put
on a Primary Rundown or a Primary Correction Rundown. See HCO B 16 Apr 72
Issue II.
They may not be given Method 1 Word Clearing. They may only be Method 4ed
on Solo Instruction Materials.
BUT THEY MAY NOT BE DEBARRED FROM STUDY.
To all but those in the No Interference Area THE PRIMARY RUNDOWN IS THE
REQUIRED FIRST STEP TO ALL STUDY.
When on or after OT III, such persons must now do the Primary Rundown
before any continuance of study. It now becomes Mandatory.
CORRECTION RD
The Primary Correction Rundown takes care of people who have trouble on
the Primary Rundown.
But do not lightly order the person to the Primary Correction RD. If they
can get through the Primary Rundown with a bit of Supervisor time, let them go
on through.
But if they are nattery or upset or desperate even when given help, it is
the Primary Correction Rundown which will handle.
Do not just get rid of a Class to Qual.
DRUGS
Students who are or have been on Drugs need a Drug Rundown before tackling
Method 1. Drugs fog up a student and prevent gains. And he loses the gains he
gets.
The answer is a full Drug Rundown. (See HCO B 25 Oct 71, "The Special Drug
Rundown".) This will end off the drugs and let him live way above any plane he
thought drugs put him on.
We handle drug cases so easily it is foolish not to take this obvious
step. The reason he went on drugs or alcohol also comes off.
Then he can study and retain what he learns.
OPEN DOOR
The Primary Rundown is the open door to brilliance.
Super-Literacy is a new state for Man, existing in the past only in a few,
accidentally, who became the geniuses and great names of the race.
LRH:nt.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
137
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/12/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=2/6/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
L4BR
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968 REVISED
(Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968 List L4A)
(ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969)
Remimeo (Amended 8 August 1970)
(Amended 18 March 1971)
(Revised 2 June 72)
L4BR
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS
ASSESS THE WHOLE LIST (METHOD 5) THEN TAKE Biggest reads or BDs and
handle. Then clean up the list.
PC'S NAME ________________________________________ DATE________________________
AUDITOR ________________________________________
1. DID YOU FAIL TO ANSWER THE LISTING QUESTION?
(If it reads, find out what question, clear the question noting whether
it reads, if so, list it, find the item and give it to the pc.)
2. WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY?
(If it reads, indicate BPC and indicate that it was an unnecessary
action.)
2A. DID THE QUESTION HAVE NO CHARGE ON IT?
(Indicate.)
2B. WERE YOU ASHAMED TO CAUSE AN UPSET?
(L1C after list corrected.)
2C. WERE YOU AMAZED TO REACT THAT WAY?
(Same as 2B.)
2D. THE QUESTION HAD ALREADY BEEN LISTED BEFORE.
(Indicate rehab.)
2E. YOU HAD NO INTEREST IN THE QUESTION?
(Indicate that the auditor missed that it didn't read.)
3. WAS THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST?
(If it reads, handle by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
4. IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
(If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the pc his item.)
5. HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG?
(If so, find what list and get the item off from it by nulling with
suppress, the nulling question being: "on _______ has anything been
suppressed?", for each item on the overlong list. Give the Pc his item.)
6. HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST?
(If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list and null as
in 5. above and find the right item and give to the pc.)
7. HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU?
(If this reads, find out what it was and clean it up with Suppress and
Invalidate and give it to the pc.)
8. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
(If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and tell pc it
wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct
item.)
138
9. HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU?
(If reads, handle as in 6.)
10. HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
(If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invalidated it or if
somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to pc again.)
11. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST?
(If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list and give the
pc the item.)
12. HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
(If so, find out what question and try to write a list from recall and
get an item and give it to the pc.)
13. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
(If so, indicate to the pc this was not his item. Don't TRY to find
whose it was.)
14. HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEONE ELSE?
(If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the pc. Don't
try to identify the "somebody else".)
14A. WERE EARLIER LISTING ERRORS RESTIMULATED?
(Indicate and correct earlier lists then check the current.)
14B. HAD THIS LIST ALREADY BEEN HANDLED?
(Indicate.)
15. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON LISTING?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the pc, rehab back.)
16. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the pc and rehab back.)
17. HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING?
(If so, rehab. If Ext Rundown not given, note for C/S.)
18. HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
(If so, find out what item and why.)
19. HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
(If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available. If not put
item in the report.)
20. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
(If so, get it, if discreditable ask "Who nearly found out?")
21. HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED?
(Locate which one.)
22. WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS?
(If so, find out which one and indicate to the pc.)
23. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
(If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.)
24. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
(If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.)
25. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
(If so, locate it and get in the assert button on it.)
26. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
(If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.)
27. HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
(If so, get off the charge and give it to the pc, or if he then changes
his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)
28. HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
(If so, get it back and give it again.)
139
29. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
(If so, find what it was again and give it to pc once more.)
30. HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
(If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it or accepts or
rejects it and go on with listing.)
30A. WAS THE LISTING QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
(Get defined and check for read. It may be unreading. If so, indicate
that an uncharged question was listed because it read on a
misunderstood.)
30B. WAS A WORD IN THE QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
(Same as 30A.)
31. WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR?
(If so, find out what the item was and give it to the pc correctly.)
31A. DID THE AUDITOR SUGGEST ITEMS TO YOU THAT WERE NOT YOURS?
(Indicate as illegal to do so. Correct the list removing these.)
32. WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
(If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.)
33. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
(If so, get off the reject and suppress and get the listing action
completed to the right item if possible.)
34. HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
(If so, get off the disagreement and protest.)
35. HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
36. HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(Of so, find when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
37. HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate and indicate the fact by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
38. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
(If so, indicate it to the pc, check the question if reads. Get earlier
similar itsa.)
39. HAS THE LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN?
(If so, rehab.)
39A. WAS THE LIST DONE WHILE YOU ALREADY HAD AN ARC BRK, PTP, OR W/H?
39B. COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?
39C. COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND THE AUDITOR?
39D. DIDN'T THE AUDITOR ACKNOWLEDGE YOU?
40. IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE?
(If so, find what and indicate it to pc.)
41. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
(If so, indicate it to pc.)
42. HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED?
(If so, indicate it to the pc.)
43. HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?
(If so, find which one and rehab.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.rw.dz.rr.nt.bh
Copyright $c 1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
140
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=15/10/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP
Type = 12
iDate=24/3/73
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Class IV
and above
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JUNE 1972R
Remimeo REVISED 15 OCTOBER 1974
Class IV
and above (Cancels BTB 24 March 1973R,
"PTS RD Errors".)
PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP
The following is an additional step to the PTS Rundown developed by me and
tested at Flag. This step is run after each terminal is run, to prevent by-
passing charge.
THE STEPS ARE:
1. Select the terminal already run in R3R and Ruds.
2. Clear "can't have", "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF SOMETHING TO SOMEONE ELSE.
Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE ACCEPT WHAT THEY DIDN'T WANT. Have
pc get the idea of these with an example or two.
3. Run on the SP items "can't have/enforced have" as motivator repetitive,
then overt repetitive, the flow three terminal to others, others to
terminal (four flows of two commands each).
4. After EACH item is handled with the four flows, Objective Havingness
should be run. Then the next PTS-RD item is taken up, run R3R and Ruds
then can't have/enforced have.
THE COMMANDS:
FLOW ONE: 1. What can't have did (terminal) run on you?
2. What did (terminal) force on you you didn't want?
FLOW TWO: 1. What can't have did you run on (terminal)?
2. What did you try to force on (terminal) that he (she, it)
didn't want?
FLOW 1. What can't have did (terminal) run on others?
THREE: 2. What did (terminal) force on others they didn't want?
FLOW 1. What can't have did others run on (terminal)?
THREE (A): 2 What did others try to force on (terminal) that he (she, it)
didn't want?
- OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS -
THEORY
The theory is that SPs are SPs because they deny Hav and enforce unwanted
Hav. They also deny do and enforce unwanted do. They also deny he and enforce
unwanted be. This is why we have never before been able to run subjective Hav.
It collided with SPs, Overts, and Withholds on them.
A very full Rundown then would be to start with don't be, must be; go on to
don't do, must do; end up with can't have, enforced have. (Not to be run at
this time.) Hav alone should handle without resorting to be or do.
141
END OFF AT ONCE AND BEGIN OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS IF THE TA SOARS OR THE PC
CAVES IN. If this does not handle, then do a C/S 53RH at once and handle.
PTS RD NOTES
With the issue of HCO B 17 Mar 74, "TWC, Using Wrong Questions", it
becomes necessary to convert the PTS RD 2wcs for items into L&N questions.
Example: Who have you known this lifetime who has troubled or worried you? L&N
to BD F/N item.
Avoid listing the same question twice. The L&N for places and planets
should be restricted to planets only on VA pcs and an L4BR used at the first
sign of trouble.
Additional PTS RD items can be obtained from past PTS Interviews. Done by
L&N the RD is very powerful and direct. The pc must be well set up for it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
142
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 36
GRAMMAR
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 36
GRAMMAR
In all word clearing all Grammatical Words and small words SHOULD BE
LOOKED UP IN A SIMPLE GRAMMAR TEXTBOOK.
Very few dictionaries have full definitions for such words AND THEY HAVE
NO EXAMPLES.
Words like "a" "the" "and" are really parts of language construction and
are more complex than they at first appear.
A Word Clearing Auditor should have a simple grammar book to hand as well
as dictionaries.
The best Grammar textbooks are those compiled for persons foreign to a
language, like immigrants. These do not contain the supposition that the
student is already an English professor.
Lots of EXAMPLES is the real test of a good grammar.
When doing the Study Tapes or Student Hat lack of a simple grammar
textbook can really throw the student off.
Those "simple" words can be the huge rocks that stand on the highway to
becoming a WORD CLEAR.
So a Grammar is needed.
If a student is VERY deficient (lacking) in grammar it is best to make
him do a whole simple grammar text first before he begins to get into just
words. The words won't hang together for him.
It takes less time to do a short textbook in Grammar than it does to
struggle with grammar all the way through.
Grammar can look like a ghastly subject until one really looks at it.
Then it's easy.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
143
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
BYPASSED CHARGE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1972
Issue I
Remimeo REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974
(Only change is signature)
BYPASSED CHARGE
The mechanism of BPC (By-Passed-Charge) must be known to an auditor
otherwise he won't know what he's "Indicating".
When one gets a lock, a lower earlier incident restimulates, THAT IS BPC.
It isn't the auditor by-passing it. One handled later charge that restimmed
earlier charge. THAT IS BPC (Tech of '62), and that is all that the term means.
TIME TRACK
PT
|
A xxxxxx|xxxxxx Lock
|
B xxxxxx|xxxxxx Engram of 30 years ago
|
Auditor touches on A, and B goes into restim out of pc's consciousness.
This causes an irritated, ARC Breaky, upset feeling. The pc reacts very badly.
He has been hit by a mystery. There is no apparent reason (to him) why he
feels this way. This is what Bypassed Charge means. "Earlier Charge Restimmed
and not seen" would be another name for it.
One handles it by noting the fact that it happened. One tells the pc an
earlier incident went into restimulation. This usually cools it off.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
144
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=12/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Data Series 26
Establishment Officer Series 18
LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
Data Series 26
Establishment Officer Series 18
LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE
It will be found that long times required to do an Evaluation can be
traced each time to AN INDIVIDUAL WHY FOR EACH EVALUATOR.
These, however, can be summarized into the following classes of Whys:
This list is assessed by a Scientology Auditor on a Meter. The handling
directions given in each case are designations for auditing actions as done by
a Scientology Auditor and are given in the symbols he would use.
1. Misunderstood Words. _______
Handled with Word Clearing (Method 1 and Method 4 of the
Word Clearing Series.)
2. Inability to Study and an inability to learn the materials. _______
(Handled by a Study Correction List HCO B 4 Feb 72.)
3. Outpoints in own thinking. _______
(Handled by what is called an HC [Hubbard Consultant] List
HCO B 28 August 70.)
4. Personal out-Ethics. _______
(Use P/L 3 May 72 by an auditor. Has two Listing and
Nulling type lists.)
5. Doing something else. _______
(2-way communication on P/L 3 May 72 or reorganization.)
6. Impatient or bored with reading. _______
(Achieve Super-Literacy. LRH Executive Directive 178
International.)
7. Doesn't know how to read statistics so doesn't know where
to begin. _______
(Learn to read stats from Management by Stat P/Ls.)
8. Doesn't know the scene. _______
(Achieve familiarity by direct observation.)
9. Reads on and on as doesn't know how to handle and is stalling. _______
(Get drilled on actual handling and become Super-Literate.)
145
10. Afraid to take responsibility for the consequences if wrong. _______
(HCO B 10 May 72, "Robotism". Apply it.)
11. Falsely reporting. _______
(Pull all withholds and harmful acts on the subject.)
12. Assumes the Why before starting. _______
(Level IV Service Facsimile Triple Auditing.)
13. Feels stupid about it. _______
(Get IQ raised by general processing.)
14. Has other intentions. _______
(Audit on L9S or Expanded Dianetics.)
15. Has other reasons not covered in above. _______
(Listing and Nulling to Blowdown F/N Item on the list.)
16. Has withholds about it. _______
(Get them off.)
17. Has had wrong reasons found. _______
(C/S Series 78.)
18. Not interested in success. _______
(P/L 3 May 72 and follow as in 14 above.)
19. Some other reason. _______
(Find it by 2-way comm.)
20. No trouble in the first place. _______
(Indicate it to person.)
When this list is assessed one can easily spot Why the person is having
trouble with the Data Series or applying it. When these reasons are handled,
one can then get the series restudied and word cleared and restudied and it
will be found that Evaluations are much easier to do and much more rapidly
done.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
146
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 80
"DOG PCs"
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Cramming
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
Cramming
IMPORTANT
C/S Series 80
"DOG PCs"
AN AUDITOR WHO CANNOT AUDIT, WHOSE TRs ARE OUT, WHOSE METERING IS BAD AND
WHO NEVER KEEPS THE CODE ALWAYS SAYS HIS PCs ARE DOGS.
When you find an auditor on this route, the remedy is:
1. Show him this HCO B and explain to him that an auditor is not likely
to get any real results when he is so out of ARC with Pcs.
2. P/L 3 May 72, 2 lists L & N by an auditor.
3. Get off his overts and omissions on pcs and pull his w/hs.
4. Check out his meter position so that he can see needle, paper and pc
all in the same look without eye shift and drill him to do so.
5. Educate his left thumb so that he corrects a TA on BDs and catches the
F/N and doesn't leave the needle stuck to the right of the dial while
the pc F/Ns and corrects only after the F/N has been O/R.
6. Make him do an Electronic attest and get his TRs up to where the pc
has a chance to be in session.
7. WC M4 him on his materials so he isn't swimming in misunderstoods.
8. Tell him there are no dog pcs now and get busy and help them out.
WHOLE HGC
An entire HGC can go bad this way. Shortly afterwards it will disintegrate
and you will have few or no auditors left.
Some auditor who is covering up his overts, false bonuses or false stats
begins it and it becomes "fashionable" to call various pcs dogs. Then other
auditors, finding this an easy way to justify not trying hard, follow suit.
Next thing you have no HGC.
C/S ERROR
A C/S can err by being too critical of auditors. Or worse he can err by
agreeing about what dogs the pcs are. If he does HE HAS NOT REALIZED THAT HIS
C/S EFFORTS ARE BEING WASTED BY THE AUDITOR'S OVERTS, FALSE REPORTS, METERING,
CODE AND TR FLUBS.
The way to handle this in the C/S is:
1. 3 May 72 P/L.
147
2. M4 on the C/S Series.
3. Require he listen to and okay ok to audit tapes.
4. Get him to come down on critical auditors with the above cramming
action.
Suddenly this C/S will begin to get wins.
CASES
Every "dog pc" investigated traced to incompetent programming, C/Sing, out
TRs, bad metering, Code breaks and bad lists.
By forcing an auditor to cool off his opinions and properly handle the pc,
each one of these "dog pcs" has begun to fly.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
148
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=27/2/75
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 81R
AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1972R
REVISED 27 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo
C/S Series 81R
(Revisions in this type style on next page
to make D of P and D of TS stats very clear)
AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED
It occasionally (rarely) happens that an HGC's line stops and programs do
not get finished and pcs go unaudited or sent to Ethics or Cramming instead of
getting their programs completed.
It also happens that a D of P becomes incapable of getting auditors to
audit per the schedule he writes.
12 1/2 hour intensives drop out. Auditing falls back to the bit and piece
game.
The C/S finds all his work in programming wasted as the programs stale
date or just get abandoned.
Hours fall. Lines tangle. Tech Services cannot get assignments done.
THE MAJOR WHY OF THIS AND MANY SUCH CONFUSIONS CAN BE TRACED TO AN ABUSE
OF "AUDITORS' RIGHTS" IN PICKING AND CHOOSING PCS ON THE GROUNDS OF "FEELING
THEY CANNOT HELP THE PC".
This "right" is also abused by auditors seeking pcs who F/N easily at the
Examiner.
See HCO B 15 June 72, C/S Series 80, "Dog Pcs".
The refusal to audit is in fact an admission, in most cases, of a feared
inability to audit.
Therefore, an auditor may only refuse to audit a pc if a direct personal
relationship exists such as husband and wife or some friend's wife or familial
relationship.
An auditor advising others about this or that "dog case" or seeking to
exclude pcs from auditing by abusing his "right to choose pcs" is SUBJECT TO
COMM EV AND SUSPENSION OF CERTIFICATES UNTIL RETREADED.
For the real why of it is his inability to handle TRs, meter, use the
Code or apply Tech.
Nearly every "Dog Pc" has out lists or incomplete chains or is not being
run on what needs to be handled. In other words they are simply problems in
repair which modern tech handles easily. The drug case who is audited on
grades but has had no drug rundown is an example of misprogramming.
The C/S can get many loses and the whole HGC go into a bedlam where you
have auditors refusing to audit. Their reasons given are false. The real
reasons involve fast F/Ns and bonuses or out TRs, metering, Code breaks and
tech.
149
The D of P has a right, and so does Tech Services, to assign pcs to such
and such auditors in the sequence listed without a lot of pick and choose by
the auditors.
A C/S has a right to get his programs completed.
12 1/2 hour intensive plans blow up where auditors choose their own pcs.
STATS
The stats of C/Ses and auditors may only be HOURS AUDITED with FES and
admin hours separately noted.
The D of P's stat may only be fully completed cases.
When the stats are this way the C/S can get his programs done without
worry.
The D of P can get cases completed.
The D of Tech Services has only completed cases and course completions
for a stat.
HONESTY
Sanity is truth.
Truth is sanity.
The road to truth is begun with honesty.
There was the story of the "man who sold his soul for a mess of pottage"
(soup). We could parallel this with the Auditor who sold his case gain for a
mess of false stats.
An honest clean job and an honest clean line are the milestones of the
road to truth.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCO B is added to by BTB 28 December 1972RA, Revised and Reissued 25
July 1974, C/S Series 81-1 RA, Auditor's Rights Addition Revised, which can be
found in the C/S Series Volume, Page 227.]
150
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 37
DINKY DICTIONARIES
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 37
DINKY DICTIONARIES
(Dinky: Small, insignificant.)
In learning the meaning of words small dictionaries are very often a
greater liability than they are a help.
The meanings they give are often circular: Like "CAT: An Animal." "ANIMAL:
A Cat." They do not give enough meaning to escape the circle.
The meanings given are often inadequate to get a real concept of the word.
The words are too few and even common words are often missing.
HUGE dictionaries can also be confusing as the words they use to define
are often too big or too rare and make one chase through 20 new words to get
the meaning of the original.
The best dictionaries are the very large child's dictionaries like THE
WORLD BOOK DICTIONARY (A Thorndike-Barnhart Dictionary published exclusively
for Field Enterprises Educational Corporation, Merchandise Mart Plaza,
Chicago, Illinois 60654 or Doubleday and Company. Thorndike-Barnhart has a
whole series of dictionaries of which this is a special one. Field Enterprises
has offices in Chicago, London, Rome, Sydney, Toronto. The World Book
Dictionary is in two volumes, each 28 1/2 cm [11 1/4 inches] by 22 cm [8 5/8
inches] by 5.8 cm [21/4 inches], so it is no small dictionary!) (Also it
defines Dianetics correctly and isn't determined on a course of propaganda to
re-educate the public unlike Merriam Webster's dictionaries.)
Little pocket book dictionaries may have their uses for traveling and
reading newspapers, but they do get people in trouble. I have seen people find
a word in them and then look around in total confusion. For the dinky
dictionary did not give the full meaning or the second meaning they really
needed.
So the dinky dictionary may fit in your pocket but not in your mind.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
151
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 38
METHOD 5
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
Issue I
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 38
METHOD 5
Method 5 Word Clearing is a System wherein the word clearer feeds words
to the person and has him define each. It is called Material Clearing. Those
the person cannot define must be looked up.
This method may be done without a meter. It can also be done with a meter.
The reason the Method is needed is because the person often does not know
that he does not know. Therefore Method 4 has its limitations as the meter
does not always read.
The actions are very precise.
The word clearer asks "What is the definition of _______?" The person
gives it. If there is any doubt whatever of it, or if the person is the least
bit hesitant, the word is looked up in a proper dictionary.
This method is the method used to clear words or auditing commands or
auditing lists.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
152
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 39
METHOD 6
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
Issue II
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 39
METHOD 6
Method 6 Word Clearing is called KEY WORD CLEARING.
It is used on posts and specific subjects.
It is a heavier form than Method 5.
Method 6 is used without a meter.
Where a person is new on post or new to a subject or where there has just
been a goof, an error or an Ethics action, these steps are done in the
following manner.
1. The Word Clearer makes a list of the KEY (or most important) words
relating to the person's duties or post or the new subject.
This is made up as a list. The Word Clearer looks up each word in the
dictionary and writes down the definitions.
The list may have as few as three words or as many as twenty or thirty.
(Example: A bank clerk's key words would be "bank" "clerk" "money" "cash"
"drafts" "teller" "accounts" "customer" etc.)
(Example: There has just been a goof resulting in an upset. The goof
centered around "radio" "repairs" "operation" "operator" "electronics" etc.)
2. The Word Clearer, without showing the person the definitions, asks
him to define each word.
3. The Word Clearer checks the definition on his list for general
correctness -- not word for word but meaning.
4. Any slow or hesitancy or misdefinition is met with having the person
look the word up and look up any word in the definition the person does not
have a grasp of.
5. One completes his list.
6. By then the person has been jarred into looking further by the above
actions. The Word Clearer asks "What other word relating to your post (or
subject or error) didn't you understand?"
7. Each one mentioned is now defined by looking it up.
8. The person can now be Method 4ed relating to his post to be sure all
is clean and there are no upsets.
Note: Where the person has just had an accident or ethics action it may
be necessary to delay the action until the person is calmer or not so upset as
the action can be a heavy distraction if the person is hurt or frightened and
will not be successful.
IT WILL BE FOUND THAT LAZINESS, INACTIVITY, SLOWNESS AND ERRORS ON A POST
OR IN USING A SUBJECT TRACE TO MISUNDERSTOOD KEY WORDS.
THE REMEDY IS WC METHOD 6.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
153
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 40
METHOD 7
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
Issue III
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 40
METHOD 7
Whenever one is working with children or foreign language persons or
semi-literates Method 7 READING ALOUD is used.
In this method the person is made to read aloud to find out what he is
doing.
It is a very simple method. It is done without a meter.
It is used on such persons before other methods in order to get the person
untanged.
If a person does not seem to be progressing by studying silently, one has
him read aloud.
Another copy of the same text must also be followed by the Word Clearer
as the person reads.
Startling things can be observed.
The person may omit the word "is" whenever it occurs. The person doesn't
read it. He may have some strange meaning for it like "Israel" (actual
occurrence).
He may omit "didn't" each time it occurs and the reason traced to not
knowing what the apostrophe is (actual occurrence).
He may call one word quite another word such as "stop" for "happen" or
"green" for "mean".
He may hesitate over certain words.
The procedure is
1. Have him read aloud.
2. Note each omission or word change or hesitation or frown as he reads
and take it up at once.
3. Correct it by looking it up for him or explaining it to him.
4. Have him go on reading, noting the next omission, word change or
hesitation or frown.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
By doing this a person can be brought up to literacy.
His next actions would be learning how to use a dictionary and look up
words.
Then a simple grammar.
A very backward student can be boosted up to literacy by this method.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
154
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=4
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 41
METHOD 8
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
Issue IV
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 41
METHOD 8
(If a student has trouble with this Method he should do Method 7 first.
Method One should also be done.)
Method 8 is an action used in the "Primary Rundown" where one is studying
Study Tech or where one is seeking a full grasp of a subject. Its End Product
is SUPER-LITERACY.
The steps are these:
Usually an alphabetical list of every word or term in the text of a
paper, a chapter or a recorded tape is available or provided.
1. The person looks up each word on the alphabetical list and uses each
in sentences until he has the meaning conceptually.
The words are looked up in a big dictionary.
The grammatical words or small words are looked up in a simple grammar.
If the person has too much trouble with grammar he should do the whole simple
grammar text before going on.
Any technical terms not in the dictionary are looked up in a technical
dictionary or glossary or in bulletins on the materials, i.e. a photographic
dictionary.
This is not done for the whole subject, it is done for a paper or a
chapter or one tape of a series.
2. One then reads or listens to the paper, chapter or tape for its
sense or general meaning.
3. Method 4 is then done on the person to find any misunderstoods.
4. These are cleared up per Method 4 procedure.
5. The person reads or listens to the material again.
6. The person is again checked for any misunderstoods.
7. If there are any misunderstoods the person again does steps 4 & 5.
8. When the material is fully heard or understood as per above steps and
checks, end off on that paper, chapter, tape and go on to the next one.
9. An alphabetical list is made or exists for the next paper, chapter
or tape. Steps 1 to 8 are done on it.
10. Each succeeding paper or chapter or tape is done with steps 1 to 8.
155
When all the material has been done in this way, the person will be fully
able to apply all the material.
Usually Method 8 is reserved for the Scientology Study Tapes which
contain how to study and the Student Hat.
It can also be used to master a major subject.
IT WILL BE FOUND THAT METHOD 8 (or Method 2 or 3 or 4 or 6) ARE VERY
LENGTHY AND HARD TO DO UNLESS ONE HAS FIRST HAD A METHOD ONE WORD CLEARING.
A Word Clearing Correction List is used on Method 8 whenever a student
bogs heavily. This list will, when assessed on a meter properly, locate the
errors and they can be corrected.
When used on the Study Tech itself and Student Hat, Method 8 HONESTLY
DONE makes a person SUPER-LITERATE. It is like hearing and seeing and reading
for the first time!
Reading a text or instruction or book is comfortable. One has it in
conceptual form. One can APPLY the material learned.
It is a new state.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
156
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/7/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN HANDLING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1972
Issue I
Remimeo
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN HANDLING
(Refers to HCO B 30 March 72, Revised 30 May 72,
"Primary Correction Rundown")
Students who struggle with the Primary Rundown (HCO B 4 Apr 72, Revised 30
May 72) are given the PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN.
Steps 1 to 9 of the PCRD (per HCO B 30 March 72, Revised 30 May 72) are
paid for by the pc quite in addition to his Primary Rundown.
IF available auditors exist on Course of a proper class and the pc is a
student then these steps 1 to 9 PCRD may be done on a co-audit basis. BUT IF
NOT WELL DONE OR MESSED UP OR DELAYED MUST BE DONE BY A PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR
AT THE STUDENT'S OWN EXPENSE.
A STAFF MEMBER stalled on the Primary Rundown is put through the PCRD in
Qual or Qual and HGC for different steps.
Qualifications is the Correction Division. PCRD is a Correction action.
There should be word clearers in Qual. And these as Class IIIs should be
competent to do steps 1 to 9 of the PCRD.
The object of a PCRD is not to stall the person and keep him off the PRD.
The purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through the PRD.
Where people have been put off the PRD for any reason and are not
industriously going through the PCRD IT IS UP TO QUAL TO MAKE SURE THEY DO GET
THROUGH PCRD AND PRD.
Orgs that offload pcs or students on the thinnest excuses or Qual
Divisions that will not service and speed the lines have to be watched as the
discovery of trouble on the PRD can be used to simply halt the student or pc.
Instead of picking up the ball, a Qual has been known to just send students
back to class without handling or put students to "doing their hats" or other
nonsense.
The idea is to complete somebody on what they are supposed to complete.
FOLDER STUDY
If you study the person's folder, particularly a staff member's, you will
probably find that several of the steps 1 to 9 have already been done.
These are checked off as done on the PCRD checklist.
Any org that is worthy of the name has folder summaries in the inside
left-hand cover of the current folder. It is very easy to locate what have
been done.
OUT LISTS
It is not at all rare to find that various "whys have been found" but
that the person is not doing well. This is a case of WRONG ITEMS and is
handled by C/S Series 78. Thus steps 1, 2, 3 and 6 of the PCRD may consist
mainly of correcting botched up lists.
157
IDLE STUDENT
The problem of putting someone off the PRD onto the PCRD is that he is now
"idle as a student". He cannot go forward on his studies as he has not done
his PRD.
In fact going on studying without the PRD is a waste of time as it's
mainly misunderstood, glib and won't be applied. It is actually faster to do a
PRD (or a PCRD) and then study than it is to study without the PRD or PCRD.
And it is certainly far more effective.
The thing to do is to get the student who is assigned to the PCRD through
the PCRD.
As noted above he may have several points already done. And the rest can
be done easily and fast.
RESISTIVE STUDENTS
There are situations where you have students or even executives who will
not even go to study.
These are of course people who need the PCRD worst.
But how to get them available even for that?
In the case of a senior executive who will not study you can get a
disarrangement of the study lines as they won't push and will even impede
study -- for instance by not making staff go to study time or preventing them
from going. Also policy and HCO Bs fall out or are not enforced and form of
org is not held since reading and study are similar actions so standard
actions are not known.
Naturally such a thing has to be handled very fast.
Because cooperation from such a student is VERY limited, time to do a
whole PCRD is not possible.
PRE-PCRD
There is a PRE-PCRD action that handles this.
It has 2 steps.
A. Assess Method 5 C/S 53RC. Take the LFBD item and INDICATE it to the
person. Don't handle it or the rest of 53RC. Just Indicate it to the
pc. He will usually agree and cognite. The TA will come down further
and the needle will float. That's it.
B. Now take the Study Correction List. Assess it Method 5. Pick out the
biggest LFBD you got. Indicate it to the pc. He will cognite, the TA
will drop down and an F/N will occur. That's it.
C. Put these 2 sheets in his pc folder for full handling of all reads
by his auditor and add them to the pc's auditing program sheet inside
the left front cover of the pc's folder.
The result will often be magical. The person will become more agreeable
about study or the Primary Correction Rundown.
Of course they should now get a Primary Correction Rundown of which C/S
53RC is the first step anyway.
This Pre-PCRD gets them started. And it only takes a little while.
158
EP
The End Phenomena of a Primary Correction Rundown is "Can he now quickly
and easily do the Primary Rundown?" If yes, and if it works out in practice
that he can, that's it. Let him onto the Primary RD. But if he bogs, back to
the PCRD.
MORAL
The moral of this HCO B is get them through the Primary Rundown. If they
can't or don't go, do the PCRD. And if they're shunted to the PCRD get it
DONE. And get them to the real EP which is SUPER LITERACY. The moral is, get
them through. Don't idle about. Get it DONE.
Then they will whizz along on fast flow study and you've got COMPLETIONS.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
159
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/7/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DISTRACTIVE AND ADDITIVE QUESTIONS
AND ORDERS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1972
Issue II
Remimeo
DISTRACTIVE AND ADDITIVE QUESTIONS
AND ORDERS
Recently there have come up many instances of auditors asking odd non-
process questions while "doing a process" and giving odd orders.
Example: While running a process an auditor also kept asking, "Is your
attention on something else?"
This is of course a daffy thing to do. The auditor's TRs or metering go
out. Then the auditor badgers the pc with strange irrelevant questions. These
are distractions, nothing more nor less. Not all the silly questions in the
world substitute for lack of TRs and proper metering. A question about "What
else are you doing?" does not substitute for having by-passed an F/N or
running an uncharged item.
Giving Orders that are not part of any process is very bad.
Example: Auditor has missed a read, by-passed an F/N and goofing it
generally. Pc gets dull, disinterested. Auditor says, "Come back into the
room!"
Evaluation fits into this set of bad tricks. Like, "You are really OT you
know. You just think you're aberrated." Or "You better tell the Examiner you
are really Clear." Or "You are in pretty bad shape unless you can see the
whole building." These of course are suppressive Evaluations.
In 1950 there was a general observation. ALL AUDITORS TALK TOO MUCH.
As we seem to be in a period of additive questions and comments, the
observation can be made again.
MUZZLED auditing means stating only the model session patter and Commands
and TRs. It ALWAYS gets the best results.
Do NOT add a lot of questions or orders to a session to cover up goofs in
standard tech.
Standard Tech works. Use it and it only.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
160
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/8/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 6
C/S Series 82
DIANETIC HCO B
INTEREST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1972
(Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974
Remimeo -- only change is Series No.)
Expanded Dianetics Series 6
C/S Series 82
DIANETIC HCO B
INTEREST
On two certain subjects the "Interest?" question is omitted from Dianetic
R3R patter.
On drugs and when running Evil Purposes or Intentions one does NOT ask
the pc if he is interested in running the item.
The requirement on both drug items and intentions is that the item read
on the meter (suppress and inval can be used) and has not been run by R3R
previously.
Many pcs, it has now been found, have replied "No, no interest" on a drug
item, the item has not been run and the pc then continued to have trouble with
drugs.
Checking back pcs who returned to drugs after auditing showed "drug
rundowns" that were so brief as to be nothing. One pc who had been on LSD for
years had only a 1 hour quickie drug rundown. Later this person relapsed.
Tracing this, in each case the "Interest?" question had been used and the
pc had replied "No interest" BUT MEANT "I'M NO LONGER INTERESTED IN DRUGS."
So Drug items that have read are run R3R without asking for interest. The
command is simply omitted.
In Expanded Dianetics the same thing has occurred in running Evil
Purposes or Intentions. The Auditor asked the pc if he was interested in
running the item and the pc said "No" and so it went untouched. But the pc had
it confused with interest in doing the purpose and missed running it and then
fell on his head later. Tracing the case back it was found that R/Ses and such
had not been run due to the pc saying "No Interest".
Nothing bad will happen if the item is run.
C/S RESPONSIBILITY
The C/S must keep telling his auditors, on drugs or Expanded Dianetics,
"omit asking for interest on R3R on these (drug) (intentions). Run them if
they read on the meter."
REPAIR
In repairing cases it is good sense to check this point on drugs and
intentions to see if they were neglected in R3R due to "no interest".
If so, then have them run and the case will suddenly do well.
LRH:nt.ntm.jh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972, 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
161
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=13/8/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=15/8/72
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FAST FLOW TRAINING
Remimeo
BPI
All Students
Tech Dept
Qual
"The Auditor"
REGISTRARS
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 AUGUST 1972R
CORRECTED AND REISSUED 15 AUGUST 1972
Remimeo Correction in this type style
BPI
All Students
Tech Dept
Qual
"The Auditor"
REGISTRARS
FAST FLOW TRAINING
References: LRH ED 178 INT of 30 May 72 SUPER-LITERACY
HCO B 4 Apr 72 Revised 30 May 72
PRIMARY RUNDOWN REVISED
HCO B 30 Mar 72 Revised 30 May 72
PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
HCO B 20 July 72 Issue I PCRD HANDLING
HCO B 15 July 71 Issue III C/S Series 48R
DRUG HANDLING
HCO B 25 Oct 71 Issue II (or as revised)
THE SPECIAL DRUG RUNDOWN
So that there is NO question about what is meant by FAST FLOW TRAINING:
ANY STUDENT WHO HONESTLY COMPLETES THE PRIMARY RUNDOWN OR PRIMARY
CORRECTION RUNDOWN IS THEREAFTER DESIGNATED A "FAST FLOW STUDENT".
The Fast Flow Student passes courses by attestation at Certs and Awards
to the effect that he (a) has enrolled properly on the course, (b) has paid
for the course, (c) has studied and understands the materials, (d) has done
the drills, (e) can produce the result required in the materials.
The student is given a PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE. This looks like any other
certificate but is not gold sealed and has provisional plainly on it.
In the case of an Auditor, an Interneship or formal auditing experience is
required. When actual honest evidence is presented to C&A that he has
demonstrated that he can produce flubless results his Certificate is VALIDATED
with a gold seal and is a permanent certificate.
In Administrative Courses or course of any kind not having to do with
auditing, the same procedure is followed and a PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE is
issued by C&A.
The Person must now demonstrate that he can apply the materials studied by
producing an honest, actual statistic in the materials studied. He presents
this evidence to C&A and receives a VALIDATION gold seal on his Certificate.
Provisional Certificates EXPIRE after one year if not Validated.
The Fast Flow Student studies within his knowledge of study tech. He is
assisted by Supervisors. Any Word Clearing action needed can be done on him.
He can be sent to Qual and Crammed. He can be starrated and made to clay demo
by the Supervisor.
He does not however have to have a twin, he does not automatically
starrate starrate items, he does not have to have an examination.
162
The Fast Flow System makes for very rapid training. This becomes possible
due to the development of the Primary Rundown and Primary Correction Rundown.
PREREQUISITES
Primary Rundown or Primary Correction Rundown are required for Levels 0 to
IV or above and for FEBC. They are not required for HSDC or the many other
courses below these levels.
NON PRDs
Those students who have not had a Primary Rundown or Primary Correction
Rundown must starrate, clay demo, twin and go through the materials as many
times as required, using the entirety of the Student Hat.
It is much faster to do the PRD or PCRD first.
DRUG CASES
Where a drug case cannot be gotten through Method One Word Clearing due to
case, it is usual to give him the Drug Rundown first as per HCO B of 25 Oct 71
Issue II, "The Special Drug RD".
The short co-audit version is contained in HCO B 15 July 71 Issue III,
C/S Series 48R.
Where for any reason the person cannot get the Drug Rundown HE MAY BE
ENROLLED ON THE DIANETICS COURSE, BECOME A DIANETIC AUDITOR and obtain the
Drug Rundown through CO-AUDIT on Course.
The Dianetic Course in this instance is done with the full Student Hat
requirements.
DESIGNATION
The FAST FLOW STUDENT should be given a blue lapel award and wear it in
Class. It should say FFS on it in black letters.
This gives the green light to rapid and effective completion of courses
for the SUPER-LITERATE.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.sb.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
163
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/8/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 84
FLUBLESS C/SING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1972
Remimeo
C/S Series 84
FLUBLESS C/SING
A C/S cannot C/S flublessly while he has ANY Auditors flubbing.
The standard procedure is
1. The C/S makes sure Tech Courses are taught okay and raises hell until
they are.
2. C/S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer and crams him until he gets
flubless Cramming and can Supervise TRs, do WCing Method 7, Method 6,
Method 4, can correct metering and has packs to hand for reference.
3. The C/S follows a very standard handling of auditors:
A. 1 error of any kind -- instruct by reference to HCO B.
B. A second error of any kind -- send to Cramming and get the
Auditor crammed at once, without any loss of auditing time but
before the Auditor is allowed to audit further. (This is 2
hours, not 2 days!)
C. A third error of any kind -- RETREAD, wherein the Auditor's weak
areas are located and the Auditor has to M7, M6, M4 and restudy
the materials of that area. This takes the Auditor back to
Step A.
A retread under a good Super takes 4 or 5 days.
Now if the Auditor again errs he goes to Step A.
If he goes the route again he hits RETRAIN and is retrained fully like
any other student. His PRD is done or verified and he goes through the course
starting with basic books.
This puts the Auditor back to A.
But if he now lands at RETRAIN again he is given a full and complete
RETRAIN from his earliest contacts with the subject.
It is highly unlikely he will flub further but if he does, he should not
be on auditing at all.
FALSE REPORTS
A falsified Auditing report puts the Auditor at once at retrain as he is
not sufficiently aware of the potentials of the subject to know he can get
results and does not have to be dishonest.
TR 0
OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing.
2 C/Ses were found in orgs who "wouldn't let the Auditors do TR 0 because
of their cases". Both orgs had horrible stats and bad results and ARC Broken
fields.
OT Zero and TR 0 are a routine action for Auditors.
They do TRs in spare time, not because they are being Crammed, just to get
professional.
Every Cramming Order includes TRs, especially Zero, to also be done on the
auditor's own time.
This gets the Auditor up to really Confronting. His errors come mainly
from an inability to confront (and from faulty metering or misunderstoods or
out ethics).
OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to flubless auditing.
164
ELECTRONIC ATTEST
Auditors using LRH tapes and electronic attest (and with OT Zero, TR 0,
metering, and Mis Us cleaned up and Ethics in) become very spectacular
auditors in terms of results.
Results bring pride.
Auditors who get results are happy auditors.
And the above is how, the standard how, to get them to get results.
EASY C/SING
Only if he spends some of his time TRAINING, as above, can a C/S ever get
down to really C/Sing cases and getting programs DONE.
SUMMARY
The above is the way I C/S and handle Auditors as a C/S.
I long since found that the flubby Auditors were the ones who consumed
the C/S time. The ratio is 2 1/2 hours to 6 1/2 hours wherein it only takes me
2 1/2 hours to C/S piles of folders when I have the auditors auditing honestly
and flublessly and it takes me 6 1/2 hours when I have some flubbers.
It is neither kind nor decent to let Auditors lose.
Only when I (or MSH) have not been doing the C/Sing has auditing gone
wrong in any area where I was.
This is traced directly to the drop-out of the above actions. So it is
the above actions which give standard results and any C/S who omits them (to
be a good fellow, or "these are my friends") is an Auditor killer.
Auditors sometimes achieve a high status and are "above being crammed".
Well watch it, watch it because they will fall on their heads with a crash.
An auditor is not unlike a race horse. He needs a lot of care and
handling. And he needs his periodic drills and exercises or he goes sloppy.
Like a race horse, a good auditor is very, very valuable. And all good
auditors are made by C/Ses!
The proof is that even the best go bad when they no longer have a tight
C/S rein. Experience has taught that. The exceptions are very, very few and
you don't have any of them.
It takes me about 3 or 4 weeks to get an auditor through his course and
doing a good flubless job. The majority of Scientologists want to be auditors.
So you have Auditor scarcity? That's a laugh.
It's the C/S! The Course Super, the Cramming Officer.
And it's done just exactly as above.
Given the materials, there is no other answer. So stop dreaming of hiring
or getting perfect Auditors.
The ones you have are fine.
Get more.
And do the above!!!
The auditors must not blame the pc (nor must you), the C/S must not blame
the auditor.
It's you, the Course Super and the Cramming Officer. And mainly you the
C/S.
You can and must build a corps of good auditors.
Or you'll never make it as a C/S.
And listen, if you don't make it as a C/S, where's the world?
LRH:nt.bh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Added to by BTB 16 Aug 72-1, C/S Series 84-1, Volume X -- 235.]
165
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/8/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 42
METHOD 4 NOTES
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 AUGUST 1972
(REVISED -- see HCO B 17 Aug 72R Volume VIII -- 305)
Remimeo Word Clearing Series 42
METHOD 4 NOTES
Too generalized a question in using Method 4 defeats its use and can
restimulate a person badly.
Example: "Is there anything in college you didn't understand?" That of
course is just plain ridiculous as a question. "Have you ever heard anything
you didn't understand?" would be similarly silly.
BREAK DOWN THE MATERIALS
When doing Method 4 you have to break down the materials (put them into
small separate units) in order to ask questions.
Example: We have Papers 1 & 2, both on the same subject. The wrong
question for Method 4 would be "Is there anything in Papers 1 & 2 you didn't
understand?" and not even give him the papers to see! The right way to do it
would be to take Paper 1 and break it down into its obvious sections, give the
person Paper 1 and let him look at it. Point to its 1st section and say, "Is
there anything you didn't understand in this section?" while watching the
meter. Then point to next section, do the same. Finish Paper 1. Then go to
Paper 2 and do it the same.
A person has to know what he's being asked about and has to be thinking
of it when asked the question.
TAPES
Just as it would be ridiculous to ask "Have you ever misunderstood
anything you ever read?", it would be silly to ask, "Did you ever have a
misunderstood on Tape?"
The right way is to take the tape and put it on a machine and play a bit
of it. And ask, "Is there anything in the first section of this tape you
didn't understand?" while watching the meter. Then high speed the tape forward
to another area and do the same. Thus the tape is covered.
This can also be done from any tape notes, section by section.
BOOKS
Books are done chapter by chapter.
QUICKIE M4
Method 4 is defeated utterly by
1. Bad metering
2. Too general a question
3. Not having the material to hand
4. Not getting the person's attention on parts of the material.
Quickie M4 misses. It sets the person up for a lose in his studying.
And we want him to actually succeed in his study, don't we?
LRH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
166
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=18/8/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 43
GRAMMAR DEFINITION
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 AUGUST 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 43
GRAMMAR DEFINITION
The following Definition of Grammar was taken from the Dictionary of
Contemporary American Usage by Bergen and Cornelia Evans, published by Random
House, New York, in 1957. (It is not a complete Dictionary and would require
another larger dictionary for full word clearing. But it gives American usages
of words and phrases, which could be important as Dianetics and Scientology
are written in American English.)
It was sent to me by an SHSBC Student who found its definition of Grammar
was very helpful to other students.
This definition also tells you why some college or school texts are so
ghastly hard to read -- they are not in standard English. It also tells you
why, in 1950, the head of the English Department in an American University
hailed Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health as marking a new era of
scientific writing. One reason is that it was written by a writer, not a
professor. The other was that it was written in the English that was in use.
But read the definition:
GRAMMAR
GRAMMAR is a systematic description of the ways in which words are used
in a particular language. The grammarian groups words that behave similarly
into classes and then draws up rules stating how each class of words behaves.
What classes are set up and how the rules are phrased is a matter of
convenience. A grammarian is free to classify his material in any way that
seems reasonable to him. But he is never free to say that certain forms of
speech are unacceptable merely because there is no place for them in the
system he has designed.
THE CLASSES
Most grammarians are interested in a number of languages. As a rule they
set up classes that are useful in handling many languages but that may have
very little meaning for a particular language. For example, the distinction
between the dative him and the accusative him is important in the Indo-
European languages generally. But in a grammar designed solely to teach
English, this distinction does not have to be made. Similarly, there is an
etymological or historical difference between the English gerund in -ing and
the participle in -ing. But it is sometimes impossible to say whether a given
word is a gerund or a participle; for example, in journeys end in lovers
meeting. For this reason, some grammarians prefer to handle these forms
together under one name, such as "participle" or "-ing".
The familiar terms of classical grammar are defined in this dictionary
for the convenience of persons who need to use these concepts. But a much
simpler classification, based on the structure of present-day English, is
employed in all the discussions of usage.
THE RULES
In order to say how words are used, the grammarian must examine large
quantities of spoken and written English. He will find some constructions used
so consistently that the exceptions have to be classed as errors. But he will
also find
167
competing, and even contradictory, constructions, which appear too often to be
called mistakes. He must then see whether one of these expressions is used by
one kind of person and not by another or in one kind of situation and not in
another. If he can find no difference of this sort he accepts the two
constructions as interchangeable. In this way he assembles a body of
information on how English words are used that may also show differences, such
as those between one locality and another, or between spoken and written
English, or between literary and illiterate speech. Studies of this kind are
called "scientific" or "descriptive" grammars. This is a relatively new
approach to the problems of language and the information brought to light in
this way is sometimes surprising.
The first English grammarians, writing in the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries, did not attempt to describe the English of their day. On the
contrary, they were attempting to "improve" English and they demanded Latin
constructions which were not characteristic of English. They objected to the
expression I am mistaken, because if translated into Latin this would mean I
am misunderstood. They claimed that unloose must mean tie, because un is a
Latin negative. They objected to the "double negative" which was good Old
English, and also good Greek, but not good Latin.
These eighteenth century rules of prescriptive grammar have been repeated
in school books for two hundred years. They are the rules for a curious,
Latinized English that has never been spoken and is seldom used in literature,
but that is now highly respected in some places, principally in scientific
writing. It should be recognized that these rules were not designed to
"preserve" English, or keep it "pure". They were designed to create a language
which would be "better" simply because it was more like Latin. Dryden, writing
in the seventeenth century, said: "I am often put to a stand in considering
whether what I write be the idiom of the tongue or false grammar and nonsense,
couched beneath that specious name of Anglicism, and have no other way to
clear my doubts but by translating my English into Latin and thereby trying
what sense the words will bear in a more stable language." One result of this
double translation was that Dryden went through his earlier works and rewrote
all the sentences that had originally ended in a preposition or adverb. A
generation later, Swift complained that the English of his day "offends
against every part of grammar". Certainly this is blaming the foot because it
doesn't fit the shoe!
Because some people would like to write the language of the textbooks, the
entries in this dictionary not only tell what standing a given construction
has in current English but also explain how the rules of the prescriptive
grammarian would apply, wherever the rules and standard practice differ. But
in such cases the rules are never simple, and the person who has to use this
type of English may feel that it would be easier to follow Dryden's example
and write in Latin first.
THIS BOOK
The grammar entries in this book are designed for persons who speak
standard English but who may be confused about certain isolated points. The
entries are arranged so that the answer to a particular problem can be found
in the least possible time. But anyone who wishes to make a systematic study
of English grammar, using this book, can do so by starting with the entry
parts of speech and following the references to more and more detailed
discussions of each concept.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
168
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=13/9/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 7
C/S Series 85
CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF
"NO INTEREST" ITEMS
DIANETICS
Remimeo
All Dn & Ex Dn
Auditors
Class VIII
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1972
Remimeo (Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974
All Dn & Ex Dn -- only change is Series No.)
Auditors
Class VIII DIANETICS
C/Ses
Expanded Dianetics Series 7
C/S Series 85
CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF
"NO INTEREST" ITEMS
I have done a review of several failed cases which blew or went bad after
auditing.
THE COMMON FACTOR IN EVERY ONE WAS CASE BY-PASSED DUE TO "NO INTEREST".
The auditor finds a reading drug item or an evil purpose and proposes to
run R3R on it. The auditor asks if the pc is interested in running it. The pc
says, "No." The auditor does not run it. BANG, we have a BY-PASSED CASE.
The pc will blow or go sour or not recover.
One of these cases was unchanged after "a drug rundown". He had a pair of
eyes that looked like blank discs. Check of folder showed all major drug items
"not run due to no interest". The solution was to recover the lists, run the
items that had read R3R triple and complete the case.
Another one blew. His folder was examined. Every evil purpose had been left
unrun! Of the items from the "Wants Handled Rundown" the intentions were
mislisted. The drug rundown failed due to "no interest".
Each flubbed case I am finding has had his drug items and evil purposes
left unrun on R3R due to "no interest".
So DON'T ASK FOR INTEREST ON INTENTIONS, EVIL PURPOSES AND DRUG ITEMS.
IF THEY READ, RUN THEM!
REPAIR
1. On any stumbling case that has had a "drug rundown" or Expanded Dianetics
get the Folder FESed to see if reading items were left unrun on R3R
Triple. List them chronologically, early to late.
2. Get the case back, with an R factor of "Incomplete".
3. Run every one of those unrun drug items, intentions and Evil Purposes.
4. If the items don't now read, then get in Suppress and Invalidate on them.
5. If the case bogs do L3RD Method 5 and Handle on that chain only.
6. Go on with the action and complete it.
LRH:sb.ntm.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
169
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/11/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 44
ILLITERACY AND WORK
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 NOVEMBER 1972
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 44
ILLITERACY AND WORK
I have been engaged in a study of applications of tech to illiteracy and
illiterate or semi-literate populations and found some simple levels of
approach.
I investigated U.S. AID educational efforts and data to find out why they
failed. For instance, in one project, the U.S. spent over one million dollars
to educate 105 persons from an "underdeveloped" country of low literacy and
surveyed it later to find that none of the data taught was in use and that no
progress had been made by the person or the country as a result.
Using their data and my own personal investigation in the same country, I
evaluated the situation and found they had not consulted the existing scene
before or during the program. Their training was for a sophisticated
environment.
The country of the program is just emerging from a nomadic level
civilization into agricultural and the agriculture done is extremely
primitive, erodes whole plains with non-contour plowing and doesn't even know
about irrigation.
To these people they taught the highly complex technology of the
electronic age!
The people went back home, found no computers whatever, listened to the
goats and sat down and did nothing.
U.S. AID had no explanation for this. But give them credit -- the
students liked the U.S. and U.S. AID did honestly survey and admit the
failure, a rare humility.
From this point I did a local study and found that instead of computers
these people needed -- guess what?
TR 2! Acknowledgement. (Training Drill No. 2, How to Acknowledge a
Communication.)
This primitive area had never heard of TR 2!
"Good", "fine", "thank you" were unknown in all their work culture.
Before they saw any need of any technology, they had first to see that
there was any reason to get any work done at all!
Further, their cultural pattern contained dishonesty as a virtue! This is
antipathetic to basic morale no matter what the culture and so they were in a
cultural attitude or pattern which kept them sad, depressed and miserable! So
they couldn't work.
The program, then, had to (a) recover honesty to increase morale, (b)
introduce acknowledgement for accomplishment, (c) establish the possibility
that one could work, (d) introduce statistics so that something existed that
could be acknowledged and (e) establish bonuses for statistics so that
acknowledgement could be real and stay that way.
These items are all very elementary and simple portions of our basic
technology:
170
(a) Security checking, (b) TRs especially 2, (c) Problems of Work Course using
tape and Word Clearing, (d) Statistical policies and tech, (e) Bonus policies.
So in U.S. AID Programs there was a skipped gradient in culture (nomad-
agrarian skipped to electronic-nuclear) and a skipped gradient in training --
Why learn when there is no reason to work? So why be literate? Or study?
Any sophisticated technical layout would break down in the hands of these
people -- and does.
But this program would lift them up. Then they would have some reason to
study.
Factually, one cannot just sail into a culture blind and bash around with
no data. It is costly and it accomplishes very little.
A basic knowledge of Man is essential to any improvement in any area of
the human race.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
171
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/11/72
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
STUDENTS WHO SUCCEED
Remimeo
EDs
TECH SECS
Ds of T
Students
QUAL SEC
CRAMMING OFFICER
Confessional Pack
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1972
EDs Issue II
TECH SECS
Ds of T
Students
QUAL SEC
CRAMMING OFFICER
Confessional Pack
STUDENTS WHO SUCCEED
Over the past year I have done considerable research, observation, pilots
and more research on the subject of making successful students.
We have of course excellent study technology which is far in advance of
anything Man has had. It has been developed over a period of 22 years.
Sometimes the student is very slow.
Sometimes he ends off study due to nonapplication.
Sometimes the study tech is not used. When this happens of course the tech
"didn't work" because it was not used.
I have run enough pilots now in order to handle this.
HONESTY
In policy there has long been written the natural sequence of ethics,
tech and administration.
When administration is out, it is necessary to get in tech. When tech is
out it is necessary to get in ethics.
In other words, ethics must be in to get tech in.
ETHICS is a personal thing. By definition, the word means:
"The study of the general nature of morals and of the specific moral
choices to be made by the individual in his relationship with others."
(American Heritage Dictionary)
When one is ethical or "has his ethics in" it is by his own determination
and is done by himself.
JUSTICE is the action of the group against the individual when he has
failed to get his own ethics in.
In the culture in which we live, justice is so savage and often so
unreasonable that it tends to inhibit the individual from confessing minor
misdemeanors and Crimes.
This aberrates him because it prevents him from getting off his withholds.
This leads to bad health, bad eyesight, deafness and other things as can
be proven in auditing results.
IT ALSO LEADS TO OUT COMMUNICATION.
AND IT INHIBITS THE INDIVIDUAL FROM REACHING OUT WITH WHAT HE HAS LEARNED
AND APPLYING IT.
172
The slow student, the glib student, the student who cannot apply are all
students who are withholding.
This is true of any Course and any materials and has always been true but
no one ever worked it out since they had no real command of the subject of the
mind before Dianetics and Scientology.
The culture itself encourages dishonesty and therefore has not been able
to solve fully the problem of study.
Only an honest student really reads, really does what he is supposed to
do and really applies.
PILOTS
There were several pilot Courses to find this material.
The one which finally proved it was a Course of about 12 students.
They were very slow. They were unable to apply the materials during an
apprenticeship.
It was then found none of them had done an honest Primary Rundown. They
had "know bested" their way through it, cheating, and had falsely attested.
Then further investigation showed each one of them had come to the Course
with his Ethics badly out.
A Confessional was then done on each of them and they were restarted to
again do a full Primary Rundown, Student Hat and the materials.
Only then did they succeed in their application of what was studied.
This was also true of their Supervisors, each one of whom had done his
Supervisor's Course with his Ethics out. So one should not blame the students
only!
A Case Supervisor in training could not Case Supervise well. It was found
he had not even read the case history section sample programs because "he
already knew" yet attested he had. Prior to all this his Ethics were out.
When his withholds were handled he could then supervise cases and did
well.
CONFESSIONALS
The technology of Confessionals has been upgraded enormously in the last
year.
With this vast improvement it becomes possible to remove the barriers and
counter-intention to getting his Ethics in and studying in an ethical fashion
and being able to reach with the materials studied and so apply them.
If any student, beginning in a school or on a Course, is given a standard
Confessional before beginning serious study, he will proceed much more
rapidly, will study honestly, will apply study materials and, if actual study
tech is used, will become a successful student of that subject and will be
able to apply what he learns.
Study tech used by itself will succeed somehow in a large number of
cases. But when it is preceded by a well done and thorough Confessional its
results are more thorough and far more rapid.
When I was first working on evaluations of study in 1971 the "dishonesty
factor" appeared as a very general Why. But it was not worked with at that
time as there seemed no easy way to handle it.
173
By improving the technology of Confessionals on another entirely different
research channel, the problem of the student also became clear.
Only the honest student is a good student and a credit to his class and
the subject and himself.
The only reservation then is that the Confessional itself has to be done
competently and honestly. But honest Confessionals breed honest Confessional
auditors and this can be closely supervised as an expert action.
This opens the road to improvement and wider success in the already
winning and successful subject of Study Tech.
Man is not happy unless he is honest. White, black, red or brown, this is
true of all times and all races. And it is true of all students in all schools.
The honest student is the most successful student.
And the technology of the Confessional can make him so, rapidly and
easily.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
174
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=13/12/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=1/11/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Integrity Processing Series 10R
INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS
MUST BE F/Ned
Type = 12
iDate=13/12/72
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 DECEMBER 1972R
REVISED & REISSUED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
CANCELS
BTB OF 13 DECEMBER 1972
SAME TITLE
Integrity Processing Series 10R
INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS
MUST BE F/Ned
The main danger of Integrity Processing is not probing a person's past
but failing to do so thoroughly.
When you leave an Integrity Processing question "live" and go on to the
next one, you set up a nasty situation that will have repercussions. The
person may not immediately react. But the least that will happen is that he
will be more difficult to audit in the future, and will go out of session more
easily. More violently, a pc who has had an Integrity Processing question left
unflat may leave the session and do himself or Scientology considerable
mischief.
About the most unkind thing you could do to a person would be to leave an
Integrity Processing question unflat and go on to the next one. Or to fail to
obtain an F/N on withholds in the rudiments and go on with the session.
One girl, being audited, was left unflat on a withhold question. The
Auditor blithely went on to the next question. The girl went out after
session, and told everyone she knew the most vicious lies she could create
about the immoral conduct of Scientologists. She wrote a stack of letters to
people she knew out of town, telling gruesome tales of sexual orgies. An alert
Scientologist heard the rumors, rapidly traced them back, got hold of the
girl, sat her down and checked auditing and found the unflat withhold
question. The withhold? Sexual misdemeanors. Once that was pulled, the girl
hastily raced about correcting all her previous efforts to discredit.
A man had been a stalled case for about a year. He was violent to audit.
The special question was finally asked, "What withhold question was left
unflat on you?" It was found and handled. After that his case progressed again.
The mechanisms of this are many. The reactions of the pc are many. The
summation of it is, when an Integrity Processing question is left unflat on a
pc and thereafter ignored, the consequences are numerous.
THE REMEDY
The prevention of Integrity Processing being left unflat is easily
accomplished:
1. Develop excellent TRs and Basic Auditing.
2. Know the E-Meter.
3. Work only with an approved E-Meter.
4. Know the various bulletins on Integrity Processing.
5. Get off your own withholds so that you won't avoid those in others.
6. Apply correct Integrity Processing procedure and handle each reading
question to an honest F/N on that question.
LRH:nt.td
Copyright $c 1972, 1974 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
175
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/12/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=12/2/73
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Integrity Processing Series 11R
GENERALITIES WON'T DO
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 DECEMBER 1972R
REVISED 12 FEBRUARY 1973
REISSUED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
(Only change is signature.)
Remimeo
Integrity Processing Series 11R
GENERALITIES WON'T DO
The most efficient way to upset a pc is to leave an Integrity Processing
question unflat. This is remedied by taking each reading question to an F/N on
the question.
The best way to "miss" an Integrity Processing question is to let the pc
indulge in generalities or "I thought...."
A withhold given as "Oh, I got mad at them lots of times," should be
pulled down to when and where and the first time "you got mad" and finally,
"What did you do to them just before that?" Then earlier similar if no F/N.
The pc who withholds somebody else's withholds and gives them as answers
is a card. But he isn't helped when the auditor lets him do it.
Situation: You ask the pc for a withhold about Joe. The pc who says, "I
heard that Joe...," should be asked right there, "What have you done to Joe?
You. Just you." And it turns out he stole Joe's last blonde. But if the
auditor had let this pc go on and on about how the pc had heard how Joe was
this or that, the session would have gone on and on and the Tone Arm up and up.
We have pcs who use "withholds" to spread all manner of lies. We ask this
pc, "Have you ever done anything to the Org?" The pc says, "Well, I'm
withholding that I heard...," or the pc says, "Well, I thought some bitter
thoughts about the Org." Or the pc says, "I was critical of the Org when...,"
and we don't sail in and get WHAT THE PC DID, we can comfortably stretch a 5-
minute item to a session or two.
If the pc "heard" and the pc "thought" and the pc "said" in answer to an
Integrity Processing question, the pc's reactive bank is really saying, "I've
got a crashing big withhold and if I can keep on fooling around by giving
critical thoughts, rumors, and what others did, you'll never get it." And if
he gets away with it, the auditor has missed a withhold question.
We only want to know what the pc did, when he did it, what was the first
time he did it and what he did just before that, and we'll nail it every time.
THE IRRESPONSIBLE PC
If you want to get withholds off an "irresponsible pc" you sometimes
can't ask what the pc did or withheld and get a meter reaction.
This problem has bugged us for some time; I finally got very bright and
realized that no matter whether the pc thought it was a crime or not, he or
she will answer up on "don't know" versions as follows:
Situation: "What have you done to your husband?" Pc's answer, "Nothing
bad." E-Meter reaction, nul. Now we know this pc, through our noticing she is
critical of her husband, has overts on him. But she can take no responsibility
for her own acts.
176
But she can take responsibility for his not knowing. She is making certain
of that.
So we ask, "What have you done that your husband doesn't know about?"
And it takes an hour for her to spill it all, the quantity is so great.
For the question releases the floodgates. The Meter bangs around.
And with these withholds off, her responsibility comes up and she can take
responsibility on the items.
This applies to any zone or area or terminal of Integrity Processing.
Situation: We are getting a lot of "I thought", "I heard", "They said",
"They did" in answer to a question. We take the terminal or terminals
involved and put them in this blank:
"What have you done that _______ (doesn't) (don't) know about?"
And we can get the major overts that lay under the blanket of "How bad
everyone is but me."
This prevents you missing an Integrity Processing question. It's a bad
crime to do so. This will shorten the labor involved in getting every
question flat.
And if your pc is withholdy you can insert this "Have I missed an Integrity
Processing question on you?" while doing the processing.
Always clear up what was missed.
A pc can be very upset by reason of a missed Integrity Processing
question. Keep them going up, not down.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
177
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/12/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=1/11/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Integrity Processing Series 12R
WITHHOLDS, MISSED
AND PARTIAL
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1972R
REVISED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Integrity Processing Series 12R
WITHHOLDS, MISSED
AND PARTIAL
I don't know exactly how to get this across to you except to ask you to be
brave, squint up your eyes and plunge.
I don't appeal to reason. Only to faith at the moment. When you have a
reality on this, nothing will shake it and you'll no longer fail cases or fail
in life. But, at the moment, it may not seem reasonable. So just try it, do it
well and day will dawn at last.
What are these natterings, upsets, ARC Breaks, critical tirades, lost
students, ineffective motions? They are restimulated but missed or partially
missed withholds. If I could just teach you that and get you to get a good
reality on that in your own auditing, your activities would become smooth
beyond belief.
It is true that ARC Breaks, present time problems and withholds all keep a
session from occurring. And we must watch them and clear them.
But behind all these is another button, applicable to each, which resolves
each one. And that button is the restimulated but missed or partially missed
withhold.
Life itself has imposed this button on us.
If you know about people or are supposed to know about people, then these
people expect, unreasonably, that you know them through and through.
Real knowledge to the average person is only this: a knowledge of his or
her withholds! That, horribly enough, is the high tide of knowledge for the
man in the street. If you know his withholds, if you know his crimes and acts,
then you are smart. If you know his future you are moderately wise. And so we
are persuaded toward mind reading and fortune telling.
All wisdom has this trap for those who would be wise.
Egocentric man believes all wisdom is wound up in knowing his misdemeanors.
IF any wise man represents himself as wise and fails to discover what a
person has done, that person goes into an antagonism or other misemotion
toward the wise man. So they hang those who restimulate and yet who do not
find out about their withholds.
This is an incredible piece of craziness. But it is observably true.
This is the WILD ANIMAL REACTION that makes Man a cousin to the beasts.
178
A good auditor can understand this. A bad one will stay afraid of it and
won't use it.
"Have I missed a withhold on you?" can be used in Integrity Processing if
the preclear gets upset or critical during session.
Any ARC Broken pc should be asked, "What withhold have I missed on you?"
Or, "What have I failed to find out about you?" Or, "What should I have known
about you?"
An Integrity Processing Specialist who cannot read a meter is dangerous
because he or she will miss withholds and the pc may become very upset.
Use this as a stable datum: If the person is upset, somebody failed to
find out what that person was sure they would find out.
A missed withhold is a should have known.
The only reason anyone has ever left Scientology is because people failed
to find out about them.
This is valuable data. Get a reality on it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
179
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/12/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Integrity Processing Series 13
HELP THE PC
Type = 12
iDate=16/12/72
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 DECEMBER 1972
REISSUED 7 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
CANCELS
BTB OF 16 DECEMBER 1972
SAME TITLE
Integrity Processing Series 13
HELP THE PC
In general, when getting rudiments in or getting off missed withholds or
invalidations, help the pc by guiding his attention against the needle.
This is quite simple. The auditor asks the question, the needle instantly
reacts, the pc (as he or she usually does) looks puzzled if the auditor says
"It reacts." The pc thinks it over. As he or she is thinking, the auditor will
see the same reaction on the needle. Softly the auditor says "That" or "There"
or "What's that you're looking at?" As the pc knows what he or she is looking
at at that instant, the thing can be dug up.
This is auditor co-operation, not triumph.
Most often the pc does not know what it is that reacts as only unknowns
react. Therefore an auditor's "There" when the needle twitches again, before
the pc has answered, co-ordinates with whatever the pc is looking at and thus
it can be spotted and revealed by the pc. This is only done when the pc comm
lags for a few seconds.
Remember, the pc is always willing to reveal. He or she doesn't know What
to reveal. Therein lies the difficulty. Pcs get driven out of session when
asked to reveal something yet do not know what to reveal.
By the auditor's saying "There" or "What's that?" quietly each time the
needle reacts newly, the pc is led to discover what should be revealed.
Auditors and pcs get into a games condition in Integrity Processing and
rudiments only when the auditor refuses this help to the pc.
New auditors routinely believe that in Integrity Processing the pc knows
the answer and won't give it. This is an error. If the pc knew all the answer,
it wouldn't react on the meter.
Old-timers have found out that only if they steer by repeated meter
reaction, giving the pc "There" or "What's that?" can the pc answer up on most
rudiments questions, missed withholds and so on.
But don't use steering to harass the pc, or cut his comm, or draw
attention to the auditor.
This is the only use of reads other than instant reads on the E-Meter.
Help the pc. He doesn't know. Otherwise the needle would never react.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
180
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/12/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Integrity Processing Series 14
HAVINGNESS
Type = 12
iDate=17/12/72
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 DECEMBER 1972
REISSUED 7 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
CANCELS
BTB OF 17 DECEMBER 1972
SAME TITLE
Integrity Processing Series 14
HAVINGNESS
All valences are circuits are valences.
Circuits key out with knowingness.
This is the final definition of havingness.
Havingness is the concept of being able to reach. No-havingness is the
concept of not being able to reach.
A withhold makes one feel he or she cannot reach. Therefore withholds are
what cut havingness down and made runs on havingness attain unstable gains. In
the presence of withholds havingness sags.
As soon as a withhold is pulled, ability to reach is potentially restored
but the pc often does not discover this. It requires that havingness be run to
get the benefit of having pulled most withholds.
Therefore havingness may be run in conjunction with Integrity Processing
but may NOT be used to hide or obscure the fact of failure to F/N an Integrity
Form question.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
181
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/1/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Study Series 9
CONFRONT
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JANUARY 1973
(Reissued 6 April 74 -- Only
change made is in signature)
Remimeo
Study Series 9
CONFRONT
There are several choices in English on the meaning of "confront". These
include the right one: To face without flinching or avoiding. An example in a
sentence: "The test of a free society is its capacity to confront rather than
evade the vital questions of Choice."
There is another meaning "To stand facing or opposing, especially in
challenge, defiance or accusation."
English is a pretty limited language in many ways. I imagine the thought
of facing something (which is what the word came from and originally meant way
back -- "fron" being "face") was so horrifying to the types who write
dictionaries they knew it would be bad!
In essence it is an action of being able to face.
If one cannot, if he avoids, then he is not AWARE.
Awareness is the ability to perceive the existence of. In the dictionary
it also fails to confront that and says "Awareness: the quality or state of
being aware." And Aware means: "marked by realization, perception or
knowledge."
So these chaps couldn't confront and so conceived awareness to be figure-
figure.
We are moving out of the range of language when we want to say:
"He could stand up to things and wasn't always shrinking back into
himself and avoiding, so he could be fully conscious of the real universe and
others around him."
And that's what Confront means.
If one can confront he can be aware.
If he is aware he can perceive and act.
If he can't confront he will not be aware of things and will be withdrawn
and not perceiving. Thus he is unaware of things around him.
That's the tech of it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ntm.jh
Copyright $c 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
182
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/3/73
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
STEP FOUR -- HANDLING ORIGINATIONS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1973
Remimeo Issue I
REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974
(Only change is signature)
STEP FOUR -- HANDLING ORIGINATIONS
Edited and taken from
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN NO. 151
1 January 1959
What do we mean by an origin of the preclear? He volunteers something all
on his own; and do you know that is a very good index of case -- whether the
person volunteers anything on his own? An old-time auditor used this as a case
index. He said, "This fellow isn't getting any better. He hasn't offered up
anything yet." You see, he didn't originate -- he didn't originate a
communication.
So remember that the preclear is as well as he can originate a
communication. That means he can stand at Cause on the communication formula.
And that is a desirable point for him to reach.
But how about in the walk-away world -- the world that is ambulant and
moving around and spinning quietly, or noisily, as the case may be? Do you
ever have to handle an origin in it? Well, I dare say that every argument you
have ever got into was because you did not handle an origin. Every time you
have ever got into trouble with anybody, you can trace it back along the line
you didn't handle. If a person walks in and says, "Whee! I've just passed with
the highest mark in the whole school," and you say, "I'm awfully hungry,
shouldn't we go out and eat?" -- you'll find yourself in a fight. He feels
ignored. He originated a communication to have you prove to him that he was
there and he was solid. Most little kiddies get frantic about their parents
when their parents don't handle their originations properly. Handling an
origination merely tells the person, "All right, I heard it, you're there."
You might say it is a form of acknowledgment, but it's not; it is the
communication formula in reverse. But the auditor is still in control if he
handles the origin -- otherwise, the communication formula goes out of his
control and he is at effect point, no longer at cause point. An auditor
continues at cause point.
So let's look this over. The handling of an origin has a great deal of
use and, until recently, it was the least pat step in Scientology. How did you
handle an origin? And we finally found out. I finally had a cognition myself.
I tried for a long time to communicate this to people and they still blundered
on it occasionally. And I finally found out something that did seem to
communicate.
There are three steps in handling an origin. Here is the setup: The
preclear is sitting in the chair and the auditor is sitting across from the
preclear, and the auditor is saying, "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" and
the preclear says, "Yes." Here is the factor, now, entering: "Do fish swim?"
The preclear doesn't answer Do fish swim, the preclear says, "You know -- your
dress is on fire," or "I'm eight feet back of my head," or "Is it true that
all cats weigh 1.8 kilograms?" You see, wog-wog -- where did this come from?
Well, although it is usually circuitry or something like that at work when
it's that far off beam, it is, nevertheless, an origin. How do you handle it?
Well, you don't want the preclear to go out of session, and he would if you
handled it wrongly, so (1) you answer it; (2) you maintain ARC (you don't
spend any time at it, but you just maintain ARC); and (3) you get the preclear
back on the process. One, two, three. And if you spend too much time in (2),
you'll be doing wrong.
183
What is an origin? All right, he says, "I'm eight feet back of my head."
It's an origin; what are you supposed to do with it? Well, you're supposed to
answer it. In this particular case, you would say to him something in the
order of, "You are?" (You mean something like, "I've heard the communication --
it's made an effect on me.") Now, in maintaining ARC you can skimp that
second one if you handle the third one expertly enough. The least important
one is the second one, but the most deadly thing you can do is utterly to
neglect the second one of maintaining ARC. That's deadly. But you can skip it
if you really punch it into the third one, which is to say, get him back into
session. So he says, "I'm eight feet back of my head," and you say, "YOU
ARE???" (What he said really hit, you know.) He's kind of wog-wog about this --
he's not sure what this is all about. You say, "You are?" and the fellow
says, "Yes."
"Well!" you say. "What did I say that made that happen?"
"Oh, you said 'Do birds fly?' and I thought of myself as a bird and I
guess that's the way it is, but I am eight feet back of my head."
"Well, that's pretty routine," you say -- reassure him, maintain the ARC.
"Now, what was that auditing question?"
"Oh, you asked me 'Do birds fly?'"
And you say, "That's right. Do birds fly?"
Back in session, you see.
You can't do this: You can't put it into a can and put a label on it and
say "This is how you do it always," because it's always something peculiar;
but you can say these three steps are followed.
I will give you another example. You say, "Do birds fly?" and he says, "I
have a blinding headache."
"You do?" you say. "Is it bothering you (that's the ARC) too much to
carry on with the session (and you've reached number three at once)?"
"Oh no -- it's pretty bad though."
"Well, let's go on with this, shall we?" you say. "Maybe it'll do
something with it (maintaining ARC)."
He says, "Well, all right," and you're right back onto it again: "Do
birds fly?"
One of the trickiest of these is "What in my question reminded you of
that?" The fellow says, "Well, so and so," and he explains it to you and you
say, "Well, good. Do birds fly?" and you're right back in session again.
Three parts, and -- that is the important thing -- you have to learn how
to handle these things.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1959, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
184
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/4/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
AXIOM 28 AMENDED
Remimeo
HAS Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1973
REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974
(Only change is signature)
Remimeo
HAS Course
AXIOM 28 AMENDED
AXIOM 28.
COMMUNICATION IS THE CONSIDERATION AND ACTION OF IMPELLING AN IMPULSE OR
PARTICLE FROM SOURCE-POINT ACROSS A DISTANCE TO RECEIPT-POINT, WITH THE
INTENTION OF BRINGING INTO BEING AT THE RECEIPT-POINT A DUPLICATION AND
UNDERSTANDING OF THAT WHICH EMANATED FROM THE SOURCE-POINT.
The formula of Communication is: Cause, Distance, Effect, with Intention,
Attention and Duplication WITH UNDERSTANDING.
The component parts of Communication are Consideration, Intention,
Attention, Cause, Source-point, Distance, Effect, Receipt-point,
Duplication, Understanding, the Velocity of the impulse or particle,
Nothingness or Somethingness. A non-communication consists of Barriers.
Barriers consist of Space, Interpositions (such as walls and screens of
fast-moving particles), and Time. A communication by definition, does not
need to be two-way.
When a communication is returned, the formula is repeated, with the
receipt-point now becoming a source-point and the former source-point now
becoming a receipt-point.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
185
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/4/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=15/11/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
GRADIENTS IN TRs
Type = 12
iDate=7/4/73
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
All
Supervisors
All Students
Cramming
TR Courses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1973R
Remimeo REVISED 15 NOVEMBER 1974
All (Revisions are in this type style)
Supervisors
All Students CANCELS
Cramming BTB OF 7 APRIL 1973
TR Courses
SAME TITLE
GRADIENTS IN TRs
(Taken from LRH Tape of 30 June 1961,
"Training on TRs -- Talk on Auditing")
Time after time you're going to find somebody in an Organization trying
to teach the TRs this way: Go on to TR 0 and stick there.
Eight months later he'll still be doing the TR 0.
You're going to find that consistently, because the element of ENDURE
enters into it. That is improper.
Here is the way you do the TRs. You'll find it very valuable.
You do TR 0, flunking only TR 0. You go on to TR 1. The guy didn't pass
TR 0. He just got accustomed to it a little bit.
You do TR 1, flunking only TR 1. Don't flunk anything else.
TR 2, flunking only TR 2.
TR 3, flunking only TR 3.
TR 4, flunking only TR 4.
Now come back to TR 0. Get the guy better at TR 0.
Then go through it again, flunking only the TR he is on. It's kind of
like running the CCHs -- they get a little bit of a win at it and you go on to
the next one.
About the third run through or maybe the fifth run through, according to
your judgement, you start TR 0 and you insist that it's pretty good; and you
should really start cuffing him around. Flunk only the one he's on but start
cuffing him around hard. Give him the business. Give him things he can't
possibly confront. Try to shake him up.
Now -- start in TR 0 and give him the works. TR 1 and give him the works.
TR 2-3-4. Flunk only the TR that he's on, but give him the works. Don't give
him a chance.
Run through the TRs that way a couple of times, flunking only the TR that
he's on, giving him the works, pushing his buttons. Give him something to
confront for sure.
And then start the business of TR 0, mess him up, TR 1, mess him up --
and flunk TR 1 AND TR 0.
TR 2, mess him up, flunk TR 2, TR 1, TR 0.
186
Get him on TR 3, messing him up and flunking TR 3, TR 2, TR 1, TR 0.
Get him on TR 4, messing him up and flunking TR 4, TR 3, TR 2, TR 1, TR 0.
Thereafter in running the TRs always give him the works. Flunk everything
in that battery of TRs.
If you do that, you shorten considerably the time it takes to learn the
TRs.
In other words, you approach this with a gradient scale.
We did learn about gradient scales many years ago and we should continue
to apply that knowledge.
Let them get used to each TR.
You'll find out they progress much faster if you do it that way.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1961, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
187
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/6/73
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=2
rDate=19/9/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Cramming Series 10RA
CRAMMING
Remimeo
Qual Secs
Cramming
Offs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1973RA
Remimeo Issue I
Qual Secs REVISED 20 FEBRUARY 1974
Cramming REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974
Offs (Only change is signature)
Cramming Series 10RA
CRAMMING
The datum that "Qual does not take orders" solves the Admin Cramming
dilemma of the staff member crammed four times on the Dev-T Pack.
It is up to Qual to handle, fully and totally. This means, not following
the exact order, but finding the real Why on the person and handling it at
once.
Qual's function is correction. By policy Qual does not take orders on
What to do to correct.
Where an exec wants certain material covered, that's okay. Cover it. But
find the WHY! And on a repeat order, realize it was a wrong Why and really
work it over.
Several staff have been crammed several times on the Dev-T Pack. Means
Qual takes orders.
The PRODUCT of Qual Admin Cramming is a functioning producing staff
member who can produce on post.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
188
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/7/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ASSIST SUMMARY
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JULY 1973
Remimeo
ASSIST SUMMARY
REFERENCE:
HCO PL 7 Aug 71 Interne Okay to Audit Checksheet,
Issue II Assists Pack
HCO B 5 July 71 C/S Series 49, Assists
HCO B 23 July 71 Assists, A Flag Expertise Subject
HCO B 12 Mar 69 Physically III Pcs and Pre OTs
Issue II
HCO B 24 Apr 69 Dianetic Use
HCO B 14 May 69 Sickness
HCO B 23 May 69 Auditing out Sessions,
Narrative Versus Somatic Chains
HCO B 24 July 69 Seriously III Pcs
HCO B 27 July 69 Antibiotics
HCO B 15 Jan 70 The Uses of Auditing
HCO B 1 Dec 70 Dianetics -- Triple Flow Action
HCO B 5 Jan 71 Going Earlier in R3-R
and Exteriorization Intensives
HCO B 9 Oct 67 Assists for Injuries
HCO B 22 July 70 Touch Assist
HCO B 5 May 69 Touch Assists
Issue I
HCO B 2 Jan 71 Illegal Auditing
HCO B 15 July 70 Unresolved Pains
(Reissued 25 Nov 70)
HCO B 7 Apr 72 Touch Assists, Correct Ones
Injuries, operations, delivery of babies, severe illnesses and periods of
intense emotional shock all deserve to be handled with thorough and complete
assists.
Medical examination and diagnosis should be sought where needed, and where
treatment is routinely successful, medical treatment should be obtained. As an
assist can at times cover up an actual injury or broken bone, no chances
should be taken, especially if the condition does not easily respond. In other
words where something is merely thought to be a slight sprain, to be on the
safe side an X-ray should be obtained, particularly if it does not at once
respond. An assist is not a substitute for medical treatment but is
complementary to it. It is even doubtful if full healing can be accomplished
by medical treatment alone and it is certain that an assist greatly speeds
recovery. In short, one should realize that physical healing does not take
into account the being and the repercussion on the spiritual beingness of the
person.
Injury and illness are PREDISPOSED by the spiritual state of the person.
They are PRECIPITATED by the being himself as a manifestation of his current
spiritual condition. And they are PROLONGED by any failure to fully handle the
spiritual factors associated with them.
The causes of PREDISPOSITION, PRECIPITATION and PROLONGATION are
basically the following:
1. Postulates.
2. Engrams.
3. Secondaries.
4. ARC Breaks with the environment, situations, others or the body
part.
5. Problems.
6. Overt Acts.
7. Withholds.
8. Out of communicationness.
189
The purely physical facts of injuries, illnesses and stresses are
themselves incapacitating and do themselves often require physical analysis
and treatment by a doctor or nutritionist. These could be briefly catalogued
as:
A. Physical damage to structure.
B. Disease of a pathological nature.
C. Inadequacies of structure.
D. Excessive structure.
E. Nutritional errors.
F. Nutritional inadequacies.
G. Vitamin and bio-compound excesses.
H. Vitamin and bio-compound deficiencies.
I. Mineral excesses.
J. Mineral deficiencies.
K. Structural malfunction.
L. Erroneous examination.
M. Erroneous diagnosis.
N. Erroneous structural treatment.
O. Erroneous medication.
There is another group which belongs to both the spiritual and physical
divisions. These are:
i. Allergies.
ii. Addictions.
iii. Habits.
iv. Neglect.
v. Decay.
Any of these things in any of the three groups can be a cause of non-
optimum personal existence.
We are not discussing here the full handling of any of these groups or
what optimum state can be attained or maintained. But it should be obvious
that there is a level below which life is not very tolerable. How well a
person can be or how efficient or how active is another subject entirely.
Certainly life is not very tolerable to a person who has been injured or
ill, to a woman who has just delivered a baby, to a person who has just
suffered a heavy emotional shock. And there is no reason a person should
remain in such a low state, particularly for weeks, months or years when he or
she could be remarkably ASSISTED to recover in hours, days or weeks.
It is in fact a sort of practiced cruelty to insist by neglect that a
person continue on in such a state when one can learn and practice and obtain
relief for such a person.
We are mainly concerned with the first group, 1-8. The group is not
listed in the order that it is done but in the order that it has influence
upon the being.
The idea has grown that one handles injuries with touch assists only.
This is true for someone who as an auditor has only a smattering of
Scientology. It is true for someone in such pain or state of case (which would
have to be pretty bad) that he cannot respond to actual auditing.
But a Scientologist really has no business "having only a smattering" of
auditing skills that could save his or the lives of others. And the case is
very rare who cannot experience proper auditing.
The actual cause of not handling such conditions is, then, to be found as
iv. NEGLECT. And where there is Neglect, v. DECAY is very likely to follow.
One does not have to be a medical doctor to take someone to a medical
doctor. And one does not have to be a medical doctor to observe that medical
treatment may not be helping the patient. And one does not have to be a
medical doctor to handle things caused spiritually by the being himself.
190
Just as there are two sides to healing -- the spiritual and the
structural or physical, there are also two states that can be spiritually
attained. The first of these states might be classified as "humanly
tolerable". Assists come under this heading. The second is spiritually
improved. Grade auditing comes under this second heading.
Any minister (and this has been true as long as there has been a subject
called religion) is bound to relieve his fellow being of anguish. There are
many ways a minister can do this.
An assist is not engaging in healing. It is certainly not engaging in
treatment. What it is doing is ASSISTING THE INDIVIDUAL TO HEAL HIMSELF OR BE
HEALED BY ANOTHER AGENCY BY REMOVING HIS REASONS FOR PRECIPITATING, AND
PROLONGING HIS CONDITION AND LESSENING HIS PREDISPOSITION TO FURTHER INJURE
HIMSELF OR REMAIN IN AN INTOLERABLE CONDITION.
This is entirely outside the field of "healing" as envisioned by the
medical doctor and by actual records of results is very, very far beyond the
capability of psychology, psychiatry and "mental treatment" as practiced by
them.
In short, the assist is strictly and entirely in the field of the spirit
and is the traditional province of religion.
A minister should realize the power which lies in his hands and his
potential skills when trained. He has this to give in the presence of
suffering: he can make life tolerable. He can also shorten a term of recovery
and may even make recovery possible when it might not be otherwise.
When a minister confronts someone who has been injured or ill, operated
upon or who has suffered a grave emotional shock, he should be equipped to do
and should do the following:
A CONTACT ASSIST where possible and where indicated until the person has
reestablished his communication with the physical universe site. To FN.
A TOUCH ASSIST until the person has reestablished communication with the
physical part or parts affected. To FN.
HANDLE ANY ARC BREAK that might have existed at the time a) with the
environment, b) with another, c) with others, d) with himself, e) with the
body part or the body, and f) with any failure to recover at once. Each to FN.
HANDLE ANY PROBLEM the person may have had a) at the time of illness or
injury, b) subsequently due to his or her condition. Each to FN.
HANDLE ANY OVERT ACT the person may feel he or she committed a) to self,
b) to the body, c) to another, and d) to others. Each to FN.
HANDLE ANY WITHHOLD a) the person might have had at the time, b) any
subsequent withhold, and c) any having to withhold the body from work or
others or the environment due to being physically unable to approach it.
HANDLE ANY SECONDARY, which is to say emotional reactions, before,
during or after the situation. This must be run from the first intimation
something was wrong or going to happen or being told something had happened.
This is by chain to FN. And then Flow 2 to FN and then Flow 3 to FN.
HANDLE ANY ENGRAM of actual physical duress. Run Flow 1 by chain to FN.
Then Flow 2 to FN. Then Flow 3 to FN. It is understood here that Flow One was
the physical incident itself, not necessarily something done to the person but
as something that happened to him or her.
POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM. This is two-way comm on the subject of "any
decision to be hurt" or some such wording. This is done only if the person has
not
191
already discovered that he had decisions connected to the incident. It is
carried to FN. One must be careful not to invalidate the person.
Where a person is injured, given a contact or touch assist and then
medical examination and treatment, he is given the remainder as soon as he is
able to be audited. The drug "five days" does not need to apply. But where the
person has been given an assist over drugs, one must later come back to the
case when he is off drugs and run the drug part out or at least make sure that
nothing was submerged by the drugs. It is not uncommon for a person to be
oblivious of certain parts of a treatment or operation at the time of initial
auditing, only to have a missing piece of the incident pop up days, months or
even years later. THIS is the reason injuries or operations occasionally seem
to persist despite a full assist: a piece of it was left unhandled due to a
drugged condition during the operation; such bits may come off unexpectedly in
routine auditing on some other apparently disrelated chain.
It can happen that a person is in the midst of some grade auditing at
the time of an injury or illness or receiving an emotional shock. The question
arises as to whether or not to disrupt the grade auditing to handle the
situation. It is a difficult question. But certainly the person cannot go on
with grade auditing while upset or ill. The usual answer is to give a full
assist and repair the case to bridge it back into the grade auditing. The
question however may be complicated in that some error in the grade auditing
is also sitting there, not to cause the illness or accident but to complicate
the assist. This question is handled fully only by study of the case by a
competent Case Supervisor. The point is not to let the person go on suffering
while time is consumed making a decision.
SUMMARY
Religion exists in no small part to handle the upsets and anguish of
life. These include spiritual duress by reason of physical conditions.
Ministers long before the Apostles had as a part of their duties the
ministering to the spiritual anguish of their people. They have concentrated
upon spiritual uplift and betterment. But where physical suffering impeded
this course, they have acted. To devote themselves only to the alleviation of
physical duress is of course to attest that the physical body is more
important than the spiritual beingness of the person which, of course, it is
not. But physical anguish can so distract a being that he deserts any
aspirations of betterment and begins to seek some cessation of his suffering.
The specialty of the medical doctor is the curing of physical disease or non-
optimum physical conditions. In some instances he can do so. It is no invasion
of his province to assist the patient to greater healing potential. And ills
that are solely spiritual in nature are not medical.
The "psych-iatrist" and "psych-ologist" on the other hand took their
very names from religion since "psyche" means soul. They, by actual
statistics, are not as successful as priests in relieving mental anguish. But
they modernly seek to do so by using drugs or hypnotism or physical means.
They damage more than they help.
The minister has a responsibility to his people and those about him to
relieve suffering. He has many ways to do this. He is quite successful in
doing so and he does not need or use drugs or hypnotism or shock or surgery or
violence. Until his people are at a level where they have no need of physical
things, he has as a duty preventing their spiritual or physical decay by
relieving where he can their suffering.
His primary method of doing so is the ASSIST.
As the knowledge of how to do them exists and as the skill is easily
acquired, he actually has no right to neglect those for whose well-being he is
responsible, as only then can he lead them to higher levels of spiritual
attainment.
LRH:nt.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1973 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Added to by HCO B 6 Jan 74, Assist Summary -- Addition.]
192
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/7/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Qual Flub Catch Series 4
RECOVERING STUDENTS
AND PCS
Remimeo
Tours Hats
ARC Brk Regs
Est Os
Qual Secs
Dirs
Validity
ARC Brk
Auditor
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY 1973
Remimeo
Tours Hats (HCO PL 25 June 1972 Reissued
ARC Brk Regs as an HCO B without change.)
Est Os
Qual Secs
Dirs Qual Flub Catch Series 4
Validity
ARC Brk
Auditor RECOVERING STUDENTS
AND PCS
ARC Brk Regs and Tours Personnel (as well as Ethics Officers) collide with
students and pcs who have blown (run away from) the org.
The recovery of these and getting them back on the line is of great
interest to such personnel.
In the first place, they muddy up a field. In the second place EVERY ONE
OF THEM CAN BE GOTTEN BACK IN.
If you leave them about they spoil prospects.
And there's nothing more startling to their friends than to have these
people who have been nattering around suddenly turn up (repaired) saying, "OK
it's all fine now. They're great guys."
Because Tech does work, this is not hard to do. Down deep they know that
we do have the answer. It's an apparent refusal to apply it to them they're
concerned about.
Poor offbeat Supervision, poorly trained auditors, lack of cramming in an
org get in your way. So you have a deep interest that tech, in both Courses
and Auditing, is straight.
STUDENTS
Students who doped in Class, nattered or got upset have been known to blow
(leave hurriedly).
But also, students who are interrupted too often when F/Ning may also
blow! On a "w/h of nothingness".
These points -- "not helped by the Super" and "interfered with too much"
-- must BOTH be checked on getting blown students back.
ARC Brk Registrars and Tours people run into these blown students. They
must know how to handle.
There are 5 main blow reasons:
1. Misunderstood words (or no materials).
2. No help or WC Method 4 from the Supers (or no Super).
3. Interference from the Supers that stopped them from getting on.
4. Personal out-Ethics resulting in a w/h.
5. Simply booted off for reasons best known to God or Registrars (like
suddenly saying "You must no buy Method 1" etc, thus violating the
"deliver what we promise" rule).
193
The interference and boot-off reasons are the ones you'd least suspect.
Both generate a lot of H, E & R (Human Emotion and Reaction).
The reasons most pcs blow are
1. Out lists
2. No auditing
3. Invalidation of case or gains
4. Told they'd attained it and hadn't.
Of these the out list (meaning overlist or wrong items) produces the most
fantastic HE&R. Needs repair with an "L4B".
No auditing includes being sent to Ethics or Cramming (on Solo) or just
stalled. Remedy is to deliver what's promised.
Invalidation of case or gains includes being made to go on past a win.
This acts as an invalidation. Some pcs who made it are hung up from then on
out because no one asked them to declare it. Remedy is to get it declared.
When told they had attained it and hadn't they feel cut off from all
further help. Remedy is to repair it by getting off the suppress and finish up
the job in the org.
TO HANDLE ANY OF THIS YOU MUST REALIZE THAT TECH DOES WORK IN BOTH STUDY
AND AUDITING.
The most gross errors have to exist before it doesn't work.
Auditors can be trained to audit and can audit. But some SP in an org
gets some out tech order in force like "Auditors mustn't do TR 0 in Cramming
as it stirs up their cases" (which is a complete lie and which was just found
as NY's reason for poor tech and down stats).
ACTION
When handling the blown student or pc you can assess the above points on a
meter. Or just know them by heart and rattle them off and you'll get the real
reason right now.
The object is to put the student or pc back on the rails.
The above points are all valid.
A very fast way to handling auditing outnesses is to give a FREE AUDITING
CHECK using HCO B 31 Dec 71, Revised 16 May 72, C/S Series 53RC. To it one adds
"No Auditing" at the end under L. One has a good auditor (who has good TRs and
who knows how to read a meter well) assess it on the blown or upset pc.
One or more of these items will give a Long Fall Blowdown. You indicate
this to the pc. You don't handle it. You just say, "The reason you were upset
was (whatever read)." The pc should suddenly magically feel better.
DON'T try to Audit it further on a FREE CHECK. Tell the pc to go to the
org to get everything handled now.
Route the assessed sheet "To the PC FOLDER OF _______ (pc's name). PUT IN
FOLDER FOR F1RST AUDITING ACTION," and sign it.
The above checklists can be done on students by discussion. Don't use the
C/S 53RC and the pc checklist both as the pc checklist above is on the C/S
53RC.
194
The difference is C/S 53RC has to be done by an auditor. The other list
can be done in 2 way comm socially.
In phoning people and running into ARC Broken pcs or students the two
short checklists can be used.
Sea Org Missions have successfully used another approach. They say
they're there to handle the org and make it a safe place. The response is very
gratifying.
THE PUBLIC HATES LIKE HELL TO BE DENIED DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY.
After all you're just handing them their future happiness on a silver
platter.
Don't just avoid such people. And don't bother to listen to the natter.
The above actions are the reasons.
Puts you right on top of the situation.
That's where Tours and ARC Brk Regs and auditors should be.
I recall one old fellow who blew an org staff (SH), hated everybody.
Stayed away for years. A student auditor ran into him socially, grabbed a
meter and put in Level III (Change and ARC Break) on him. And bang there he
was writing to me about how great it all was!
Bad Supervision or untrained or careless auditors or flubbing Admin
personnel make a lot of trouble for us. But the vast majority of org staffs
are very fine. So don't get down on the org. Get the flubbers unpopular. And
get back those who have been flubbed. There are no dog pcs or bad students.
ETHICS ACTION
Whenever you find one of these you should make a brief report. One copy
goes to the Ethics Officer of the org, as a knowledge report. The other goes
to FLUB CATCH CONTROL TRAINING AND SERVICES FLAG.
You have to give the when and the who and the what.
Then the org itself and Flag can come down on the outness and correct it.
SUMMARY
Just knowing these points there are no blown students or pcs you can't
get back or get signed up again.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1972, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
195
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=29/7/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Art Series 2
ART, MORE ABOUT
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JULY 1973
Remimeo Art Series 2
ART, MORE ABOUT
Ref: HCO B 30 Aug AD15, ART
How good does a professional work of art have to be? This would include
painting, music, photography, poetry, any of the arts whether fine or
otherwise. It would also include presenting oneself as an art form as well as
one's products.
Yes, how GOOD does such a work of art have to be?
Ah, you say, but that is an imponderable, a thing that can't be answered.
Verily, you say, you have just asked a question fur which there are no answers
except the sneers and applause of critics. Indeed, this is why we have art
critics! For who can tell how good good is. Who knows?
I have a surprise for you. There IS an answer.
As you know, I searched for many years, as a sort of minor counterpoint
to what I was hard work doing, to dredge up some of the materials which might
constitute the basis of art. Art was the most uncodified and most opinionated
subject on the planet -- after men's ideas about women and women's ideas about
men and Man's ideas of Man. Art was anyone's guess. Masterpieces have gone
unapplauded, positive freaks have gained raves.
So how good does a work of art have to be to be good?
The painter will point out all the tiny technical details known only to
painters, the musician will put a score through the Alto horn and explain
about valve clicks and lip, the poet will talk about meter types, the actor
will explain how the position and wave of one hand per the instructions of one
school can transform a clod into an actor. And so it goes, art by art, bit by
bit.
But all these people will be discussing the special intricacies and holy
mysteries of technique, the tiny things only the initiate of that art would
recognize. They are talking about technique. They are not really answering how
good a work of art has to be.
Works of art are viewed by people. They are heard by people. They are
felt by people. They are not just the fodder of a close-knit group of
initiates. They are the soul food of all people.
One is at liberty of course to challenge that wide purpose of art. Some
professors who don't want rivals tell their students "Art is for self-
satisfaction" "It is a hobby." In other words, don't display or exhibit, kid,
or you'll be competition! The world today is full of that figure-figure. But
as none of this self-satisfaction art meets a definition of art wider than
self for the sake of self, the professional is not interested in it.
In any artistic production, what does one have as an audience? People.
Not, heaven forbid, critics. But people. Not experts in that line of art. But
people.
That old Chinese poet who, after he wrote a poem, went down out of his
traditional garret and read it to the flower-selling old lady on the corner
had the right idea. If she understood it and thought it was great, he
published. If she didn't he put it in the bamboo trash can. Not remarkably,
his poems have come down the centuries awesomely praised.
196
Well, one could answer this now by just saying that art should
communicate to people high and low. But that really doesn't get the sweating
professional anywhere as a guide in actually putting together a piece of work
and it doesn't give him a yardstick whereby he can say "That is that!" "I've
done it." And go out with confidence that he has.
What is technique? What is its value? Where does it fit? What is
perfectionism? Where does one stop scraping off the paint and erasing notes
and say "That is that"?
For there is a point. Some artists don't ever find it. The Impressionists
practically spun in as a group trying to develop a new way of viewing and
communicating it. They made it -- or some of them did like Monet. But many of
them never knew where to stop and they didn't make it. They couldn't answer
the question "How good does a piece of art work have to be to be good?"
In this time of century, there are many communication lines for works of
art. Because a few works of art can be shown so easily to so many there may
even be fewer artists. The competition is very keen and even dagger sharp. To
be good one has to be very good. But in what way and how?
Well, when I used to buy breakfasts for Greenwich Village artists (which
they ate hungrily, only stopping between bites to deplore my commercialism and
bastardizing my talents for the gold that bought their breakfasts) I used to
ask this question and needless to say I received an appalling variety of
responses. They avalanched me with technique or lack of it, they vaguely dwelt
on inherent talent, they rushed me around to galleries to show me Picasso or
to a board fence covered with abstracts. But none of them told me how good a
song had to be to be a song.
So I wondered about this. And a clue came when the late Hubert Mathieu, a
dear friend, stamped with youth on the Left Bank of the Seine and painting
dowagers at the Beaux Arts in middle age, said to me "To do any of these
modern, abstract, cubist things, you have to first be able to paint!" And he
enlarged the theme while I plied him in the midnight hush of Manhattan with
iced sherry and he finished up the First Lady of Nantucket's somewhat swollen
ball gown. Matty could PAINT. Finally he dashed me off an abstract to show me
how somebody who couldn't paint would do it and how it could be done.
I got his point. To really make one of these too too modern things come
off, you first had to be able to paint. So I said well, hell, there's Gertrude
Stein and Thomas Mann and ink splatterers like those. Let's see if it really
is an art form. So I sharpened up my electric typewriter and dashed off the
last chapters of a novel in way far out acid prose and put THE END at the
bottom and shipped it off to an editor who promptly pushed several large
loaves down the telephone wire and had me to lunch and unlike his normal
blase self said, "I really got a big bang (this was decades ago, other years,
other slang) out of the way that story wound up! You really put it over the
plate." And it sent his circulation rating up. And this was very odd because
you see the first chapters were straight since they'd been written before
Matty got thirsty for sherry and called me to come over and the last chapters
were an impressionistic stream of consciousness that Mann himself would have
called "an advanced rather adventurous over-Finneganized departure from the
ultra school."
So just to see how far this sort of thing could go, for a short while I
shifted around amongst various prose periods just to see what was going on.
That they sold didn't prove too much because I never had any trouble with
that. But that they were understood at all was surprising to me for their
prose types (ranging from Shakespeare to Beowulf) were at wild variance with
anything currently being published.
So I showed them to Matty the next time he had a ball gown to do or three
chins to paint out and was thirsty. And he looked them over and he said,
"Well, you proved my point. There's no mystery to it. Basically you're a
trained writer! It shows through."
197
And now we are getting somewhere, not just with me and my adventures and
long dead yesterdays.
As time rolled on, this is what I began to see: The fellow technician in
an art hears and sees the small technical points. The artist himself is
engrossed in the exact application of certain exact actions which produce,
when done, his canvas, his score, his novel, his performance.
The successful artist does these small things so well that he also then
has attention and skill left to get out his message, he is not still fiddling
about with the cerulean blue and the semiquaver. He has these zeroed in. He
can repeat them and repeat them as technical actions. No ulcers. Strictly
routine.
And here we have three surrealist paintings. And they each have their own
message. And the public wanders by and they only look with awe on one. And why
is this one different than the other two? Is it a different message? No. Is it
more popular? That's too vague.
If you look at or listen to any work of art, there is only one thing the
casual audience responds to en masse, and if this has it then you too will see
it as a work of art. If it doesn't have it, you won't.
So what is it?
TECHNICAL EXPERTISE ITSELF ADEQUATE TO PRODUCE AN EMOTIONAL IMPACT.
And that is how good a work of art has to be to be good.
If you look this over from various sides, you will see that the general
spectator is generally unaware of technique. That is the zone of art's
creators.
Were you to watch a crowd watching a magician, you would find one common
denominator eliciting uniform response. If he is a good magician he is a smooth
showman. He isn't showing them how he does his tricks. He is showing them a
flawless flowing performance. This alone is providing the carrier wave that
takes the substance of his actions to his audience. Though a far cry from fine
art, perhaps, yet there is art in the way he does things. If he is good, the
audience is seeing first of all, before anything else, the TECHNICAL EXPERTISE
of his performance. They are also watching him do things they know they can't
do. And they are watching the outcome of his presentations. He is a good
magician if he gives a technically flawless performance just in terms of
scenes and motions which provide the channel for what he is presenting.
Not to compare Bach with a magician (though you could), all great pieces
of art have this one factor in common. First of all, before one looks at the
faces on the canvas or hears the meaning of the song, there is the TECHNICAL
EXPERTISE there adequate to produce an emotional impact. Before one adds
message or meaning, there is this TECHNICAL EXPERTISE.
TECHNICAL EXPERTISE is composed of all the little and large bits of
technique known to the skilled painter, musician, actor, any artist. He adds
these things together in his basic presentation. He knows what he is doing.
And how to do it. And then to this he adds his message.
All old masters were in there nailing canvas on frames as apprentices or
grinding up the lapis lazuli or cleaning paintbrushes before they arrived at
the Metropolitan.
But how many paintbrushes do you have to clean? Enough to know that clean
paintbrushes make clean color. How many clarinet reeds do you have to replace?
Enough to know which types will hit high C.
198
Back of every artist there is technique. You see them groping, finding,
discarding, fooling about. What are they hunting for? A new blue? No, just a
constant of blue that is an adequate quality.
And you see somebody who can really paint still stumbling about looking
for technique -- a total overrun.
Someplace one says, "That's the TECHNICAL EXPERTISE adequate to produce
an emotional impact." And that's it. Now he CAN. So he devotes himself to
messages.
If you get this tanged up or backwards, the art does not have a good
chance of being good. If one bats out messages without a TECHNICALLY EXPERT
carrier wave of art, the first standard of the many spectators seems to be
violated.
The nice trick is to be a technician and retain one's fire. Then one can
whip out the masterpieces like chain lightning. And all the great artists seem
to have managed that. And when they forked off onto a new trail they mastered
the technique and then erupted with great works.
It is a remarkable thing about expertise. Do you know that some artists
get by on "Technical expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact" alone
messages? They might not suspect that. But it is true.
So the "expertise adequate" is important enough to be itself art. It is
never great art. But it produces an emotional impact just from quality alone.
And how masterly an expertise? Not very masterly. Merely adequate. How
adequate is adequate? Well, people have been known to criticize a story
because there were typographical errors in the typing. And stories by the non-
adept often go pages before anyone appears or anything happens. And scores
have been known to be considered dull simply because they were inexpertly
chorded or clashed. And a handsome actor has been known not to have made it
because he never knew what to do with his arms, for all his fiery thunderings
of the Bard's words.
Any art demands a certain expertise. When this is basically sound, magic!
Almost anyone will look at it and say Ah! For quality alone has an emotional
impact. That it is cubist or dissonant or blank verse has very little bearing
on it; the type of the art form is no limitation to audience attention
generally when it has, underlying it and expressed in it, the expertise
adequate to produce an emotional impact.
The message is what the audience thinks it sees or hears. The
significance of the play, the towering clouds of sound in the symphony, the
scatter-batter of the current pop group, are what the audience thinks it is
perceiving and what they will describe, usually, or which they think they
admire. If it comes to them with a basic expertise itself able to produce an
emotional impact they will think it is great. And it will be great.
The artist is thought of as enthroned in some special heaven where all is
clean and there is no sweat, eyes half closed in the thrall of inspiration.
Well maybe he is sometimes. But every one I've seen had ink in his hair or a
towel handy to mop his brow or a throat spray in his hand to ease the voice
strain of having said his lines twenty-two times to the wall or the cat. I
mean the great ones. The others were loafing and hoping and talking about the
producer or the unfair art gallery proprietor.
The great ones always worked to achieve the technical quality necessary.
When they had it they knew they had it. How did they know? Because it was
technically correct.
Living itself is an art form. One puts up a mock-up. It doesn't happen by
accident. One has to know how to wash his nylon shirts and girls have to know
what mascara runs and that too many candy bars spoil the silhouette, quite in
addition to the pancreas.
199
Some people are themselves a work of art because they have mastered the
small practical techniques of living that give them a quality adequate to
produce an emotional impact even before anyone knows their name or what they
do.
Even a beard and baggy pants require a certain art if they are to be the
expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact.
And some products produce a bad misemotional impact without fully being
viewed. And by this reverse logic, of which you can think of many examples
such as a dirty room, you can then see that there might be an opposite
expertise, all by itself, adequate to produce a strong but desirable emotional
impact.
That is how good a work of art has to be. Once one is capable of
executing that technical expertise for that art form he can pour on the
message. Unless the professional form is there first, the message will not
transmit.
A lot of artists are overstraining to obtain a quality far above that
necessary to produce an emotional impact. And many more are trying to machine
gun messages at the world without any expertise at all to form the vital
carrier wave.
So how good does a piece of art have to be?
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
200
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/7/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SCIENTOLOGY, CURRENT STATE OF THE
SUBJECT AND MATERIALS
BPI
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JULY 1973
BPI
SCIENTOLOGY, CURRENT STATE OF THE
SUBJECT AND MATERIALS
There is a possibility that some Scientologists have not realized the
extent of technical materials which exist in Dianetics and Scientology on the
subject of the spirit, mind and life.
For instance, there are about 25,000,000 words on tape in archives which
provide the consecutive path of discovery.
When placed chronologically with books, HCOBs, HCO PLs and other issues
this gives a nearly complete record of all discoveries and applications in
these subjects.
The total numbers of words or even the number of tapes and issues to date
have not been reliably calculated.
From time to time various efforts have been made to transcribe and issue
all the materials. The task should be done, especially before the decay of
magnetic tape, some of which was of poor quality, eradicates the material. But
proper and safe equipment and trustworthy technicians who would not turn out
an overt product have been lacking. A project of assembly in the 1960s was
balked by inadequate record pressing material available in the society around
us. A more strenuous and reliable effort should be made to place these
archives into a more durable form than magnetic tape.
More or less complete sets of all materials exist in many places on the
planet to safeguard against destruction.
It is from this tremendous archives that study packs and other materials
are made up. These and their checksheets are very numerous and available.
A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete training
of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the subject
progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of development.
Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and terms, for each,
when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with considerable
exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods. It is for this reason
that the Saint Hill Briefing Course checksheet should consist only of the
chronological materials, studied in chronological order, excepting only the
Study Tapes (Primary Rundown) which should be done first if not previously
done properly.
An enormous amount of this material does exist in issuable form. While not
strictly technical, HCO PLs, almost all of them, now exist in books grouped by
subjects and I think will soon exist in chronological form also. It is
projected that this be done with HCOBs, but these of course should be only in
chronological and complete order and the points where books and tapes were
part of this track should be indicated. Transcriptions and edited versions of
tapes (which do not however rearrange meaning or alter data) exist for a great
many tapes and it is projected that these shall also be the subject of a
future issue. For instance, the "Philadelphia Lectures" have recently been
transcribed and could easily be edited into volumes for issue and should be,
due to their popularity.
The subject of Scientology is to some degree developed in reverse order.
The task was to undercut the current level of Man and this was the general
target. Therefore one
201
finds the higher levels publicly spoken of most frequently in the earlier
books and tapes (between '51 and '55). In seeking full application to others
and attainment for them of their potentials it was necessary to codify the
materials and develop processes for them.
Any difficulties people were having with going Clear were handled in the
mid '60s and OT levels as they exist in Advanced Orgs were completed by '68.
There are perhaps 15 levels above OT VII fully developed but existing only in
unissued note form, pending more people's full attainment of OT VI & VII.
In the early '70s the bottom was found with the discoveries of exactly
what psychosis was and the development of processes to handle it. This was
outside the scope of organizations at the time and is not in general use; but
it did finalize the task of undercutting low enough to include all spiritual
and mental materials, then, within the subject of Scientology, in a state of
applicability.
Many people believe that Scientology materials contain mainly processes.
They think of Scientology as processing. This is a very narrow view. It is
understandable enough as processing is the way out for them. But this neglects
the more considerable materials which deal with basics and fundamentals;
processes are only one use of these.
Other people, having gotten their smallest toe damp as an HAS then wander
off to other fields looking for answers, whereas had they taken Dianetics or
Scientology Grade training, to say nothing of the Saint Hill Briefing Course,
they would have found more fundamentals than exist in all other subjects
combined, a fact which any advanced student of Scientology can confirm.
Still others think that the "newest" is of course the most advanced and
are looking for new "processes" to be issued or new materials; whereas the
process to resolve their case was most likely issued in earlier years. An
amusing instance of this is one whole continental area where an exact set of
principles was isolated and exact processes released that handle that exact
national type; yet, waiting for something new because they did not know the
old, they were found earlier this year to be ignoring this rundown even on new
preclears and of course were having a hard time of it for those ARE the basic
processes for that continent, for those people DO have that barrier.
For quite a while I have had the "hat of finder of lost tech". Whole
sections of knowledge drop out of view, whole arrays of processes (and
administrative principles) go out of use and preclears there and the
organization of the area sag; but recovery is swift the moment the "lost"
knowledge is pulled out of their own file cabinets and restored.
Further, people in organizations are quite often at high case levels.
They have already experienced the bridging knowledge which connects the
subject to the man in the street. It is not new to THEM. They sometimes err in
believing it is not new to the world. Thus gaps are permitted to exist. The
solution is to recover the "lost" tech.
But it is also true that many in organizations work very hard to keep the
knowledge bridge in. And do well in accomplishing it.
Within the same civilization, many other subjects than Scientology exist.
Many of these other subjects are in a very primitive state while pretending a
very advanced position. Psychiatry and Psychology are a pair of these. Their
pretenses, inhumanities and even cruelties muddy up the field of the spirit
and mind. Because they produce negative or even damaging results and because
they were "authority" before Scientology began to guide the field toward saner
and more civilized levels, Scientology's task of handling the public is made
far more difficult than if the public had not been so harmed and made
suspicious of the field of the mind. Yet the most mind-wrenching problems
Psychiatry and Psychology practitioners think they have (they have not
confronted the real ones) give way before the lowest most pedestrian levels of
Scientology. There is an amusing story of a Scientologist who attended a
social meeting of Psychiatrists and Psychologists and listened to them for a
while as they moaned
202
about their patients and their own cases and then, being compassionate, began
to explain to them in a sort of technical baby talk the nature and resolution
of these "vast" "unsolvable" "problems". As he took no offense at their
ignorant arrogance which first greeted him and as he did seem to have a grasp
of their troubles, they kept him up until four AM going over their "problems"
in detail and gave him more and more absorbed attention and began to cognite.
They were very tame and very respectful when he left, certain they had heard
the guru of all time: and this is amusing because he was not a trained auditor
in any sense of the word and had only read a few Scientology books! Yet to
them he was their dean as a professional by comparative and sensible
knowledge. Many Scientologists have had similar experiences. In the field of
Scientology Admin tech a staff member who had not had an Org Exec Course but
had been hatted in HCO went home for a vacation. His father who, like some
fathers, was certain his son was stupid, permitted him, with misgivings, to
reorganize the administration of his medical clinic along Scientology lines.
The son trained the small staff for only a week, lines began to whizz,
patients began to get handled, records went straight, income rose and the
father became absolutely convinced that his son was the brightest
organizational genius in the country; yet in the org they had considered he
had a long way to go to be a good Ethics Officer! Gives you some comparative
idea of where the lowest rudimentary levels of Scientology sit in relation to
current technologies.
Above such small bits of fringe information the bulk of Scientology
knowledge towers into mountains. It is accessible, in the main, to those who
seek it. The only barriers are usually their own lack of command of their own
language and the misconceptions of study ground into them from kindergarten
on. Means of solving these are also available and are daily applied to
countless newcomers over the world.
The actual barrier in the society is a failure to practice truth. Living
lives of white lies, they find it difficult to grasp that truth actually
exists. This can hang on as a habit during the first studies of a student and
he can defeat himself utterly by continuing a dishonesty in his study --
skipping this, not doing that. For Scientology is the road to truth and he who
would follow it must take true steps.
Some, seeing out of their own ambitious eyes and as jealous of any
imagined rival as any ferocious boy friend, seek to assert that Scientology is
interested in healing. This is something like saying that a Cadillac engineer
is interested only in window polish. For when you begin to handle the
causative force in Man he often also gets well. The "proofs" of supposing
Scientology is a healing activity are abundant enough if one sees the recovery
lists in any org. But they were not processed to heal them, only to free them.
A recent example of this occurred when a preclear broke her ankle and was
given medical treatment. Naturally the org was anxious to get on with her
program of processing and the ankle injury was in the way. After weeks in
medical hands with the ankle getting worse, the engram of the injury was run
out, the ankle got well and the person was again being routinely processed a
few days later. The auditor could be said to have been engaged in healing. All
he was doing was getting a body difficulty out of his road so he could get on
with it.
Recently, having found bottom on the mind and spirit some years ago, I
have been looking into physical nutrition and biochemistry. These latter
levels lie below the spirit and mind and could be loosely considered to be an
undercut as they do impede spiritual gain.
Many people are mainly fixated on the body and living as they do in an
intensely materialistic society, they are caught between being a body in the
work-a-day world and achieving spiritual freedom. This is of course
paradoxical. The game of being a body is the only game they have in their
eyes. Thus if something is wrong with their body they manifest having heavy
problems and they are anxious at the thought of losing a body: in other words
they have a hidden standard of body health as their measure of spiritual
attainment which, though illogical, is where they are and what they are doing.
Scientology has long pursued the firm policy of sending the sick to the
medical doctor. There is no place they can send the insane as to send them to
psychiatry would
203
be to condemn them to horror, and so orgs do not usually handle them at all as
they are not equipt to do so even when technically able.
But the sick have been another matter. The gentlemanly thing to do was to
give the doctor his due and trust that he would respect the courtesy. Instead,
anxious for a total monopoly of health which he is quite incapable of
delivering especially in the USA, he seeks to eradicate all fancied rivals.
Thus this policy will one day come to an end. It is quite legal to heal by
spiritual means and even part of the law of most states and countries and,
indeed, was the sole province of religion for thousands of years before the
medical doctor came along. But this is no reason why Scientology would make
any effort to replace the medical doctor since he has considerable value in
the mechanics of bones and structural matters. The only place he falls down is
in handling general illnesses, especially of a chronic nature.
Medicine has been overtaken in healing by nutritionists and biochemists.
They still seek to exclude these skills from their knowledge and experience.
Indeed, when demanding $46,000,000 to research heart disease from a not always
bright Congress in the U.S., medicine was contradicted by no less than the
head of Health, Education and Welfare who stated that their "research" as
planned did not include biochemistry, a rather strange omission since this is
the most result-filled field. It goes without mention that the demand also
excluded nutritional research. Many individual doctors are prone to attack any
patients they find "on vitamins" or who timidly mention Vitamin E. And one is
struck with the fact that heart disease is the largest income source, I
believe, of the doctor.
Thus there is a blindness in medical circles to the most productive and
curative practices in the field of illness and thus, policy or not,
organizations will soon have to bend to public demand and route the bill to
doctors only when they have broken bones or need surgery to get the bullets or
steering wheels out, and all others to the nutritionist who DOES use all the
modern developments in food, vitamins, minerals and advanced biochemistry and
use them intelligently.
An estimation of this latter field was therefore in order and I have for
some time now been engaged in an evaluation of it and a study of it.
What I have found is that the field lacks coordination of its knowledge,
not just from nutritionist to nutritionist but in the works of the same
person. A tremendous amount of material has been brought forth in the last
three decades. It is in a state of near chaos.
Liquefied grass and other dietary fads have become confused into the sober
routine subject of nutrition. Food fadism and nutritional knowledge are
interlocked in the public mind to such a degree that some unscrupulous fellow
who knows better could advise people to eat only tree bark and they
accommodatingly would. For instance there are books and books and books out
currently, by M.D.s and others who should have done their homework, inveighing
against "cholesterol": This is a biochemical composition of animal oils and
fats. They say it gets into the arteries and causes strokes and heart attacks.
Well, that is all very well. But did you also know that every glandular
secretion in the body, the secretions which keep one young and functioning are
ALL made by the glands from cholesterol? If people do not take in cholesterol
bearing foods they, by simple logic, could be seen to rapidly age and die.
What's wanted is the knowledge of how to keep cholesterol controlled not how
to take everyone off cholesterol. One would think the American Medical
Association owned shares in undertaking parlors.
A coordination of actual knowledge in these fields of nutrition and
biochemistry is what is lacking. Apparently researchers are clever enough to
isolate materials but are not wise enough to coordinate them fact against fact
into an intelligible subject.
While examining this scene I have found that nutrition and biochemistry
ARE the leaders, however. The subjects are actually arts and in a rather
primitive state. But illnesses still puzzling medicine are in many cases quite
old hat to the nutritionist.
204
If one wanted further proof, medical organizations, especially in the US,
are fighting nutrition with their usual violence where their pocket book is
threatened -- black propaganda, government seizure orders and all the routine
mechanisms medicine has employed in its history to "safeguard" its interests
are in full play against the health food store and the vitamin counter. That
is enough to prove the point that nutrition is the leader in our contemporary
times where physical health body treatment is concerned.
While the medical doctor and his psychiatry branch flood out the useless
and destructive "tranquilizers", the nutritionist hands out a couple tablets
of magnesium which actually cool a person off beautifully and far more
effectively without the physical damage carried by the tranquilizer.
The medical doctor and his psychiatry branch gave the world its greatest
wave of drug addiction. Their friend the German-oriented psychologist, with
his man-is-animal teaching of the young and destruction of orthodox religion,
has given the world its greatest period of crime. They are on their way out
even though they are fighting a dirty and violent read-guard action. So why bet
on losers? They won't make it.
Nutrition's star is rising into a blazing sun in the field of physical
treatment of the body. It is also wise enough to know and repeatedly state
that spiritual and mental stress MUST be handled before too much result can be
obtained, which is perfectly true.
Thus I have going at this particular time a project of codification and
coordination of what is known in the fields of nutrition and biochemistry, not
to be wiser than they, but to get some order into this field so that its
potential can be more fully realized.
This work is almost incidental to Scientology research. I am completing
something I started in 1945, which was a survey of biochemistry potentials in
order to decide a direction of research: did the mind monitor structure or
structure, as medicine thought, monitor the mind? The former was in 1945 found
to be the true case to an overwhelming degree.
But at the same time, when people are so body fixated that they have
problems of a physical nature too intense to admit of any other consideration,
bringing them true power and freedom becomes difficult unless one pays some
attention to where their attention is fixated.
Malnutrition, deficiencies in vitamins and minerals, chronic illnesses
and unhealing wounds are all needlessly distracting but they are nevertheless
distracting.
There apparently exist easy ways to handle these things. There is no
sense in processing someone for a hundred hours only to find his only interest
is curing his headache and to discover that he has a headache because he is
allergic to bread and eats bread nearly as his sole diet! Or to find that the
overweight fellow is just getting processed to get his body thin and after
scores of hours discover he is living on candy bars and has been diabetic for
years! Not when you can simply take the former off bread and wheat and give
the latter some trivalent chromium and protein and put a guard on the candy
store. Make no mistake -- one CAN process over the top of these things and
even handle, for the spirit and mind dominate them. But why? It's far easier
to parallel the mind and get the distraction handled so one can THEN get to
why he got that way in the first place if he is still interested, though well.
One can do things the hard way or the easy way.
So nutrition and biochemistry are vital subjects and, due to medical
influence, very badly neglected subjects even in the presence of positive and
even vital value.
My current review of these is in the nature of an assist to processing.
As such, of course, they have to embrace the factors of predisposition to,
precipitation and prolongation of physical illness.
It has already been established, prior to present records, while I was
working with the general field of life in 1945, and has been confirmed by
contemporary researchers
205
in nutrition and biochemistry that Stress is the basic cause in physical
illness. Thus, such nutritional research cannot supplant the handling of
stress. Further, conditions can exist where nutrition and biochemistry cannot
work at all until stress is relieved by processing. Therefore, in lower stages
of handling there is a band where thought and physical beingness tend to
merge. In this lower zone, assist type processing and nutritional or
biochemical aids seem to be simultaneously necessary. In such instances one
must alternate them or co-apply them.
There are also a few deficiencies which produce manifestations quite
similar in appearance to insanity.
Where the illness or injury is acute and severe immediate physical
attention is mandatory and can be assisted only by the lightest possible
address to the mental factors, perhaps as light as simply being comforting or
gentle. In a case such as a person in a long continued coma, where nutrition
is intravenous, processing is still possible by gently causing the person's
hand to make repeated contact on command with a pillow or the bed. Thus it can
be seen, processing can reach a long way down.
Above all this physical level material of course, the subject has been
for a long time wrapped up. Persons continuing to play the body game limit
themselves in various ways and by the nature of life and this civilization
have their ups and downs even when well processed. If they have attained a
relatively high state as a bodied person they can however be rehabilitated,
usually simply by running out their overt acts and withholds and restoring
their exterior perception: they are, however, despite their continued
physical beingness, quite capable of easily assuming their full potentials:
they usually prefer to go on with the game by imposing limitations, for
instance to continue using their eyes. One rarely sees them do the stunts and
tricks of the Indian fakir even where they can since they have risen above
exhibitionism or the need to overwhelm or prove things and they are of course
continuing to play the game of human being, since that is the main game they
have available around them.
There is undoubtedly a considerable amount of neating up that I could do,
including making all materials more readily available, seeing to the
compilation of a very extensive dictionary of terms, filling in incidental
gaps where material may not have been fully recorded. These are difficulties
of a minor nature compared to the research in making the result attainable.
It has been difficult working in a confused and, yes, even primitive
society that is starved for workable knowledge in the humanities. The very
condition that made it vital to seek out and release the material also made it
difficult to do the job in the first place.
Scientology now has more than enough data and technology to handle even
the broad problems in the humanities. The main task now is getting it fully
used, and along this line there are hundreds of thousands working every day
around the world.
Scientology is the fastest growing Religion on the planet by actual
surveys and statements by sociologists. And this is the more remarkable as in
this period orthodox Religions have shrunk before the materialistic onslaught
of our times.
The materials of Scientology are the result of forty-three years of
search, coordination and application to millions. The organizations of
Scientology have been building and expanding for nineteen years (despite the
fears and hates and jealousies of this civilization) on five continents and
making it all the way, thanks to the magnificent people of Scientology.
We are very rich in materials, in results and in the potential future.
Through our hardest times we have endured. Into our brightest times we are
expanding.
These materials contain the full basics of the only game in the universe
where everyone wins, the game of triumphant life itself.
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
206
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/8/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PEP
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1973
Remimeo
PEP
I've been doing some research lately. That's mostly what I have been
doing. And while this is not the main line of research I thought I might
mention it in passing.
Something like four centuries ago Man's diet began to undergo a radical
change. What he ate before that was European, Asian. Whole grain barley,
various proteins, various wheats and other foods were not necessarily abundant
but they made up a radically different diet than modern Man consumes.
With the discovery of the New World, for the first time there was an
abundance of SUGAR. Up until then sugar came from a few scarce plants and
beehives and was far too expensive for any broad general consumption. But the
wealth of the West Indies was not really gold. It was the product of the sugar
cane: BROWN AND WHITE SUGAR.
Also the Americas gave the world many new plants such as maize (the
African's "mealy meal"), the potato and other carbohydrates and today a
startlingly large amount of the European and African diet consists of plants
first found in America. Almost all these foods are mainly carbohydrate, which
is to say, low on protein.
Thus Man's diet changed. And the changes were in the direction of abundant
Sugar and Carbohydrate and away from a high protein diet.
And with this change, it could be said, there went Man's pep.
Sugar is a deceptive thing. It appears to give one energy. But it does
so by by-passing the body's production of its own sugar. Alcohol is also
deceptive. It apparently by-passes the ability to make sugar which is why it
messes up the liver. In other words sugar in abundance by-passed the basic
energy producing mechanisms of the body.
Straight sugar makes the stomach and digestive processes alkaline. This
is the opposite to acid. Food needs acid to digest. Therefore, as just one
part of all this scene, when one doesn't eat protein and digest his food he
winds up in a state of malnutrition -- a general breakdown of body functions
due to lack of adequate nourishment.
Sugar, that is supposed "to produce energy" does so only at the expense of
physical health for sugar does not build up a body, it only burns it up.
The result of a heavy intake of sugar and carbohydrates is to feel tired
all the time -- no pep. A diet of candy bars and cokes may appear to put
energy there but eventually no body is left to burn it!
Well, today they start little babies out on sugar and carbohydrate as an
"all right diet". No protein. The result is these fat babies you see
ballooning in their perambulators. They are starting life with two-and-a-half
strikes on them. The rest of the third strike is added by cokes and candy
bars. And there goes the old ball game. You get a civilization that is tired,
no endurance.
The degeneration can be reversed if one knocks off the cokes and candy
bars and sugar in the coffee and tea and begins to concentrate on an intake of
a good percentage of protein. After a few weeks or months, one starts to feel
peppy. The old body has begun to build itself back.
207
If one is going to run a car, he has to feed it the right fuel and oil.
If one is going to run a body it has to be fed the right food and that has to
include protein.
We have seen aboard a lot of diet fads. That's what they were. "Eat
liquefied carrots and you will fly." "Chomp only Vitamin X and you will soar."
Well, bad diets like that give dieting a bad name like "crazy". We've had food
cranks around who only ate hazelnuts or Chinese herbs. Well, that's a
different subject entirely than what I'm talking about. I think those diets
shouldn't even be wished off on the birds.
All I'm talking about is eating your chow instead of living off candy
bars, cokes and milk and sugared coffee.
By eating your hamburger and vegetables and leaving alone the candy bars
and cokes, you will begin to build up a head of steam. It takes far longer for
actual food to build up into energy than it does sugar.
Most of the bodies around got started off on a sugar-carbohydrate baby
formula and got to believing that if something tasted sweet it was good. Well,
cocaine probably tastes great too, but it won't build up a body and the pep it
imparts is very false indeed as it does so by ripping the body apart.
Man's diet changed over the last four centuries. And he's now got a lot
of welfare and sick populations. And he sure pushes the stuff which got him
into that condition -- sugar and carbohydrates.
America got even for being discovered and raped. She gave the world
hordes of new carbohydrates and principally she gave the world abundant raw
sugar. An interesting revenge.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ts
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
208
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/8/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS HANDLING
Remimeo
A/Guardians
HCO Secs
E/Os
MAAs
Tech Secs
Ds of P
PTS Pack
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1973
A/Guardians
HCO Secs
E/Os
MAAs
Tech Secs PTS HANDLING
Ds of P
PTS Pack (PTS = Potential Trouble Source)
There are two stable data which anyone has to have, understand and KNOW
ARE TRUE in order to obtain results in handling the person connected to
suppressives.
These data are:
1. That all illness in greater or lesser degree and all foul-ups stem
directly and only from a PTS condition.
2. That getting rid of the condition requires three basic actions: A.
Discover. B. Handle or disconnect.
Persons called upon to handle PTS people can do so very easily, far more
easily than they believe. Their basic stumbling block is thinking that there
are exceptions or that there is other tech or that the two above data have
modifiers or are not sweeping. The moment a person who is trying to handle
PTSs gets persuaded there are other conditions or reasons or tech, he is at
once lost and will lose the game and not obtain results. And this is very too
bad because it is not difficult and the results are there to be obtained.
To turn someone who may be PTS over to an auditor just to have him
mechanically audited may not be enough. In the first place this person may not
have a clue what is meant by PTS and may be missing all manner of technical
data on life and may be so overwhelmed by a suppressive person or group that
he is quite incoherent. Thus just mechanically doing a process may miss the
whole show as it misses the person's understanding of why it is being done.
A PTS person is rarely psychotic. But all psychotics are PTS if only to
themselves. A PTS person may be in a state of deficiency or pathology which
prevents a ready recovery, but at the same time he will not fully recover
unless the PTS condition is also handled. For he became prone to deficiency or
pathological illness because he was PTS. And unless the condition is relieved,
no matter what medication or nutrition he may be given, he might not recover
and certainly will hot recover permanently. This seems to indicate that there
are "other illnesses or reasons for illness besides being PTS". To be sure
there are deficiencies and illnesses just as there are accidents and injuries.
But strangely enough the person himself precipitates them because being PTS
predisposes him to them. In a more garbled way, the medicos and nutritionists
are always talking about "stress" causing illness. Lacking full tech they yet
have an inkling that this is so because they see it is somehow true. They
cannot handle it. Yet they recognize it, and they state that it is a senior
situation to various illnesses and accidents. Well, we have the tech of this
in more ways than one.
What is this thing called "stress"? It is more than the medico defines it
-- he usually says it comes from operational or physical shock and in this he
has too limited a view.
A person under stress is actually under a suppression on one or more
dynamics.
If that suppression is located and the person handles or disconnects, the
condition diminishes. If he also has all the engrams and ARC Breaks, problems,
overts and withholds audited out triple flow and if ALL such areas of
suppression are thus handled, the person would recover from anything caused by
"stress".
209
Usually the person has insufficient understanding of life or any dynamic
to grasp his own situation. He is confused. He believes all his illnesses are
true because they occur in such heavy books!
At some time he was predisposed to illness or accidents. When a serious
suppression then occurred he suffered a precipitation or occurrence of the
accident or illness, and then with repeated similar suppressions on the same
chain, the illness or tendency to accidents became prolonged or chronic.
To say then that a person is PTS to his current environment would be very
limited as a diagnosis. If he continues to do or be something to which the
suppressive person or group objected he may become or continue to be ill or
have accidents.
Actually the problem of PTS is not very complicated. Once you have
grasped the two data first given, the rest of it becomes simply an analysis of
how they apply to this particular person.
A PTS person can be markedly helped in three ways:
(a) gaining an understanding of the tech of the condition
(b) discovering to what or to whom he is PTS
(c) handling or disconnecting.
Someone with the wish or duty to find and handle PTSs has an additional
prior step: He must know how to recognize a PTS and how to handle them when
recognized. Thus it is rather a waste of time to engage in this hunt unless
one has been checked out on all the material on suppressives and PTSs and
grasps it without misunderstoods. In other words the first step of the person
is to get a grasp of the subject and its tech. This is not difficult to do; it
may be a bit more difficult to learn to run an E-Meter and considerably more
difficult to learn how to list for items, but there again this is possible and
is much easier than trying to grope around guessing.
With this step done, a person has no real trouble recognizing PTS people
and can have success in handling them which is very gratifying and rewarding.
Let us consider the easiest level of approach:
i) Give the person the simpler HCO Bs on the subject and let him study
them so that he knows the elements like "PTS" and "Suppressive". He may just
cognite right there and be much better. It has happened.
ii) Have him discuss the illness or accident or condition, without much
prodding or probing, that he thinks now may be the result of suppression. He
will usually tell you it is right here and now or was a short time ago and
will be all set to explain it (without any relief) as stemming from his
current environment or a recent one. If you let it go at that he would simply
be a bit unhappy and not get well as he is discussing usually a late lock that
has a lot of earlier material below it.
iii) Ask when he recalls first having that illness or having such
accidents. He will at once begin to roll this back and realize that it has
happened before. You don't have to be auditing him as he is all too willing to
talk about this in a most informal manner. He will get back to some early this-
lifetime point usually.
iv) Now ask him who it was. He will usually tell you promptly. And, as you
are not really auditing him and he isn't going backtrack and you are not
trying to do more than key him out, you don't probe any further.
v) You will usually find that he has named a person to whom he is still
connected! So you ask him whether he wants to handle or disconnect. Now as the
sparks will really fly in his life if he dramatically disconnects and if he
can't see how he
210
can, you persuade him to begin to handle on a gradient scale. This may consist
of imposing some slight discipline on him such as requiring him to actually
answer his mail or write the person a pleasant good roads good weather note or
to realistically look at how he estranged them. In short what is required in
the handling is a low gradient. All you are trying to do is MOVE THE PTS
PERSON FROM EFFECT OVER TO SLIGHT GENTLE CAUSE.
vi) Check with the person again, if he is handling, and coach him along,
always at a gentle good roads and good weather level and no H E and R (Human
Emotion and Reaction) if you please.
That is a simple handling. You can get complexities such as a person
being PTS to an unknown person in his immediate vicinity that he may have to
find before he can handle or disconnect. You can find people who can't
remember more than a few years back. You can find anything you can find in a
case. But simple handling ends when it looks pretty complex. And that's when
you call in the auditor.
But this simple handling will get you quite a few stars in your crown.
You will be amazed to find that while some of them don't instantly recover,
medication, vitamins, minerals will now work when before they wouldn't. You
may also get some instant recovers but realize that if they don't you have not
failed.
The auditor can do "3 S&Ds" after this with much more effect as he isn't
working with a completely uninformed person.
"3 S&Ds" only fail because of wrong items or because the auditor did not
then put in triple rudiments on the items and then audit them out as engrams
triple flow.
A being is rather complex. He may have a lot of sources of suppression.
And it may take a lot of very light auditing to get him up to where he can do
work on suppressives since these were, after all, the source of his overwhelm.
And what he did to THEM might be more important than what they did to HIM but
unless you unburden HIM he may not get around to realizing that.
You can run into a person who can only be handled by Expanded Dianetics.
But you have made an entrance and you have stirred things up and gotten
him more aware and just that way you will find he is more at cause.
His illness or proneness to accidents may not be slight. You may succeed
only to the point where he now has a chance, by nutrition, vitamins, minerals,
medication, treatment, and above all, auditing, of getting well. Unless you
jogged this condition, he had no chance at all: for becoming PTS is the first
thing that happened to him on the subject of illness or accidents.
Further, if the person has had a lot of auditing and yet isn't
progressing too well, your simple handling may all of a sudden cause him to
line up his case.
So do not underestimate what you or an auditor can do for a PTS. And
don't sell PTS tech short or neglect it. And don't continue to transfer or
push off or even worse tolerate PTS conditions in people.
You CAN do something about it.
And so can they.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
211
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/10/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 87
NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1973
Remimeo
C/S Series 87
NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS
A prepared list is one which is issued in an HCOB and is used to correct
cases. There are many of these. Notable amongst them is C/S 53 and its
corrections.
It is customary for the auditor to be required to F/N such a list. This
means on calling it that the whole list item by item is to F/N.
Now and then you get the extreme oddity of a list selected to exactly
remedy the case not reading but not F/Ning.
Of course this might happen if the list did not apply to the case (such as
an OT prepared list being used on a Grade IV, heaven forbid). In the case of
lists to correct listing, and in particular the C/S 53 series, it is nearly
impossible for this situation to occur.
A C/S will very often see that the auditor has assessed the list on the
pc, has gotten no reads, and the list did not F/N.
A "reasonable" C/S (heaven forbid) lets this go by.
Yet he has before him first-class evidence that the auditor
1. Has out-TRs in general,
2. Has no impingement whatever with TR-1,
3. Is placing his meter in the wrong position in the auditing session so
that he cannot see it, the pc and his worksheet,
4. That the auditor's eyesight is bad.
One or more of these conditions certainly exist.
To do nothing about it is to ask for catastrophe after catastrophe with
pcs and to have one's confidence in one's own C/Sing deteriorate badly.
An amazing number of auditors cannot make a prepared list read for one of
the above reasons.
Putting in suppress, invalidation or misunderstood words on the list will
either get a read or the list will F/N.
The moral of this is that prepared lists that do not read F/N. When
prepared lists that do not read do not F/N or when the auditor cannot get a
prepared list to F/N, serious auditing errors are present which will defeat a
C/S.
In the interest of obtaining results and being merciful on pcs, the wise
C/S never lets this situation go by without finding what it is all about.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rhc.nt.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
213
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/8/71
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=4
rDate=6/2/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PC COMPLETIONS -- SECOND REVISION
EFFECTIVE AFTER 1st Thursday in
February 1974
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST 1971 RC
Issue II
(REPLACED by BTB 30 Aug 71RD)
REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1973
REVISED 23 OCTOBER 1973
Remimeo REVISED 6 FEBRUARY 1974
(Only change is addition of No. 21a.)
EFFECTIVE AFTER 1st Thursday in
February 1974
PC COMPLETIONS -- SECOND REVISION
This second revised issue cancels all earlier and any local org or
continental issues assigning Paid Completion Points.
To maintain uniformity any right of orgs or continental areas to assign
completion points is revoked. Orgs may request additions or amendments when
required but such become effective only when officially issued by Flag.
For statistical purposes an audited completion must be PAID and have
attested with an F/N VGIs and written a success story for the action. This
does NOT mean that you would interrupt an auditing rundown to send the pc to
Examiner and attest and success on each step of a rundown where completion
points are awarded for separate steps (e.g. Drug RD is one attest when full RD
completed. One then counts total points for the 3 sections of the RD).
Any quickie or incompetent completion falsifies the statistic and is
subject to fine or penalty.
Changes below are in this type style.
The completions list follows:
1. Interiorization Rundown -- 1.
2. Life Repair -- 1.
3. Student Rescue Intensive -- 1.
4. Progress Pgm -- 1.
5. Hubbard Consultant (HC) List (Data Series) -- 1.
6. Word Clearing Method One -- 2.
7. C/S Series 54. (Pc Assessment Form and handling) -- 2.
8. Drugs, Medicine, Alcohol Class VIII Remedy (3 way recall, secondaries,
engrams) -- 1.
9. Pains, Somatics, Emotions each reading drug fully handled by R3R
Triple -- 1. (E.g. 5 drugs fully handled = 5 points. Count this way
to conform with majority interpretation.)
10. Prior Assmt to Drugs -- 1.
11. Dianetics Completion -- 5.
214
12. ARC Str Wire Triple Exp -- 3 (no credit singles).
13. Each Expanded Grade -- 5 (no credit single or triple).
14. HCO B 24 July 69 -- 1.
15. Touch and Dianetic Assists to fully handle injury or postoperative or
post-birth, etc -- 2.
16. Auditing repair -- 1/2.
17. GF Method 5 handled if not part of a repair -- 1/2.
18. GF 40 Expanded fully handled, lists and engrams, by itself whether
part of another program or not -- 3.
19. C/S Series 53 handled to F/N on all items (F/Ning assessment) whether
part of another program or not -- 1.
19a. Full false TA RD successfully resolved -- 2.
20. L3B Rundown -- 2.
21. PTS Rundown (full rundown) -- 2.
21a. Introspection Rundown -- 2.
22. Study Correction List fully handled -- 2.
23. Int Rundown Correction List fully handled -- 1/2.
24. Word Clearing Correction List fully handled -- 1/2.
25. Objective Processes (full battery to get pc off or handle Drugs
before Drug RD) -- 3.
26. Each Expanded Dianetics separate RD -- 1.
26a. Expanded Dianetics Rundown fully completed (in addition to single
points for each part) -- 5.
27. Incidental Rundowns such as Money Process if contained in an LRH HCO B
28. 12 1/2 Hour Intensive -- 5 points for each completed within the week.
PENALTY: 1 point loss for every percent below 90% F/N VGIs Examiner for the
previous day. Example: 75% only F/N VGIs = 15 point loss.
GAIN: Add one point for every percent above 90% F/N VGIs at Examiner.
For every 9 points made 1 point may be added for staff auditing providing
it is actually delivered.
Items such as L-1C and L-4B are part of the session or action in which
they are used, or part of an auditing repair pgm, and are covered by the
points for those actions.
Student Co-auditing: There are no points calculated or used for student
co-auditing completions (except only as stated in the Student Completions HCO
B) or for free public completions done by students or public as these can be
part of student completion requirements.
215
SH
29. Power Set-up GF + 40 Method 5 and Handle -- 2.
30. POWER Singe -- 5.
31. POWER TRIPLE -- 15.
32. Complete Your Case items as per regular auditing as above. Added
Bonus for case flying and fully handled -- 5.
AO
33. Set-up for Solo or other advanced level: as per regular auditing
above.
33a. Case truly flying and ready for R6EW auditing. Added Bonus -- 5.
33b. Successful Case Consultation -- 1.
34. R6EW Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
35. Clearing Course Solo Auditing Completion -- 10.
36. OT I Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
37. OT II Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
38. OT III Solo Auditing Completion -- 10.
39. OT III Exp Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
40. OT IV Audited Section Completion -- 5.
Solo Aud Section Completion -- 5.
41. OT V Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
42. OT VI Solo Auditing Completion -- 5.
43. OT VII Audited Section Completion -- 5.
Solo Aud Section Completion -- 3.
44. OT VIII Points to be assigned when released.
PENALTIES
ALL ORG PENALTIES
45. For every pc in the area who is refunded after auditing (after this
HCO B is in effect). MINUS 25.
46. (Excepting AOs.) For every pc in the area who does not buy and pay
for further auditing to complete the grade or cycle he is on (after
this HCO B is in effect). MINUS 10.
47. For every pc who is backlogged more than one week. MINUS 5.
SH PENALTIES
48. For every pc who does not go on to Power after cleanup and case
handling (after this HCO B is in effect). MINUS 10.
216
49. Every pc who does not successfully complete his Power including Va
within three months after being enrolled on any part of it (after
date of this HCO B). MINUS 25.
50. Any pc found to have been run on Power more than once. MINUS 10.
51. Any Grade Va who has not enrolled on the R6EW Course within 3 months.
Retroactive to start of org and subtracted each week. MINUS 1.
AO PENALTIES
52. "Nothing found" and no progress on any R6EW, Clear or OT Grade. (Means
Drug RD was unflat and Pre-OT not properly set up but put on CC or OT
Grades or both.) (Effective after date of this HCO B.) MINUS 25.
53. Every R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT in AO's zone or area who has not signed up
for next grade within 3 months of finishing his last one up to OT VI
(effective FROM DATE OF FOUNDING OF ORG AND SUBTRACTED
EACH WEEK). MINUS 1.
54. Every Solo Student who does not audit for one week while assigned
auditing on R6EW, Clear or on a Grade. (Effective from date of this
HCO B.) MINUS 10.
55. Any R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT who leaves while on the next grade which is
incomplete. (Effective from date of this HCO B.) MINUS 5.
56. Solo Auditor backlogged more than 24 hours for a Case Consultation or
Review. (Effective from date of this HCO B.) MINUS 5.
57. Any evidence of an R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT being evaluated for by
giving him the EP, being invalidated on his gains or assigned unjust
Ethics penalty by another student or staff member. (Effective from
date of this HCO B.) MINUS 50.
58. Any AO student now on SOLO Auditing who is found not to be able to
fully operate a meter, run engrams or who has errors traceable to
False TA HCO B not being applied. (Effective from date of this HCO
B.) MINUS 25.
Points for any omitted or added rundowns will have points issued on
request by Training and Services Aide.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd.jh
Copyright $c 1971, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The original issue of the above HCO B which is in Volume VII, Page 371, was
revised by staff on 16 November 1972. It was then revised by LRH on 21 October
1973, adding the penalty sections and making the changes in this type style. A
further revision by LRH on 23 October 1973 added the words "and pay for" and
"or cycle" to number 46 and "R6EW, Clear or" to number 52. The 6 February 1974
revision adds number 21a to the completions list.]
217
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE
Remimeo
Pc Examiners
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo
Pc Examiners
PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE
(Reference: HCO PL 30 May 70, "Cutatives"
HCO PL 10 May 70, "Single Declare"
HCO B 24 Feb 72, C/S Series 71A,
"Word Clearing OCAs".)
In order to ensure the results of Scientology, it is vital that Examiner
Declare? procedure is known and invariably applied.
1. Pc Examiner checks the folder to ensure that all processes run to EP
correctly with NO Out Tech uncorrected.
2. When folder passed as OK, get Qual I and I to call Tech Services for
the pc to be sent to the Pc Examiner.
3. Pc Examiner shows pc a written statement of the Ability Attained from
the Grade Chart or HCO B for that particular Grade or completion and
has the pc read it.
4. Ask pc: "Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting
to (whatever the attest is)?" If the Examiner gets an instant read on
the question, he does not ask the attest question, and sends the
folder back to the C/S.
5. If no instant read, ask the attest question, "Would you like to
attest to _______?"
6. If pc F/N VGIs on the Declare, indicate the F/N and end off the cycle.
Note: The presence of any Bad Indicators, or no F/N, or high or low TA or
read on the "Doubts" question is the immediate signal to end off the
action smoothly and quickly.
Absolute honesty must be maintained by a Pc Examiner on every cycle
handled. Remember: The integrity of Scientology and the hope for Beings in
this Universe is entrusted to Examinations.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
218
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=4/12/73
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST -- R
Remimeo
Qual
Tech
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1973R
Remimeo REVISED 4 DECEMBER 1973
Qual
Tech (Revisions in this type style)
FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST -- R
TO BE DONE ONLY BY AUDITORS WHOSE EYESIGHT, METER POSITION AND TR 1 HAVE
SEEN CHECKED OUT AND WHO CAN THEREFORE MAKE A LIST READ ON A PC, SEE THE READ
AND MARK IT.
This action is primarily for use in Qual to handle timid tech staff who back
off from handling thetans or people or pcs or psychos or individuals. It may
also be used on public and as part of Integrity Processing.
ASSESSMENT LISTS
TERMINALS LIST EMOTIONS LIST
People _______ Blaming (item assessed) _______
Thetans _______ Failures with " _______
Pcs _______ Apathetic about " _______
Psychos _______ Neglect of " _______
Individuals _______ Hopelessness regarding " _______
Others _______ Propitiation toward " _______
Girls _______ Terrified of " _______
Women _______ Desperation about " _______
Men _______ Fear of " _______
Boys _______ Afraid of creating a bad
effect on " _______
Children _______
Afraid of consequences
Addicts _______ regarding " _______
PTSes _______ Fear of invalidation by " _______
SPs _______
Fear of doing something
Older People _______ wrong with " _______
Seniors _______ Fear of being found out
by " _______
Important People _______
Fear of failure with " _______
Afraid to take responsibility
for " _______
Anxious about " _______
Pretense concerning " _______
Unwilling to help " _______
Contempt for " _______
Anger at " _______
Hatred of " _______
Suppressing " _______
219
HANDLING STEPS
1. Assess the TERMINALS LIST.
2. Using best reading item from the TERMINALS LIST assess the EMOTIONS LIST.
(Example: If "Girls" gave best read on TERMINALS LIST, then assess
EMOTIONS LIST using "Girls" "Blaming Girls _______" "Failures with Girls
_______" etc.)
3. Take best reading item from EMOTIONS LIST assessment. Run item R3-R triple
to F/N Cog VGIs and erasure.
4. Proceed to handle (R3-R) each reading item from EMOTIONS LIST assessment in
descending order of reads (largest to smallest read).
5. Repeat 2 to 4 with each reading item from the original TERMINALS
assessment.
6. When all reading items from both assessments handled, reassess the
TERMINALS LIST and repeat steps 2 to 5 on any items now reading.
7. This may be continued to an F/Ning Terminals List but somewhere along the
line pc should have major cognition with wide F/N and statement to the
effect that he no longer has any fear or back-off from people, thetans,
pcs, psychos, or individuals. End off at such a point.
8. Note that the charge on a terminal could be blown on R3-R on major reading
item from the Emotions List. In such a case the other reading items from
the emotions assessment would F/N when taken up. This would be most likely
to occur if "Fear of..." is run to good cog and then further reading
"Fear" or "Afraid of" items are attempted.
9. Should the person R/S on assessment or handling just continue the action
through to EP in the usual way but circle the R/S, note in front of folder
and on Auditor Report for later handling.
10. Whether done in Qual or Tech the assessment sheets, worksheets and auditor
report sheets must go into the pc folder and be recorded on the summary
sheet.
EP of the action is thetans or people or pcs or psychos or individuals,
etc solved and the person gotten off of any irrational back-off. We are in the
thetan and people business after all.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
220
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Reissued from
21st ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE
TRAINING DRILLS
Remimeo
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1973
Issue I
Remimeo
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
Reissued from
21st ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE
TRAINING DRILLS
NAME: Anti-Q and A TR.
COMMANDS: Basically, "Put that (object) on my knee." (A book, piece of paper,
ashtray, etc can be used for object.)
POSITION: Student and Coach sitting facing each other at a comfortable distance
and one at which the Coach can reach the Student's knee with ease.
PURPOSE:
(a) To train Student in getting a Pc to carry out a command using formal
communication NOT Tone 40.
(b) To enable the Student to maintain his TRs while giving commands.
(c) To train the Student to not get upset with a Pc under formal auditing.
MECHANICS: Coach selects small object (book, ashtray, etc) and holds it in his
hand.
TRAINING STRESS: Student is to get the Coach to place the object that he has in
his hand on the knee of the Student. The Student may vary his commands as long
as he maintains the Basic Intention (not Tone 40) to get the Coach to place
the object on the Student's knee. The Student is not allowed to use any
physical enforcement, only verbal commands. The Coach should try and get the
Student to Q and A. He may say anything he wishes to try and get him off the
track of getting the command executed. The Student may say what he wishes in
order to get the command done, as long as it directly applies in getting the
Coach to place the object on the Student's knee.
The Coach flunks for:
(a) Any communication not directly concerned with getting the command
executed.
(b) Previous TR.
(c) Any upsetness demonstrated by Student.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1958, 1959, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
221
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 89
F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM
Remimeo
All Levels
Flag Internes
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo Issue II
All Levels
Flag Internes C/S Series 89
F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM
Ref: HCO B 23 Dec 72 Integrity Processing Series 20
HCO B 21 Nov 73 The Cure of Q and A
When an Auditor asks one question but F/Ns something else it is simply a
version of Q and A.
Example: AUDITOR: Do you have a problem? PC: (ramble-ramble) I was
thinking of last night's dinner. AUDITOR: That F/Ns.
Every few folders you pick up, if you can find examples of this:
The Auditor is not trained not to Q and A.
He is NOT getting answers to his questions.
When the Auditor starts something (such as a question or process) he MUST
F/N what he started EVEN THOUGH HE DID SOMETHING ELSE DURING IT AND GOT AN F/N
ON SOMETHING ELSE. HE MUST F/N THE ORIGINAL ACTION.
The result can be:
(a) Missed W/H phenomena.
(b) High or low TA an hour after the Pc "F/Ned at Examiner".
(c) A stalled case.
(d) An undone program.
(e) An unhandled pc.
(f) Continual need for repair programs.
To get this disease out of an HGC requires that Auditors go through an
Anti-Q and A handling.
C/S Q AND A
C/Ses can also Q and A. They simply handle whatever the pc originates to
the Examiner or Auditor, over and over and on and on.
The result is:
A. Incomplete Programs.
B. Tripled or quadrupled C/S effort as the case never seems to get solved.
C. Loads of repair programs.
Yet a C/S who does it will never look for it as THE primary error being
committed.
The remedy is to have the C/S do an Anti-Q and A program.
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[IP Series 20 has been converted to BTB 23 Dec 72R, IP Series 17R, Volume IX,
Page 289.]
222
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE CURE OF Q AND A
MAN'S DEADLIEST DISEASE
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
THE CURE OF Q AND A
MAN'S DEADLIEST DISEASE
Q and A is a dreadful malady which has to be cured before an Auditor (or
an Administrator) can get results.
THE DISEASE OF Q AND A
Auditor: Spot that wall. Pc: My neck hurts. Auditor: Has it been hurting
long? Pc: Ever since I was in the Army. Auditor: Are you in the Army now? Pc:
No but my father is. Auditor: Have you been in comm with your father lately?
Pc: I miss him. Auditor: That F/Ned, end of process. The Auditor has failed to
note that he never got the pc to spot the wall or that he has run the pc all
over the track flattening nothing, restimulating the pc.
A DEADLY BACTERIA
When an Auditor asks a Question and F/Ns something else he can mess a pc
up badly.
Auditor: Do you have a withhold? That reads. Pc: It's just a 2D
perversion. What I was really thinking about was my raise I got today.
Auditor: That F/Ns. Pc (later in session): You run a lousy org here. Charge
too much.... Auditor in mystery, caves in. THAT IS SIMPLY Q AND A IN ANOTHER
COAT.
ADMINISTRATIVE DELIRIUM
When an Administrator Qs and As it puts him straight down the org board
and into a spin.
LRH Comm: You have a target here to move the file cases. Staff Member: I
didn't understand some of the words. LRH Comm: Here's a word clearing order for
Qual. (Next day.) LRH Comm: Did you go to the word clearer? Staff Member: I'm
on Medical Lines now. LRH Comm: How long have you been ill? Staff Member:
Since the Ethics Officer was mean to me. LRH Comm: I'll go see about your
ethics folder....
And there goes the old soccer game. NO TARGET DONE BECAUSE THE EXECUTIVE
COULD NOT HANDLE Q AND A.
C/S Q AND A
Case Supervisors (blush for the thought) are often guilty of Q and A and
infect their area with its bacteria.
Pc to Examiner: I have a cold. C/S: Run spot spots to cure his cold. Pc to
Auditor: It's really I'm PTS to my Aunt. C/S: Do PTS RD on Aunt. Pc to
Examiner: It's really my foot. C/S: Do touch assist on foot....
What C/S ever got a pc's program done that way?
223
Where you find undone programs in folders you find goofing Auditors and Q
and A type Case Supervisors.
FUMIGATION
There are definite cures for this dreadful and disgraceful malady. It
must be handled as it results in a breaking out of bogged cases and blows,
high and low TAs and very red faces when the Paid Completions Stat is counted.
The Cure is pretty violent and very few have courage enough to go through
with it as their confront at the beginning is too low, what with their no-
interest items left in restim on their drug rundowns or no TRs to begin with
or no Supervisor when they took the Course.
The direct result of all this is a symptom known as "patty-cake". This is
a child game of clapping hands and putting palms together and has meant since
1950 Dianetics NOT HANDLING CASES. The signs of patty-cake are a weak
slouching posture, bags under the eyes, a bowed spine and hangdog pathetic
eyes. The respiration is quick and panicky, the palms sweat and one starts at
pins dropping in the next room.
However for those sturdy souls who want to Clear a planet and who really
want to handle things they can prop themselves up in bed and somehow get
through this program:
1. This HCOB starrate. _______
2. HCOB 24 May 62 "Q and A" starrate _______
3. HCOB 13 Dec 61 "Varying Sec Check Questions". _______
4. HCOB 22 Feb 62 "Withholds, Missed and Partial". _______
5. HCOB 29 Mar 63 "Summary of Security Checking". _______
6. HCOB 7 Apr 64 "All Levels -- Q and A". _______
7. TRs the Hard Way. _______
8. Upper Indoc a Rough Way. _______
9. Handling the Auditor's, C/S's or Administrator's Not Done or No
Interest item Drug RD. _______
10. 35 hours Op Pro by Dup in Co-Audit receiving and giving. _______
11. HCOB 29 July 63 "Saint Hill Special Briefing Course Training
Drills", Section "Q and A Drill". _______
12. HCOB 20 Nov 73 Issue I Anti-Q and A Drill. _______
13. HCOB 20 Nov 73 Issue II "F/N What You Ask or Program". _______
14. A final end result demonstrated that the person CAN SEE
SITUATIONS AND HANDLE THEM. _______
For, of course, the reason the person Qs and As is that he can't confront
-- or see the existing scene and so can't handle it.
Q and A is the DISEASE OF DODGING LIFE.
When such a person tries to get a question or program done and the other
person
224
says or does something else, the Q and Aer goes into a sort of overwhelm or
cave-in and just rides along at effect.
PEOPLE WHO GET THINGS DONE ARE AT CAUSE. When they are not, they
Q and A.
Thus it IS a kind of illness. Chronic Overwhelm. It is NOT cured by drugs
or electric shocks or brain operations.
It is cured by making oneself strong enough in confront and handle to live!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
225
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DRY AND WET HANDS
MAKE FALSE TA
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1973
(REVISED -- see HCO B 23 Nov 73 R Volume VIII -- 415)
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets DRY AND WET HANDS
MAKE FALSE TA
A couple of years ago some auditors were solving high TA problems by
putting hand cream on the pc's hands when they were calloused and talcum
powder on a pc's hands when they were too wet. Since no research had been done
they were censured.
Research has now been done on this matter of dry and wet hands.
Apparently when a person has taken certain medicines or chemicals, or uses
detergent soaps or is in contact with certain chemicals (such as those in some
furniture polishes) the ordinary skin oils vanish. These oils are needed to
make an electrical contact with the cans.
When these oils are absent, there is no adequate electrical contact and
the "TA is High".
When a person is deficient in certain minerals or vitamins such as
magnesium or B complex, his hands can be excessively wet.
Either of these two conditions in hands or feet can produce an incorrect
TA position.
The dry condition produces a false high TA.
The overly wet condition produces a false low TA.
The TA depends on normally moist hands. This does not mean the meter works
on "sweat". It does mean the meter works only when there is a correct
electrical contact.
Too much and too greasy hand cream could produce too low a TA.
Too much powder or drier could produce too high a TA.
Therefore one must not go to extremes.
DRY HANDS
The excessively "dry" hand is seen as shiny or polished looking. It feels
very dry.
The correct treatment is to use a "vanishing cream" (obtainable from any
cosmetics store) not a greasy hand cream.
The "vanishing cream" is so called because it rubs all the way into the
skin and leaves no excess grease.
This restores normal electrical contact.
There are many such creams. It makes no difference which is used so long
as it vanishes into the skin.
It is doubtful if it would have to be applied more than once -- at
session start -- as it lasts for a long while.
226
This would apply to some footplate cases as well (whose hands are
defective or too heavily calloused).
If a cream leaves smears on a can, it is too heavily applied or too little
absorbed.
Vanishing type cream is usually smeared on, rubbed in and can then be
thoroughly wiped off. The hands (or feet) will usually produce, then, a normal
TA and meter response.
WET HANDS
Anti-perspirants can be applied to too wet hands. There are many brands of
these, often a powder or spray.
It can be wiped off after application and should work for two or three
hours.
It can be applied to hands or feet (for footplates).
If the TA then goes too high, use vanishing cream on top of it.
SUMMARY
While much work could be done still, the above is enough for a practical
result.
WARNING
Hi TAs and Lo TAs do not widely F/N. If you are getting wide persistent F/N
with the TA too high (above 3) or too low (below 2) you have a pc whose hands
are too dry or too wet. Using this HCO B should correct it and in future
sessions you should continue the remedy on that pc.
NOTHING in this HCO B excuses the misreading or falsifying of a TA. Get the
TA in normal range with this HCO B before you start calling processes ended.
C/S 53RF and the False TA Checklist HCO B 29 Feb 1972R, Revised 23 Nov 73,
are your tools for handling too high and too low TAs.
The only other conditions I know of that make an auditor mess up a pc's TA
are:
(a) A discharged meter (registers high).
(b) An incorrectly set meter by trim button.
(c) A "fleeting F/N" where the pc F/Ns so briefly the auditor misses it and
overruns.
(d) Bad TRs.
(e) Unflat processes.
(f) Overrun processes.
(g) Heavy drugs or medicines.
False TA often comes to light when the auditor runs out of reasons it is
high or low and it dawns on him that he is dealing with false TA. In the
latter case he should know all MATERIALS ON THIS SUBJECT OF FALSE TA (given on
HCO B 29 Feb 1972R, Revised 23 Nov 73, as references) AND REMEDY THE FALSE TA
SITUATION AND THEN RESUME NORMAL AUDITING. He must not go on calling high or
low TA F/Ns just by assuming the TA is false.
Given a contact the meter always tells the truth.
LRH:clb.rd
Copyright $c 1973 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
227
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 53RF
SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S
Type = 11
iDate=31/12/71
Issue=0
Rev=4
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973
(CANCELLED -- see HCO B 24 Nov 73RB Volume VIII -- 398)
(Cancels HCOB 31 Dec 1971 RC)
Reissued 25 Nov 73
Remimeo
C/S Series 53RF
SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S
This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used after TA is in normal range
to get pc's case handled better.
_____________________________________ PC Name ____________________________ Date
1. Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list calling off the items
to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF, F, LF, LFBD [to what TA],
speeded rise or Blow Up.) NOTE: A C/S 53RF should be reassessed and all reads
handled until it F/Ns on assessment.
A. Interiorization _______ Invisible _______
Went in _______ Black _______
Go in _______ Loss _______
Can't get in _______ F. Same thing run twice _______
Want to get out _______ Same action done by another
Kicked out of spaces _______ auditor _______
B. List errors _______ G. Doing something with
Overlisting _______ mind between sessions _______
Wrong items _______ Some other practice _______
Upset with giving
items to auditor _______ H. Word Clearing errors _______
C. Some sort of W/H _______ Study errors _______
Are you withholding I. False TA _______
something _______ Wrong sized cans _______
Is another withholding Tired hands _______
something from you _______ Dry hands or feet _______
Are others withholding Wet hands or feet _______
something from others _______ Loosens can grip _______
Has another committed
overts on you _______ J. Auditor overwhelming _______
Have you committed Feel attacked _______
any overts _______ Something wrong with
Have others committed F/Ns _______
overts on others _______ Items really didn't read _______
Not saying _______ Bad auditing _______
Problems _______ Incomplete actions _______
Protest _______
Don't like it _______ K. Can't have _______
Low Havingness _______
Audited over out ruds _______
Feel sad _______ L. PTS _______
Rushed _______ Suppressed _______
Tired _______
ARC Brk _______ M. Something went on too
Upset _______ long _______
Went on by a release
D. Drugs _______ point _______
LSD _______ Overrun _______
Alcohol _______ Auditor kept on going _______
Pot _______ Over-repair _______
Medicine _______ Puzzled by auditor
keeps on _______
E. Engram in restimulation _______ Stops _______
Same engram run twice _______
Can't see engrams too N. Something else _______
well _______ Physically ill _______
228
O. Repairing a TA that Faulty Meter _______
isn't high _______ Nothing wrong _______
Repairing a TA that
isn't low _______
2. Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however show
where mass lies.
A. If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD, do an Int RD
Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCOB 29 Oct 71 Amended 31 Dec 71.)
If pc has never had an Int RD, then give him a standard Int RD providing
you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.
B. If any of these read, do an L4B on the earliest lists you can find that
have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4B in general. You can go
over an L4B several times handling each read to F/N until the whole L4B
gives nothing but F/Ns.
C. If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N. If more than
one reads do biggest read first and then clean up each of the others E/S
to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for each or 17
F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N. On out ruds,
find which rud and handle. (See GF40RR HCOB 30 June 71 Revised 13 Jan
72.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk of long
duration.)
D. Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug RD per C/S
Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If pc has had a
Drug RD, do L3B on it, and handle.
E. If any of these, do L3B and handle according to what is stated to do on
L3B.
F. Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
G. Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such 2wc E/S it
to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that and if
TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.
H. If Word Clearing, do a Word Clearing Correction List, handle all reads.
If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List to the
pc's program.
I. False TA is wrong cans. Use HCOBs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71, 15 Feb 72, 18 Feb
72, 29 Feb 72, HCOB 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then clean up the
bypassed charge with (1) Assess for best read (a) TA worries (b) F/N
worries. (2) Then 2wc times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N. (3)
Rehab a time he felt really keyed out to F/N.
J. These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused by overwhelming TRs
and incomplete actions. A high TA can be caused by an auditor overrunning
F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to assess through an F/N and
mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. These items are all 2wc E/S to
F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming badly or retread.
K. Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.
L. PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.
M. Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date to
blow, locate to blow if qualified).
N. 2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered by one of these
categories handle per instructions. If not just 2wc to F/N and get
further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.
O. Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to F/N. Go
E/S and indicate if no F/N on first. If false TA handle per I above.
General. Handle Int RD (A) if it reads at all before handling rest as nothing
will go right if Int is still out. For the remainder prefer to handle any BD
group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what to do, return to the C/S.
LRH:BW:BL:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1971, 1972, 1973 Revised by
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
229
Revised by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/12/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE REASON FOR Q AND A
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 DECEMBER 1973
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
THE REASON FOR Q AND A
Q and A means "Question and Answer".
When the term Q and A is used it means one did NOT get an answer to his
question. It also means not getting compliance with an order but accepting
something else.
Example: Auditor: Do birds fly? Pc: I don't like birds. Auditor: What
don't you like about birds? FLUNK. It's a Q and A. The right reply would be an
answer to the question asked and the right action would be to get the original
question answered. TR 4 (handling origins) can apply here. The moment TR 4 is
violated (Ack and return the pc to original Question) and the original
unanswered question is not again asked the Auditor just drifts along with the
pc. Things get restimulated, nothing gets really handled or run.
In Administration the same thing can happen. The executive gives an
order, the junior says or does something else, the executive does not simply
TR 4 it and get the original order done, and the result is chaos.
Executive: Phone Mr. Schultz and tell him our printing order will be
there this afternoon. Junior: I don't know his number. Executive: Don't you
have a phone book? Junior: The phone company didn't send one this year as
our bill was overdue. Executive (the fool) goes to Accounts to see what about
the phone bill. Mr. Schultz never gets his call. The printing order arrives
but Mr. Schultz doesn't know it....
Example: Executive: Do target 21 how. Junior: I don't have any issue
files. Executive: What happened to them? Junior: Mimeo goofed. Executive:
I'll go see Mimeo....
DISPERSAL
Q and A is simply Postulate Aberration.
Aberration is non-straight line by definition.
A sick thetan who is all caved in can't direct a postulate at anything.
When he tries, he lets it wobble around and go elsewhere.
The difference between a Degraded Being and an OT is simply that the DB
can't put out a postulate or intention in a direct line or way and make it
hold good.
The insane are a great example of this. They are insane because they
have evil intentions. But they can't even make these stick. They may intend to
burn down the house but they usually wind up watering the rug or do some other
non sequitur thing. It's not that they don't mess things up. The whole point
here is that they can't even properly destroy what they intend to destroy.
Even their evil intentions wobble, poor things.
But not all people who Q and A are insane.
230
When a person is running at effect he Qs and As.
He is confronted by life, he does not confront it.
He is usually a bit blind to things as his ability to look AT is turned
back on him by his lack of beam power. Thus he gives the appearance of being
unaware.
His emotional feeling is overwhelm.
His mental state is confusion.
He starts for B, winds up at -- A.
Other not too well intentioned people can play tricks on a Qer and Aer.
When they don't want to answer or comply they artfully bring about a Q and A.
Example: Bosco does not want to staple the mimeo issue. He knows his
senior Qs and As. So we get this. Senior: Staple that issue with the big
stapler. Bosco: I hurt my thumb. Q and A Senior: Have you been to see the
Medical Officer? Bosco: He wouldn't look at it. Q and A Senior: I'll go have a
word with him. (Departs) Bosco gets back to reading "Jesse James Rides Again"
humming softly to himself. For HIS trouble is, he Qs and As with the Mest
Universe!
BODY Q AND A
Some people Q and A with their bodies. The body is, after all, composed
of Mest. It follows the laws of Mest.
One of these laws is Newton's first law of motion: INERTIA. This is the
tendency of a Mest object to remain motionless until acted upon by an exterior
force. Or to continue in a line of motion until acted upon by an exterior
force.
Well, the main force around that is continually acting on a human body is
a thetan, the being himself.
The body will remain at rest (since it is a Mest Object) until acted upon
by the thetan that is supposed to be running it.
If that being is an aberrated non-straight line being THE BODY REACTS ON
HIM MORE THAN HE REACTS ON THE BODY. Thus he remains motionless or very slow.
When the body is in unwanted motion, the being does not deter the motion as the
body is acting upon him far more than he is reacting on the body.
As a result, one of the manifestations is Q and A. He wants to pick up a
piece of paper. The body inertia has to be overcome to do so. So he does not
reach for the paper, he just leaves the hand where it is. This would be no
action at all. If he then weakly forces the motion, he finds himself picking
up something else like a paper clip, decides he wants that anyway and settles
for it. Now he has to invent why he has a paper clip in his hand. His original
intention never gets executed.
Some people on medical lines are just there not because of actual illness
but because they are just Qing and Aing with their body.
People also Q and A With themselves. They want to stop drinking and
can't. They want to stop or change something about themselves or their body
and then disperse off onto something else.
Freud read all sorts of dire and awful things into simple Q and A. He
invented intentions the person must have that made him "sublimate". All Freud
succeeded in doing was making the person introspective looking for wrong whys.
The right why was simple -- the person could not go in a straight line to
an
231
objective and/or could not cease to do something he was compulsively doing.
The very word ABERRATION contains the idea of this -- no straight line
but a bent one.
THE CURE FOR THIS SORT OF THING (Q and A with a body) IS OBJECTIVE
PROCESSES.
And a very willing and bright thetan CAN simply recognize it for what it
is -- not enough push!
And instead of going to the MO for a slight ache, he just pushes on
through.
As the ache is a recoil of body Q and A in a lot of cases, the ache
itself goes away as soon as one simply pushes through.
Painters and artists buy the idea they are benefited by aberration. "Be
gad you are neurotic" was a trick being played by the late and unlamented
psychiatrists on artists.
One paints because he can push into execution what he visualizes. The best
painters were the least aberrated.
Greenwich Village or Left Bank artists, when they don't paint, never
suspect it's because they just can't overcome hand inertia to push a paint
brush!
People live Q and A lives. They never become what they desire to be
because they Q and A with life about it.
Schopenhauer, the German philosopher of doom, even had a dirty crack about
being able to do things: "Stubbornness is the will taking the place of the
intellect." By this, one is "intellectual" if he Qs and As.
SUMMARY
People who can't get things done are simply Qing and Aing with people and
life.
People who CAN get things done just don't Q and A.
All great truths are simple.
This is a major one.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
232
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/12/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 90
THE PRIMARY FAILURE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1973
Remimeo
C/S Series 90
THE PRIMARY FAILURE
References: HCO B 28 Feb 1971, C/S Series 24,
"Metering Reading Items", and
HCO B 15 Oct 1973, C/S Series 87,
"Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists".
A C/S who cannot get a result on his pcs will find the most usual biggest
improvement by getting the offending Auditors' ASSESSING handled.
We used to say that "the Auditor's TRs were out" as the most fundamental
reason for no results.
This is not specific enough.
THE MOST COMMON REASON FOR FAILED SESSIONS IS THE INABILITY OF THE
AUDITOR TO GET READS ON LISTS.
Time after time I have checked this back as the real reason.
It became evident when one could take almost any "null" (no read) list in
a pc's folder, give it and the pc to an Auditor who COULD assess and get nice
reads on it with consequent gain.
Example: Pc has a high TA. C/S orders a C/S 53RF. List is null. Pc goes
on having a high TA. C/S gets inventive, case crashes. Another C/S and another
Auditor takes the same pc and the same list, gets good reads, handles. Case
flies again.
What was wrong was:
(a) The Auditor's TR 1 was terrible.
(b) The Auditor couldn't meter.
REMEDY
One takes the above two reference HCO Bs and gets their points fully
checked on the flunking Auditor.
The C/S gets the Auditor's TR 1 corrected. In doing the latter one may
find a why for the out TR 1 like a notion one must be soft-spoken to stay in
ARC or the Auditor is imitating some other Auditor whose TR 1 is faulty.
QUAL CRAMMING
It can happen that these actions are reported done in Qual and the
Auditor still flubs.
In this case the C/S has to straighten out Qual Cramming by doing the
above reference HCO Bs on the Cramming Officer and getting the Cramming
Officer's TR 1 ideas unscrewed and straight.
233
REQUIREMENTS
It takes correct metering and IMPINGEMENT to make a list read.
If the auditor does not have these, then drug lists, Dianetic lists,
correction lists will all go for nothing.
As the prepared list is the C/S's main tool for discovery and correction
an auditor failure to get a list to respond or note it then defeats the C/S
completely.
SUMMARY
THE ERROR OF AN AUDITOR BEING UNABLE TO GET A LIST TO READ ON A METER IS
A PRIMARY CAUSE OF C/S FAILURE.
To win, correct it!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.jh
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
234
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/12/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H
AND CONTINUOUS OVERT
WITH DATA ON DEGRADED BEINGS
AND FALSE PTS CONDITIONS
Remimeo
All Levels
Add Level II
Checksheet
Ethics Officers
Masters at Arms
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1973
Remimeo
All Levels
Add Level II
Checksheet
Ethics Officers THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H
Masters at Arms AND CONTINUOUS OVERT
C/Ses WITH DATA ON DEGRADED BEINGS
AND FALSE PTS CONDITIONS
Reference: (1) Tape List and HCO B List of Level II,
Page 4 HCO P/L 26.1.72, Issue VI, concerning Withholds and Overts.
(2) "Admin Know-How -- Alter-Is and Degraded Beings", HCO B 22 Mar 67.
There are two special cases of withholds and overts. They do not occur in
all cases by a long ways. But they do occur on a few cases. These are
CONTINUOUS MISSED WITHHOLDS and CONTINUOUS OVERTS.
This is not quite the same as "The Continuing Overt Act" HCO B 29
September 65. In that type the person is repeating overt acts against
something usually named.
THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H
A Continuous Missed Withhold occurs when a person feels some way and
anyone who sees him misses it.
Example: A doctor feels very unconfident of his skill. Every patient who
sees him misses the fact that he is not confident.
This reacts as a missed withhold.
It is of course based upon some bad incident that destroyed his confidence
(usually of an engramic intensity).
But as the person actively withholds this, then those seeing him miss the
withhold.
This could work in thousands of variations. A woman feels continuous
disdain for her child but withholds it. The child therefore continuously
misses a withhold. All the phenomena of the missed w/h would continuously
react against the child.
Probably all dishonest social conduct brings about a Continuous Missed
Withhold. The politician who hates people, the minister who no longer believes
in God, the mechanic who privately believes he is a jinx on machinery, these
all then set up the phenomena of missed withholds on themselves and can
dramatize it in their conduct.
THE CONTINUOUS OVERT
A person who believes he is harmful to others may also believe that many
of his common ordinary actions are harmful.
He may feel he is committing a Continuous Overt on others.
Example: A clothing model believes she is committing a fraud on older
women by displaying clothing to them in which they will look poorly. In her
estimation this is a Continuous Overt Act.
Of course all older women miss it on her.
Appearance, just being alive, can be considered by some as an overt.
Missed withhold phenomena will result.
235
DEGRADED BEINGS
The Continuous Withhold and Continuous Overt are probably a basis of
feeling degraded.
Degraded Beings, as described in "Admin Know-How -- Alter-Is and Degraded
Beings", HCO B 22 Mar 67, are that way at least in part because they have some
Continuous Missed Withhold or a fancied Continuous Overt Act.
This makes them feel degraded and act that way.
HANDLING
One can add to any program a check for a Continuous Missed Withhold or
Continuous Overt as an additional version of rudiments.
A master question, which could be broken down into three lists which
would have to be done by the laws of L&N, would be, "When anyone looks at you
what feeling (action, attitude) of yours do they miss?" Then, "When was it
missed?" "Who missed it?" and "What did he do that made you believe it had
been missed?"
Another approach, less dangerous in that lists aren't made, would be:
For Continuous Missed Withhold the question could be, "Is there some way
you feel that others don't realize?" And with 2wc uncover it. Then ask, "Who
misses this?" with answer, followed by, "When has someone missed it?" with E/S
to an earlier time. Followed by, "What did he (or she) do that made you think
he (or she) knew?" This will key it out and can change behavior.
For Continuous Overt Act it would be, "Is there something you do that
others do not know about?" With 2wc to cover it and get what it is. Then ask,
"Who has not found out about it?" with an answer. And then, "When did someone
almost find out?" "What did he (or she) do that made you think he (or she)
knew?"
Each of the above questions should be F/Ned.
MOTION
People who have Continuous Withholds or Overts tend to be very slow,
flubby and impositive. They have to be very careful. And they make mistakes.
Slowness or robotness are keys to the presence of Continuous Missed Withholds
or Overts.
PT
Quite often a case is FALSELY LABELED PTS when in fact it is really a
matter of Continuous Missed Withholds and Continuous Overts.
When a "PTS" person does not respond to PTS handling easily then you know
you are dealing with Continuous Missed Withholds and/or Continuous Overts.
SUMMARY
These conditions are not present in all cases. When they are you have a
Degraded Being. When a "PTS" person does not respond to PTS handling, try
Continuous Missed Withholds and Continuous Overts. You can prevent blows,
handle much HE and R and change character in this way.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
236
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/1/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ASSIST SUMMARY
ADDITION
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JANUARY 1974
Remimeo
ASSIST SUMMARY
ADDITION
TO LIST OF REFERENCES ADD:
HCO B 11 July 73 ASSIST SUMMARY
HCO B 6 Jan 74 ASSIST SUMMARY ADDITION
ANY TAPE OR MATERIALS ON "PRIOR CONFUSION"
ANY TAPE OR MATERIALS ON "POSTULATES AND INJURIES"
(1952 Autumn, London Lectures, etc)
HCO Bs ON MISTAKES BEING MADE IN PRESENCE OF
SUPPRESSION, 1968.
ADD TO PAGE 4 OF HCO B 11 July 73 after POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM:
PRIOR CONFUSION: Fixed ideas follow a period of confusion. This is also
true of engrams that hang up as physical injury. Slow recovery after an engram
has been run can be caused by the Prior Confusion mechanism. The engram of
accident or injury can be a stable item in a confusion. By 2-way comm see if
a confusion existed prior to the accident, injury or illness. If so, it may be
2wced earlier similar to F/N.
MYSTERY POINT: Often there is some part of an incident which is mysterious
to a preclear. The engram itself may hang up on a mystery. A thetan could be
called a "mystery sandwich" in that he tends to stick in on mysteries. 2wc any
mysterious aspect of the incident. 2wc it earlier similar to F/N Cog VGIs.
SUPPRESSIVE PRESENCE: Mistakes or accidents or injuries occur in the
presence of suppression. One wants to know if any such suppressive influence
or factor existed just prior to the incident being handled. This could be the
area it occurred in or persons the preclear had just spoken to. 2wc any
suppressive or invalidative presence that may have caused a mistake to be made
or the accident to occur. 2wc E/S to F/N Cog VGIs.
AGREEMENT: Get any agreement the person may have had in or with the
incident. There is usually a point where the person agrees with some part of
the scene. If this point is found it will tend to unpin the pc from going on
agreeing to be sick or injured.
PROTEST: 2wc any protest in the incident.
PREDICTION: The person is usually concerned about his recovery. Undue
worry about it can extend the effects into the future. 2wc (a) how long he/she
expects to take to recover. (b) Get the person to tell you any predictions
others have made about it. 2wc it to an F/N Cog VGIs. Note -- avoid getting
the person to predict it as a very long time by getting him to talk about that
further.
LOSSES: A person who has just experienced a loss may become ill. This is
particularly true of colds. 2wc anything the pc may have lost to F/N.
PRESENT TIME: An injured or sick person is out of present time. Thus
running HAVINGNESS in every assist session is vital. This not only remedies
havingness but also brings the preclear to prasent time.
HIGH OR LO TA: A C/S 53 RF should be used to get the TA under control
during assists if it cannot be gotten down. It must be done by an auditor who
knows how to meter and can get reads.
237
ILLNESS FOLLOWING AUDITING: It can occur that a pc gets ill after being
audited where the "auditing" is out tech. When this occurs or is suspected, a
Green Form should be assessed only by an auditor who cam meter and whose TR 1
gets reads. The GF reads are then handled. Out Interiorization, bad lists,
missed w/hs, ARC Breaks and incomplete or flubbed engrams are the commonest
errors.
BEFORE-AFTER: Where an injured or ill pc is so stuck that he has a fixed
picture that does not move, one can jar it loose by asking him to recall a
time before the incident and then asking him to recall a time after it. This
will "jar the engram loose" and change the stuck point.
UNCONSCIOUSNESS: A pc can be audited even if in a coma. The processes are
objective, not significance processes. One process is to use his hand to reach
and withdraw from an object such as a pillow or blanket. One makes the hand do
it while giving the commands. One can even arrange a "signal system" where
the pc is in a coma and cannot talk by holding his hand and telling him to
squeeze one's hand once for yes, twice for no. It is astonishing that the pc
will often respond and he can be questioned this way.
TEMPERATURE ASSISTS: There is an HCO B on how to do assists that bring
down the temperature. Holding objects still repetitively is the basic process.
Quite often an injury or illness will miraculously clear up before one
has run all the steps possible. If this is the case one should end off any
further assist.
All auditing of injured or ill people must be kept fairly light. Errors
in TRs (such as a bad TR 4), errors in tech rebound on them very heavily. An
ill or injured person can easily be audited into a mess if the processes are
too heavy for him to handle and if the auditor is goofing. Very exact in-tech,
good TRs, good metering sessions are all that should be tolerated in assists.
An auditor has it in his power to make pcs recover spectacularly. That
power is in direct proportion to his flawlessness as an auditor. Only the most
exact and proper tech will produce the desired result.
If you truly want to help your fellows, that exact skill and those
results are very well worth having.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright $c 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
238
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/1/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
THE INTROSPECTION RD
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1974
(REVISED -- see HCO B 23 Jan 74RA Volume VIII -- 346)
Remimeo
THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
THE INTROSPECTION RD
(Steps of list 1 to 17
are subject to possible correction.)
I have made a technical breakthrough which possibly ranks with the major
discoveries of the Twentieth Century. It is certainly the greatest advancement
of 1973 and is now being released after a final wrap-up of research. It is
called the Introspection Rundown.
The purpose of the Introspection RD is to locate and correct those things
which cause a person to fixate his attention inwardly, on himself or his bank.
This RD extroverts the person so that he can see his environment and therefore
handle and control it.
RESEARCH
In 1970 the actual cause of PSYCHOSIS was isolated (as given in HCO B C/S
Series 22, "Psychosis", 28 November 1970). In the ensuing years this has been
proven beyond doubt to be totally correct.
But what is a psychotic break?
Man has never been able to solve the psychotic break. In fact, human
beings are actually afraid of a person in a psychotic break and in desperation
turn to psychiatry to handle.
Psychiatry, desperate in its turn, without effective tech, resorts to
barbarities such as heavy drugs, ice picks, electric and insulin shock which
half kill the person and only suppress him. The fact remains there has never
been a cure for the psychotic break until now.
The key is WHAT CAUSED THE PERSON TO INTROSPECT BEFORE THE PSYCHOTIC
BREAK.
The breakthrough was made on a person who, after a series of wrong
indications, went into a full-blown psychotic break -- violence, destruction
and all.
The psychiatrist at this point would have sharpened up his ice pick,
filled his syringes with the most powerful (and deadly) drugs he could find
and turned up the volts. His "handling" would have been a final destruction of
the individual.
What was done was an auditor went into the room, sat the person down and
corrected the last severe point of wrong indication. Subsequent times of wrong
indication in his life were cleared up, the person came out of the psychotic
break and into p.t.
THIS MEANS THE LAST REASON TO HAVE PSYCHIATRY AROUND IS GONE.
The psychotic break, the last of the "unsolvable" conditions that can
trap a person, has been solved.
And it's quite simple, really.
239
THEORY
Def. INTROSPECTION: "(L. from introspicere, to look within) a looking into
one's own mind, feelings, reactions, etc; observation and analysis of
oneself." Webster's New World Dictionary.
Def. INTROVERSION: "(from intro- + L. vertere, to turn) 2.... a tendency
to direct one's interest upon oneself rather than upon external objects or
events." Webster's New World Dictionary.
The essence of the introspection RD is looking for and correcting all
those things which CAUSED the person to look inward worriedly and wrestle with
the mystery of some incorrectly designated error. The result is continual
inward looking or self-auditing without relief or end.
In a normal person this becomes a diminished activity, unhappiness or
illness. In an R/Ser this becomes insanity and a psychotic break occurs at the
last severe point of wrong indication.
AUDITOR TRAINING
Auditors selected to do this RD must have recently done a HARD TRs Course
and the Anti-Q&A materials.
They must be able to recognize a ROCK SLAM, which is a particular E-Meter
phenomenon. They must be Class IV Expanded Dianetics auditors of proven skill
on routine cases. They must not themselves be R/Sers. (The last requisite is
waived in a self-salvage co-audit group where all R/S.)
They need flawless TRs, no Q&A. This Rundown is very simple but cannot be
flubbed, as that will compound the errors and cause further introspection in
the pc. It is better not to deliver this RD than to flub any part of it. C/Ses
take note. It is an Ethics Offense to attempt this Rundown without the auditor
having done the prerequisite training and a further offense for an auditor to
flub on it.
STEPS OF THE RD
(On a normal person do Steps 000, 0000, 00000
and 000000.)
0. On a person in a psychotic break isolate the person wholly
with all attendants completely muzzled (no speech). _______
00. Give Vitamins (B Complex, including niacinamide) and
minerals (calcium and magnesium) to build the person up. _______
000. Locate by study or research of the person's case or via
associates or 2-way comm the latest point of introversion
which will be just at the beginning of the current psychotic
break. _______
0000. Indicate the substance of it to the person to release the
By-Passed Charge. _______
00000. Indicate and handle the point of introversion and its chain.
(Indication by itself can be a separate step before auditing.)_______
000000. Continue the RD as below. _______
1. Verify/correct all L&N lists if not already done correctly. _______
2. Verify/correct all Why Finding, 3 May PLs, PTS Interviews,
etc. (See C/S Series 78.) _______
240
3. Word Clear the definitions of "Introspection", "Introversion"
and "Extroversion". _______
4. Trace back the chain of being told his purposes were
incorrect. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
5. Trace back the chain of being "told" he had purposes that he
didn't actually have. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
6. Trace back the chain of being asked for things that didn't
exist. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
7. Trace back the chain of someone saying W/Hs existed that
didn't. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
8. Trace back the chain of not having his withholds accepted.
To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
9. Trace back the chain of someone accusing him of something
he hadn't done. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
10. Trace back the chain of accusing himself of things he hadn't
done. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
11. Trace back the chain of being heavily invalidated for
something he didn't do. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
12. Trace back the chain of being validated for something he
knew was wrong. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
13. Trace back the chain of being told he was PTS when he
wasn't. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
14. Trace back the chain of being interrogated for no reason. To
F/N Cog VGIs. _______
15. Trace back the chain of being told he was someone he wasn't.
To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
16. Trace back the chain of not having his actual identity
believed. To F/N Cog VGIs. _______
17. Objective Havingness to F/N. _______
At any time after Step 2 Objective Havingness should be done at session
end. If one of the chains in Steps 3-15 turns out to be false the pc will
introvert further. In such a case indicate the fact of it having been
unnecessary and get an F/N. Then run Objective Havingness. If the TA goes high
(or low) and won't come into range, assess a C/S 53RF and handle.
In the case of a pc in a psychotic break, the C/S would have to locate
the last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to the pc and get it
corrected (as with a wrong item) as the first action.
EXTROVERSION
Def. EXTROVERSION: "... Means nothing more than being able to look
outward...." "An extroverted personality is one who is capable of looking
around the environment...." "A person who is capable of looking at the world
around him and seeing it quite real and quite bright is of course in a state
of extroversion." (Problems of Work.)
The end phenomena of the Introspection RD is the person extroverted, no
longer looking inward worriedly in a continuous self-audit without end.
241
The EP on a person in a psychotic break is the end of the psychotic break.
The RD is very simple and its results are magical in effectiveness. Flubs
can wreck it so don't permit them.
You have in your hands the tool to take over mental therapy in full. You
need not fear the insane or the psychotic break any longer.
Here also is the cure for the continual self-auditing pc who is dug into
his bank. It works on all pcs in fact with rave results.
Do it flawlessly and we all win.
THIS PLANET IS OURS.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ams.nt.jh
Copyright $c 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
242
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/1/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETICS
R3R COMMANDS
HAVE BACKGROUND DATA
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1974
Remimeo
DIANETICS
R3R COMMANDS
HAVE BACKGROUND DATA
A Cramming action has just uncovered that at least some Dianetic Auditors
do not know the reason for each R3R command and, not knowing why the commands
exist, miss on cases.
A Cramming Officer or Supervisor can achieve a remarkable result by
making an Auditor get the why of each R3R Dianetic command from the original
materials.
The following development and use of this Cramming technique by Mike
Mauerer follows:
"CASE HISTORY
"George Baillie, a Flag Interne, working on his Dianetics OK to Audit, was
ordered to study the 1963 Dn HCO Bs ("Time Track and Engram Running by Chains"
Bulletins, Bulletins 1 and 2). He read the HCO Bs but had not studied them
vigorously enough and for application.
"As Interne Supervisor I worked with him covering these HCO Bs and
Original Thesis. During the course of this action many confusions (primarily
roteness) were handled. Among them were things like 'What is the purpose of
Step 6 of R3R, "What do you see?"' He had previously thought it was to
'orient' the Pc to the incident or some such, but basically it came down to
the fact he had never worked out the purpose of the command as related to the
mechanics of the bank and time track. After some working he finally got the
fact that Command 4 (duration) is to turn on the visio and that before moving
the Pc through the incident one would have to know the Pc had visio so he
could move through. Conversely, if the picture was not 'turned on' then the
duration would have to be corrected. Another was the Step 3 Command (Move to
that incident) on which the interne thought that by repeating the auditing
command when the Pc 'couldn't get there' you would handle the time track. This
of course is failure to handle an origination and failure to handle time for
the Pc. He finally realized that obviously the Pc didn't have the correct date
in the first place and it is the Auditor's action to find and get the correct
date and thus move the somatic strip to that incident.
"Each command of R3R was taken up and its purpose demo'd out against the
basic definitions and mechanics of the time track. One other of the things
discovered by this Interne was that Command Nine (What happened?) has a
purpose of running out the Locks created in PT, in session, by virtue of the
fact that you're reminding the Pc of Secondaries and Engrams right there!
(This is of course covered in Original Thesis.)
"Probably the most stunning and revealing thing covered was the fact that
in Original Thesis Chapter 'Exhaustion of Engrams', para 3, it says, 'The
principle of recounting is very simple. The preclear is merely told to go back
to the beginning and to tell it all over again. He does this many times. As he
does it the engram should lift in tone on each recounting. It may lose some of
its data and gain other. If the Preclear is recounting in the same words time
after time, it is certain that he is playing a memory record of what he has
told you before. He must then be sent immediately back to the actual engram
and the somatics of it restimulated. He will then be found to somewhat
243
vary his story. He must be returned to the consciousness of somatics
continually until these are fully developed, begin to lighten and are then
gone.' This of course totally invalidates the use of a completely rote system
and requires an understanding of what is happening to the Pc, bank, etc.
"Needless to say, this Interne went through many changes, now feels in
comm with his Pcs and not 'stuck' to some rote procedure which truly inhibits
the real gains to be gotten from Dianetics Engram Running. As evidence to this
action and its resultant gains in the Interne's ability to audit, the
following is a brief description of a case he audited today applying 1963
engram running and Original Thesis to these cases.
"Case has run many hours of Dianetics with a hidden standard to do with
his hand. Has been trying since earliest Dianetic sessions to get this
handled. The somatic had been addressed by many different wordings and many
chains but had never blown, yet chains had apparently gone to EP. The Auditor
was C/Sed to find the actual somatic and run it out. It was found in session
that the somatic had been run out to 'EP' so an L3B was done. From the L3B the
Auditor found it was one incident in restim and proceeded to flatten the
somatic chain connected with it. During this the Auditor on occasion had to
correct three dates and two durations, but the spectacular part was Pc began
on Steps 9 and D to say the same thing regarding incident each time. This
being indicative of Pc running a memory record, Auditor moves Pc to the actual
Engram, somatics intensify and then blow (for the first time), Pc exterior
with VVGIs. Exam result is quite spectacular.
"All the above serves to once again validate the results of the Dianetics
materials when they are applied in full."
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ams.nt.ts
Copyright $c 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
244
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/4/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=28/1/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
L3RC
DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST
IMPORTANT
Remimeo
Dn Chkshts
Ext Chkshts
Class IV
Class VI
Class VII
Class VIII
Class IX
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1971 R
(REVISED -- see HCO B 11 Apr 71RA Volume VIII -- 265)
Remimeo
Dn Chkshts REVISED 28 JANUARY 1974
Ext Chkshts (Changes in this type style)
Class IV
Class VI
Class VII IMPORTANT
Class VIII
Class IX
L3RC
DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST
(Revises 73B)
This list includes the most frequent Dianetic errors. Use up to Question
28 as the usual use. Then if the situation does not solve, use the rest of the
list.
A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase a
chain of incidents.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS LIST as it
can have different or several errors.
REMEMBER THAT YOUR PC MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENTLY TRAINED TO UNDERSTAND ALL
THESE QUESTIONS: IF ONE READS AND HE SAYS HE DOESN'T UNDERSTAND IT, CLEAR IT
AND REASSESS (don't explain it and take it as it read on a misunderstood not
on a fact).
RUNNING PCS ON DIANETICS WITHOUT A FULL AND COMPLETE DN C/S 1
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.
TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY INDICATION OR FULL REPAIR OF IT.
1. The Item or symptom being run had no charge on it. _______
Indicate it was a false read, spot when it was run, where it was
run and get an F/N.
2. The same incident or pictures were run before. _______
Indicate that an overrun has occurred. If no F/N spot when,
spot where and get an F/N.
3. A session was started on a new item while an old one was not
erased. _______
TA would have been high on an old item or the Interiorization
Rundown and the auditor went on anyway with a new item.
Find what the old item was and repair it with a new assessment
on the earlier chain. Indicate fact to the pc.
4. The item being run described just one incident. _______
(Narrative Item.)
Find the somatics, emotions, attitudes of the incident and run
them as chains as per Standard Dianetics.
5. The incident had an earlier beginning. _______
Move the pc to the earlier beginning and proceed as per
Standard Dianetics R3R.
5a. There was an earlier misrun incident restimulated. _______
This would be an incident that was never resolved (erased) and
to handle it: Find out what it was and do an L3RC on it.
6. There were earlier incidents stirred up and not erased. _______
Find what chain or item and run it to completion by R3R. This
condition sometimes leaves pc with the ARC Brk effect of
by-passed charge and is a basic example of by-passed charge.
245
7. Stirred up earlier unrun incidents. _______
(Same as 6.)
8. When running one item went into another instead and ran a
different set of pictures. _______
Jumped chain.
9. When you said it was erased it still had a mass. _______
Auditor does ABCD again on the item one or two more times to
get BD F/N. If TA goes up ask for earlier beginning or earlier
similar on same incident to F/N.
10. You were protesting. _______
Find out what was being protested and handle it.
11. You were still taking drugs or medicine that had not worn off. _______
12. You had a misunderstood on the commands. _______
Clear them up.
13. You had a misunderstood on what you were supposed to be doing. _______
Clear it up, get it done right.
14. A wrong item was given. _______
This could also be a listing error. If not sure what it is, shift to
L4BR. Otherwise find it and indicate it as a wrong item and
that all other actions connected with it were wrong. You can
also date the session in which it occurred. And you can also find
earlier similar wrong items.
15. Has an earlier Dianetic upset been restimulated? _______
Find the earlier one and straighten it out. Also it can go back 2
or 3 more earlier mix-ups. Straighten out as you go back. Then
always check for "any earlier Dianetic upset" if you get no F/N.
16. There was an Incorrect date. _______
Correct it.
17. There was an Incorrect duration. _______
Correct it.
18. There was a false date. _______
Find the real date despite the false date in the incident.
19. There was a false duration. _______
Find the real duration despite the false duration in the incident.
20. Is there a stuck picture? _______
Do 1 - 19 again on the picture and handle.
21. Is there a persistent mass? _______
(Handle as in 24.)
22. Was this or an earlier action unnecessary? _______
23. Was there nothing wrong in the first place? _______
24. Did you have trouble with a pressure item or with pressure on
an item? _______
Date it exactly by meter and find out where it occurred in the
universe. If done exactly right, it will blow up and vanish and
F/N. If this doesn't work, do this list 1 down to 24 on it and
correct it to F/N.
25. Did you move out of your head earlier in auditing? _______
Do Ext RD. (Ref. HCO B 16 Dec 71, C/S Series 35R.)
26. Was your Exteriorization Rundown messed up? _______
Check folder on each flow and on the 2wc next day to be sure
246
each flow was run to erasure and the 2wc to F/N.
Remember that an auditor report can be a false report,
and if you can't find the error in the folder, then do 1
to 24 on each flow. DO NOT AUDIT A PC FURTHER UNTIL THE
EXT RD IS TOTALLY CORRECTED. IF YOU DO THE TA WILL RISE,
WON'T COME DOWN AND PC WILL BE UPSET OR ILL.
IN CHOOSING WHICH OF THESE READING ITEMS TO HANDLE, ALWAYS HANDLE EXT RD
ITEMS FIRST. THEN HANDLE THE REST.
DO NOT CONTINUE AUDITING A PC WHOSE EXT RD WAS MESSED UP AND NOT CORRECTED.
ANY ERROR REMAINING ON AN EXT RD IS DEADLY.
27. Were you being asked things you couldn't answer? _______
28. Did the auditor refuse to accept what you were saying? _______
Get this and earlier similar instances until you get an F/N VGIs.
FROM HERE ON ASSESS FURTHER ONLY IF PC TA OR UPSET REMAIN UNHANDLED.
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING READ, INDICATE IT, GET AN F/N OR GET AN EARLIER
SIMILAR UNTIL IT F/Ns.
29. Has an item read under protest? _______
30. Was there no interest in running item? _______
31. Was there no charge on item in the first place? _______
32. Has an item been misworded? _______
33. Were you more interested in running another item? _______
34. Was the item suppressed? _______
35. Was the item invalidated? _______
36. Was more than you could see demanded? _______
37. Were 2 or more engrams found on the same date? _______
38. Did you skid into another incident? _______
39. Did you move to another chain? _______
40. Did you change the item while running it? _______
41. Were you running an item different from that assessed? _______
42. Was an Implant restimulated? _______
43. Were earlier errors on engrams restimulated? _______
44. Was important data by-passed? _______
45. Was an incident skipped? _______
46. Did 2 or more incidents get confused? _______
47. Has a withhold been missed? _______
48. Has an incident been left too heavily charged? _______
49. Has a chain been abandoned? _______
50. Has an incident been abandoned? _______
51. Were you prevented from running an incident? _______
52. Were processes changed on you? _______
53. Has basic on a chain been by-passed? _______
54. Has an erasure been denied you? _______
247
55. After it was erased did you have to put it back to erase it? _______
56. Were you running copies of the original after it had gone? _______
57. Have you gone past erasure into another chain? _______
58. Have several different chains been pulled in? _______
59. Has a cognition been chopped? _______
60. Has an F/N been indicated too soon? _______
61. Has the somatic gone but picture still there? _______
62. Should a basic be run through one more time? _______
63. Have you been held up by the auditor? _______
64. Were you distracted in session? _______
+65. Did you go exterior in an incident? _______
66. Was an incident overrun? _______
+67. Did you go exterior in session? _______
*68. Have you not wanted to go earlier than this life? _______
69. Has it been all black? _______
70. Was it all invisible? _______
71. Was the incident really a false or implanted occurrence? _______
*72. Have you had constantly changing pictures? _______
73. Have you never had any pictures? _______
74. Are you having to put it there to run it? _______
Get Earlier Similar times to F/N VGIs.
75. Are incidents being overrun? _______
76. Has some major auditing action been done twice? _______
77. Has there been an unnecessary action? _______
78. Was there nothing wrong in the first place? _______
79. Was the real reason missed? _______
80. Was something else wrong? _______
(Do a Green Form.)
NOTE:
+ If questions 65 or 67 read and the pc has not had Interiorization
Rundown and the associated 2-way comm, the auditor ends off and sends folder
to C/S so it can be C/Sed for Ext RD.
* If questions 68 or 72 read, after indicating BPC, the auditor would end
off and return folder to C/S.
WARNING:
Do not use any Prepcheck-type buttons during engram running or add overts
to this list as they will "mush" engrams.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ams.rd
Copyright $c 1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
248
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/1/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=10/2/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
THE INTROSPECTION RD
Remimeo
Ex Dn
Spclsts
M7/4 *rate
Clay Demo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1974R
(REVISED -- see HCO B 23 Jan 74RA Volume VIII -- 348)
Remimeo REVISED 10 FEBRUARY 1974
Ex Dn
Spclsts
M7/4 *rate
Clay Demo
THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
THE INTROSPECTION RD
(Changes HCO B 23 Jan 1974,
"The Introspection RD".)
I have made a technical breakthrough which possibly ranks with the major
discoveries of the Twentieth Century. It is certainly the greatest advancement
of 1973 and is now being released after a final wrap-up of research. It is
called the Introspection Rundown.
The purpose of the Introspection RD is to locate and correct those things
which cause a person to fixate his attention inwardly, on himself or his bank.
This RD extroverts the person so that he can see his environment and therefore
handle and control it.
RESEARCH
In 1970 the actual cause of PSYCHOSIS was isolated (as given in HCO B C/S
Series 22, "Psychosis", 28 November 1970). In the ensuing years this has been
proven beyond doubt to be totally correct.
But what is a psychotic break?
Man has never been able to solve the psychotic break. In fact, human
beings are actually afraid of a person in a psychotic break and in desperation
turn to psychiatry to handle.
Psychiatry, desperate in its turn, without effective tech, resorts to
barbarities such as heavy drugs, ice picks, electric and insulin shock which
half kill the person and only suppress him. The fact remains there has never
been a cure for the psychotic break until now.
The key is WHAT CAUSED THE PERSON TO INTROSPECT BEFORE THE PSYCHOTIC
BREAK.
The breakthrough was made on a person who, after a series of wrong
indications, went into a full-blown psychotic break -- violence, destruction
and all.
The psychiatrist at this point would have sharpened up his ice pick,
filled his syringes with the most powerful (and deadly) drugs he could find
and turned up the volts. His "handling" would have been a final destruction of
the individual.
What was done was an auditor went into the room, sat the person down and
corrected the last severe point of wrong indication. Subsequent times of wrong
indication in his life were cleared up, the person came out of the psychotic
break and into p.t.
THIS MEANS THE LAST REASON TO HAVE PSYCHIATRY AROUND IS GONE.
The psychotic break, the last of the "unsolvable" conditions that can
trap a person, has been solved.
And it's quite simple, really.
249
THEORY
Def. INTROSPECTION: "(L. from introspicere, to look within) a looking into
one's own mind, feelings, reactions, etc.; observation and analysis of
oneself." Webster's New World Dictionary.
Def. INTROVERSION: "(from intro- + L. vertere, to turn) 2.... a tendency
to direct one's interest upon oneself rather than upon external objects or
events." Webster's New World Dictionary.
The essence of the Introspection RD is looking for and correcting all
those things which CAUSED the person to look inward worriedly and wrestle with
the mystery of some incorrectly designated error. The result is continual
inward looking or self-auditing without relief or end.
In a normal person this becomes a diminished activity, unhappiness or
illness. In an R/Ser this becomes insanity and a psychotic break occurs at the
last severe point of wrong indication.
The pc who originates to the Examiner about his case or writes notes to
the C/S or auditor is introverted and should have this RD.
AUDITOR TRAINING
Auditors selected to do this RD must have recently done a HARD TRs Course
and the Anti-Q&A materials.
They must be able to recognize a ROCK SLAM, which is a particular E-Meter
phenomenon. They must be Class IV Expanded Dianetics auditors of proven skill
on routine cases. They must not themselves be R/Sers. (The last requisite is
waived in a self-salvage co-audit group where all R/S.)
They need flawless TRs, no Q&A. This Rundown is very simple but cannot be
flubbed, as that will compound the errors and cause further introspection in
the pc. It is better not to deliver this RD than to flub any part of it. C/Ses
take note. It is an Ethics Offense to attempt this Rundown without the auditor
having done the prerequisite training and a further offense for an auditor to
flub on it.
STEPS OF THE RD
(Steps 0 and 00 are for a person
in a psychotic break, not a
normal person.)
Put this checklist on inside front cover of folder as a pgm.
0. On a person in a psychotic break isolate the person wholly with
all attendants completely muzzled (no speech). _______
00. Give Vitamins (B Complex, including niacinamide) and minerals
(calcium and magnesium) to build the person up. _______
***
1. Locate by study or research of the person's case or via
associates or 2 way comm the last severe point of introversion just
prior to the current psychotic break or illness. There may be
several severe points of introversion, prior or subsequent to the
one that triggered the break or illness. These points are
identified by their upsetting or worrisome effect on the pc.
Each is noted down for handling. _______
2. On each point, indicate the substance of it as a point of
introversion to release the By-Passed Charge. Each should BD
and F/N. First point indicated to F/N. _______
2B. Second point indicated to F/N. _______
250
2C. Third point indicated to F/N. _______
In the case of an out-list, the fact of a wrong item would be
indicated and the list corrected by the Laws of L&N.
3. Get the wording of each point stated by the pc as an item (i.e.
"What would you call such an incident?") and its read and
handle by 2wc each flow E/Sim to F/N. First point 2wc'd
F-1230 to F/N. _______
3A. Second point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N. _______
3B. Third point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N. _______
4. Verify/Correct all L&N lists. _______
5. Verify/Correct all Why "lists", PTS Interviews, 3 May PLs per
C/S Series 78. _______
6. R3R Quad item found in No. 3.
("Locate an incident where _______.") _______
6A. L&N for the Intention behind the subject in No. 3. Verify Q for
read before listing. _______
6B. R3R Quad the Intention. _______
6C. R3R Quad, L&N Intention & R3R Quad any other items found
(No. 3A, 3B, etc). _______
7. Clear the words "Introversion", "Introspection", "Extroversion". _______
8. ARC BREAKS HANDLING. _______
8A. 2wc Has another ARC Broken you?
ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. _______
8B. 2wc Have you ARC Broken another?
ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. _______
8C. 2wc Have others ARC Broken anyone else?
ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. _______
8D. 2wc Have you ARC Broken yourself?
ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. _______
8E. 2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had an ARC Break
when you didn't? E/S to F/N. _______
8F. 2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC Break
when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _______
8G. 2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC
Break when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _______
8H. 2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had an ARC Break
when you didn't? E/S to F/N. _______
8I. R3R Quad the item. _______
8J. L&N for the Intention behind "the forcing of upsets on people
who don't have them." _______
8K. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 8J. _______
9. WITHHOLDS HANDLING. _______
251
9A. 2wc Are you withholding something from anyone? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9B. 2wc is anyone else withholding something from you? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9C. 2wc Are others withholding something from anyone else?
E/Sim to F/N. _______
9D. 2wc Are you withholding something from yourself? E/Sim to
F/N. _______
9E. 2wc Has anyone demanded W/Hs you didn't have? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9F. 2wc Have you demanded withholds of anyone else they didn't
have? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9G. 2wc Have others demanded withholds of anyone else they
didn't have? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9H. 2wc Have you demanded W/Hs from yourself that you didn't
have? E/Sim to F/N. _______
9I. R3R Quad "demanded non-existent W/Hs from _______." _______
9J. L&N, Clear Q thoroughly and verify for read first, what purpose
would be behind "the demanding of non-existent W/Hs from
others"? _______
9K. R3R Quad the item in No. 9J. _______
10. PROBLEMS HANDLING. _______
10A. 2wc Has another given you a problem? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10B. 2wc Have you given another a problem? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10C. 2wc Have others given a problem to anyone else? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10D. 2wc Have you given yourself a problem? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10E. 2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had a problem when
you didn't? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10F. 2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had a problem
when he didn't? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10G. 2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had a problem
when he didn't? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10H. 2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had a problem when
you didn't? E/Sim to F/N. _______
10I. R3R Quad the item. _______
10J. L&N for the Intention behind "the giving of problems to people
that don't belong to them." _______
10K. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 10J. _______
11. OVERTS HANDLING. _______
11A. 2wc Has anyone else committed overts on you? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11B. 2wc Have you committed overts on anyone else? Get what,
E/Sim to F/N. _______
252
11C. 2wc Have others committed overts on anyone else? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11D. 2wc Have you committed any overts on yourself? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11E. 2wc Has anyone ever accused you of something you didn't do?
E/Sim to F/N. _______
11F. 2wc Have you ever accused anyone else of something he didn't
do? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11G. 2wc Have others ever accused anyone else of something he
didn't do? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11H. 2wc Have you ever accused yourself of something you didn't
do? E/Sim to F/N. _______
11I. R3R Quad the item. _______
11J. L&N for the Intention behind "the accusing of someone of
non-existent overts." _______
11K. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 11J. _______
12. NOT SAYING. _______
12A. 2wc Are you not saying something about someone else or
something? Get what, E/Sim to F/N. _______
12B. 2wc Is anyone not saying something about you? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12C. 2wc Are others not saying something about anyone else? E/Sim
to F/N. _______
12D. 2wc Are you not saying something about yourself? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12E. 2wc Has anyone not accepted your W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12F. 2wc Have you not accepted someone else's W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12G. 2wc Have others not accepted anyone else's W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12H. 2wc Have you not accepted your own W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N. _______
12I. R3R Quad "W/Hs weren't accepted." _______
12J. L&N Intention behind "the rejecting of others' W/Hs." _______
12K. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 12J. _______
13. FALSE INCIDENTS HANDLING. _______
13A. 2wc Has anyone ever asked you for things that didn't exist? E/S
to F/N. _______
13B. 2wc Have you ever asked anyone else for things that didn't
exist? E/S to F/N. _______
13C. 2wc Have others ever asked anyone else for things that didn't
exist? E/S to F/N. _______
13D. 2wc Have you ever asked yourself for things that didn't exist?
E/S to F/N. _______
253
13E. R3R Quad the item. _______
13F. L&N for the Intention behind "the demanding of false incidents
from others." _______
13G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 13F. _______
14. PTS HANDLING. _______
14A. 2wc Has anyone given you a false assignment that you were
being done in? E/S to F/N. _______
14B. 2wc Have you given anyone a false assignment that he was being
done in? E/S to F/N. _______
14C. 2wc Have others given anyone else a false assignment that they
were being done in? E/Sim to F/N. _______
14D. 2wc Have you given yourself a false assignment that you were
being done in? E/S to F/N. _______
14E. R3R Quad the item. _______
14F. L&N for the Intention behind "giving others a false assignment
that they were being done in." _______
14G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 14F. _______
14H. 2wc Has anyone been doing you in? E/S to F/N. _______
14I. 2wc Have you been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N. _______
14J. 2wc Have others been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N. _______
14K. 2wc Have you been doing yourself in? E/S to F/N. _______
15. FALSE INTERROGATION HANDLING. _______
15A. 2wc Has anyone ever interrogated you for no reason? E/S to F/N. _______
15B. 2wc Have you ever interrogated anyone else for no reason? E/S
to F/N. _______
15C. 2wc Have others ever interrogated anyone else for no reason?
E/S to F/N. _______
15D. 2wc Have you ever had yourself interrogated for no reason? E/S
to F/N. _______
15E. R3R Quad the item. _______
15F. L&N for the Intention behind "the false interrogating of
others." _______
15G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 15F. _______
16. FALSE INVALIDATION HANDLING. _______
16A. 2wc Has anyone ever heavily invalidated you unjustly? E/S to F/N. _______
16B. 2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly?
E/S to F/N. _______
16C. 2wc Have others ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly?
E/S to F/N. _______
254
16D. 2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated yourself unjustly?
E/S to F/N. _______
16E. R3R Quad the item. _______
16F. L&N for the Intention behind "the unjust invalidating of others." _______
16G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 16F. _______
17. FALSE VALIDATION HANDLING. _______
17A. 2wc Has another ever validated you for something he knew was
wrong? E/S to F/N. _______
17B. 2wc Have you ever validated anyone else for something you
knew was wrong? E/S to F/N. _______
17C. 2wc Have others ever validated anyone else for something they
knew was wrong? E/S to F/N. _______
17D. 2wc Have you ever validated yourself for something you knew
was wrong? E/S to F/N. _______
17E. R3R Quad the item. _______
17F. L&N for the Intention behind "the false validating of others." _______
17G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 17F. _______
18. "HIT" FOR NO REASON. _______
18A. 2wc Has anyone "hit" you too hard for no reason? E/S to F/N. _______
18B. 2wc Have you "hit" anyone else too hard for no reason?
E/S to F/N. _______
18C. 2wc Have others "hit" anyone else too hard for no reason? E/S
to F/N. _______
18D. 2wc Have you gotten yourself "hit" too hard for no reason?
E/S to F/N. _______
18E. R3R Quad the item. _______
18F. L&N for the Intention behind "the 'hitting' of others unfairly." _______
18G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 18F. _______
19. INVALIDATED BEINGNESS HANDLING. _______
19A. 2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned who you were?
E/S to F/N. _______
19B. 2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
identity? E/S to F/N. _______
19C. 2wc Have others ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
identity? E/S to F/N. _______
19D. 2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your identity? E/S
to F/N. _______
19E. R3R Quad the item. _______
19F. L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of others'
identity." _______
19G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 19F. _______
20. INVALIDATED INTENTIONS HANDLING. _______
255
20A. 2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned your intentions?
E/S to F/N. _______
20B. 2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
intentions? E/S to F/N. _______
20C. 2wc Have others ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
intentions? E/S to F/N. _______
20D. 2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your own
intentions? E/S to F/N. _______
20E. R3R Quad "misinterpreted intentions. _______
20F. L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of the
intentions of others." _______
20G. R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 20F. _______
21. OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS. _______
An HC List could be added here if the pc's "think" is still weird.
NOTE: ITEMS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN. DON'T RUN OR
LIST Q's THAT DON'T READ OR YOU'LL REINTROVERT THE PC.
Frequent D of P Interview is vital whenever the case looks like it is not
rapidly progressing. Also a quick assessment may be needed as a separate
action to isolate possible charged areas of introspection.
At any time after Step 2, Objective Havingness should be done at session
end. If one of the items in Steps 3-20 turns out to be false the pc will
introvert further. In such a case indicate the fact of it having been
unnecessary and get an F/N. Then run Objective Havingness. If the TA goes high
(or low) and won't come into range, assess a C/S 53RF and handle.
In the case of a pc in a psychotic break, the C/S would have to locate
the last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to the pc and get it
corrected (as with a wrong item) as the first action.
EXTROVERSION
Def. EXTROVERSION: "... Means nothing more than being able to look
outward...." "An extroverted personality is one who is capable of looking
around the environment...." "A person who is capable of looking at the world
around him and seeing it quite real and quite bright is of course in a state
of extroversion." (Problems Of Work.)
The end phenomena of the Introspection RD is the person extroverted, no
longer looking inward worriedly in a continuous self-audit without end.
The EP on a person in a psychotic break is the end of the psychotic break.
The RD is very simple and its results are magical in effectiveness. Flubs
can wreck it so don't permit them.
You have in your hands the tool to take over mental therapy in full. You
need not fear the insane or the psychotic break any longer.
Here also is the cure for the continual self-auditing pc who is dug into
his bank. It works on all pcs in fact with rave results.
Do it flawlessly and we all win.
THIS PLANET IS OURS.
LRH:ams.jh L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Added to by HCO Bs 20 Feb 74, 6 Mar 74 and 20 Apr 74.]
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder